1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (17279 27123))
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
10 (autoload (quote 5x5) "5x5" "\
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
14 squares you must fill the grid.
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
20 Move down \\[5x5-down]
21 Move left \\[5x5-left]
22 Move right \\[5x5-right]
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
31 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
33 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly) "5x5" "\
34 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
38 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current) "5x5" "\
39 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
43 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best) "5x5" "\
44 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
48 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate) "5x5" "\
49 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xor the current and best solution.
54 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack) "5x5" "\
55 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
57 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
58 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
59 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
60 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
66 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
68 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
70 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "\
71 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
72 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
74 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
77 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
79 (autoload (quote ada-mode) "ada-mode" "\
80 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
82 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
85 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
86 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
88 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
89 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
91 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
92 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
94 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
96 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
97 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
99 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
100 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
102 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
103 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
104 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
105 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
106 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
109 Display index-menu of functions and procedures '\\[imenu]'
111 If you use find-file.el:
112 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
113 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
114 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
115 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
116 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
118 If you use ada-xref.el:
119 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
120 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
121 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'.
127 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
128 ;;;;;; (17279 27123))
129 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
131 (autoload (quote ada-header) "ada-stmt" "\
132 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
138 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
139 ;;;;;; (17279 27172))
140 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
142 (autoload (quote ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "\
143 Open a file anywhere in the source path.
144 Completion is available.
146 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
150 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-redate change-log-merge add-log-current-defun
151 ;;;;;; change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry
152 ;;;;;; find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address
153 ;;;;;; add-log-full-name add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log"
154 ;;;;;; "add-log.el" (17356 16192))
155 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
157 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
158 *If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
159 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
160 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
162 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log")
164 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
165 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
166 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
168 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-full-name) "add-log")
170 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
171 *Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
172 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
173 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
174 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
175 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
177 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-mailing-address) "add-log")
179 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "\
180 Prompt for a change log name.
184 (autoload (quote find-change-log) "add-log" "\
185 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
187 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
188 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
189 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
190 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
192 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
193 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
194 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
196 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
197 current buffer to the complete file name.
198 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
200 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
202 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry) "add-log" "\
203 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
204 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
205 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
207 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
208 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
210 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
212 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
213 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
214 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
216 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
217 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
220 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
221 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
224 Today's date is calculated according to `change-log-time-zone-rule' if
225 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
227 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY)" t nil)
229 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window) "add-log" "\
230 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
231 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
232 the change log file in another window.
234 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
235 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window)
237 (autoload (quote change-log-mode) "add-log" "\
238 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
239 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
240 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
241 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
242 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
243 \\{change-log-mode-map}
247 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes (quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode)) "\
248 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
250 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes (quote (c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode)) "\
251 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
253 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes (quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode)) "\
254 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
256 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun) "add-log" "\
257 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
259 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
260 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
262 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
263 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
264 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
265 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
266 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
268 Has a preference of looking backwards.
272 (autoload (quote change-log-merge) "add-log" "\
273 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
274 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
275 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
278 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
279 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
281 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
283 (autoload (quote change-log-redate) "add-log" "\
284 Fix any old-style date entries in the current log file to default format.
290 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-add-advice ad-default-compilation-action
291 ;;;;;; ad-redefinition-action) "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (17279
293 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
295 (defvar ad-redefinition-action (quote warn) "\
296 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
297 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
298 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
299 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
300 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
301 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
302 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
303 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
304 interpreted as `error'.")
306 (custom-autoload (quote ad-redefinition-action) "advice")
308 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action (quote maybe) "\
309 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
310 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
311 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
312 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
313 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
314 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
315 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
317 (custom-autoload (quote ad-default-compilation-action) "advice")
319 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice) "advice" "\
320 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
321 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
322 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
323 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
324 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
325 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
326 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
327 will be overwritten with the new one.
328 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
329 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
330 will clear the cache.
332 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
334 (autoload (quote defadvice) "advice" "\
335 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
336 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
338 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
339 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
342 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
343 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
344 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
345 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
346 see also `ad-add-advice'.
347 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
348 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
349 before/around/after-advices will be used.
350 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
351 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
352 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
353 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
354 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
355 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
357 Semantics of the various flags:
358 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
359 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
360 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
362 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
363 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
365 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
366 advised function should be compiled.
368 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
369 during activation until somebody enables it.
371 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
372 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
373 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
374 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
376 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
377 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
378 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
379 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
380 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
383 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
385 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
389 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
390 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
391 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (17327 23538))
392 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
394 (autoload (quote align) "align" "\
395 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
396 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
397 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
398 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
399 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
400 rule's `separate' attribute).
402 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
403 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
404 `separate' attribute set.
406 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
407 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
408 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
409 on the format of these lists.
411 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
413 (autoload (quote align-regexp) "align" "\
414 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
415 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
416 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
417 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
418 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
419 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
420 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
421 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
422 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
425 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
426 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
430 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
433 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
434 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
435 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
437 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
439 (autoload (quote align-entire) "align" "\
440 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
441 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
442 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
443 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
446 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
448 (autoload (quote align-current) "align" "\
449 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
450 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
451 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
452 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
453 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
454 been used to align that section.
456 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
458 (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule) "align" "\
459 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
460 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
461 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
462 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
463 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
466 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
468 (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule) "align" "\
469 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
473 (autoload (quote align-newline-and-indent) "align" "\
474 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
480 ;;;### (autoloads (outlineify-sticky allout-mode) "allout" "allout.el"
481 ;;;;;; (17307 17624))
482 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
484 (autoload (quote allout-mode) "allout" "\
485 Toggle minor mode for controlling exposure and editing of text outlines.
487 Optional arg forces mode to re-initialize iff arg is positive num or
488 symbol. Allout outline mode always runs as a minor mode.
490 Allout outline mode provides extensive outline oriented formatting and
491 manipulation. It enables structural editing of outlines, as well as
492 navigation and exposure. It also is specifically aimed at
493 accommodating syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For
494 an example, see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
497 In addition to outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
499 - topic-oriented repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
500 - integral outline exposure-layout
501 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
502 - automatic topic-number maintenance
503 - easy topic encryption and decryption
504 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and
505 exposure control. (See the allout-mode docstring.)
507 and many other features.
509 Below is a description of the bindings, and then explanation of
510 special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the outline
511 menubar additions for quick reference to many of the features, and see
512 the docstring of the function `allout-init' for instructions on
513 priming your emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
516 The bindings are dictated by the `allout-keybindings-list' and
517 `allout-command-prefix' variables.
519 Navigation: Exposure Control:
520 ---------- ----------------
521 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] allout-next-visible-heading | \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] allout-hide-current-subtree
522 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] allout-previous-visible-heading | \\[allout-show-children] allout-show-children
523 \\[allout-up-current-level] allout-up-current-level | \\[allout-show-current-subtree] allout-show-current-subtree
524 \\[allout-forward-current-level] allout-forward-current-level | \\[allout-show-current-entry] allout-show-current-entry
525 \\[allout-backward-current-level] allout-backward-current-level | \\[allout-show-all] allout-show-all
526 \\[allout-end-of-entry] allout-end-of-entry
527 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry,] allout-beginning-of-current-entry, alternately, goes to hot-spot
529 Topic Header Production:
530 -----------------------
531 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] allout-open-sibtopic Create a new sibling after current topic.
532 \\[allout-open-subtopic] allout-open-subtopic ... an offspring of current topic.
533 \\[allout-open-supertopic] allout-open-supertopic ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
535 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
536 ---------------------------------
537 \\[allout-shift-in] allout-shift-in Shift current topic and all offspring deeper.
538 \\[allout-shift-out] allout-shift-out ... less deep.
539 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] allout-rebullet-current-heading Prompt for alternate bullet for
541 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] allout-rebullet-topic Reconcile bullets of topic and its offspring
542 - distinctive bullets are not changed, others
543 alternated according to nesting depth.
544 \\[allout-number-siblings] allout-number-siblings Number bullets of topic and siblings - the
545 offspring are not affected. With repeat
546 count, revoke numbering.
548 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
549 ----------------------------------
550 \\[allout-kill-topic] allout-kill-topic Kill current topic, including offspring.
551 \\[allout-kill-line] allout-kill-line Like kill-line, but reconciles numbering, etc.
552 \\[allout-yank] allout-yank Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
553 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
554 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
555 \\[allout-yank-pop] allout-yank-pop Is to allout-yank as yank-pop is to yank
559 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
560 and establish a default file-var setting
562 \\[allout-mark-topic] allout-mark-topic
563 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer
564 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
565 buffer with name derived from derived from that
566 of current buffer - \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
567 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer
568 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
569 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
571 ESC ESC (allout-init t) Setup Emacs session for outline mode
576 Outline mode supports easily togglable gpg encryption of topics, with
577 niceties like support for symmetric and key-pair modes, passphrase timeout,
578 passphrase consistency checking, user-provided hinting for symmetric key
579 mode, and auto-encryption of topics pending encryption on save. The aim is
580 to enable reliable topic privacy while preventing accidents like neglected
581 encryption, encryption with a mistaken passphrase, forgetting which
582 passphrase was used, and other practical pitfalls.
584 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring and
585 `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable for details.
589 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
590 navigation and exposure control.
593 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
594 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
595 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
596 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c C-f\"
597 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
599 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can execute
600 the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a single
601 keystroke. Non-literal chars never get this special translation, so
602 you can use them to get away from the hot-spot, and back to normal
605 Note that the command `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry])
606 will move to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located at the
607 beginning of the current entry, so you can simply hit \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]
608 twice in a row to get to the hot-spot.
612 Topic hierarchy constituents - TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
614 TOPIC: A basic, coherent component of an Emacs outline. It can
615 contain other topics, and it can be subsumed by other topics,
617 The visible topic most immediately containing the cursor.
618 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of a topic; it increases with
619 containment. Also called the:
620 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
623 The topics that contain a topic.
624 PARENT: A topic's immediate ancestor. It has a depth one less than
627 The topics contained by a topic;
629 An immediate offspring of a topic;
631 The immediate offspring of a topic.
633 Topics having the same parent and depth.
635 Topic text constituents:
637 HEADER: The first line of a topic, include the topic PREFIX and header
639 PREFIX: The leading text of a topic which distinguishes it from normal
640 text. It has a strict form, which consists of a prefix-lead
641 string, padding, and a bullet. The bullet may be followed by a
642 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
643 siblings, a space, and then the header text.
645 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting depth
648 The string at the beginning of a topic prefix, normally a `.'.
649 It can be customized by changing the setting of
650 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
652 By setting the prefix-lead to the comment-string of a
653 programming language, you can embed outline structuring in
654 program code without interfering with the language processing
655 of that code. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
656 docstring for more detail.
658 Spaces or asterisks which separate the prefix-lead and the
659 bullet, according to the depth of the topic.
660 BULLET: A character at the end of the topic prefix, it must be one of
661 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
662 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. (See the documentation
663 for these variables for more details.) The default choice of
664 bullet when generating varies in a cycle with the depth of the
666 ENTRY: The text contained in a topic before any offspring.
671 The state of a topic which determines the on-screen visibility
672 of its offspring and contained text.
674 Topics and entry text whose display is inhibited. Contiguous
675 units of concealed text is represented by `...' ellipses.
676 (Ref the `selective-display' var.)
678 Concealed topics are effectively collapsed within an ancestor.
679 CLOSED: A topic whose immediate offspring and body-text is concealed.
680 OPEN: A topic that is not closed, though its offspring or body may be.
682 \(fn &optional TOGGLE)" t nil)
684 (defalias (quote outlinify-sticky) (quote outlineify-sticky))
686 (autoload (quote outlineify-sticky) "allout" "\
687 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
689 See doc-string for `allout-layout' and `allout-init' for details on
690 setup for auto-startup.
692 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
696 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
697 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (17279 27196))
698 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
700 (defalias (quote ange-ftp-re-read-dir) (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir))
702 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" "\
703 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
704 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
705 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
706 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
707 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
709 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
711 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) "ange-ftp" "\
714 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
718 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
719 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (17279 27172))
720 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
722 (autoload (quote animate-string) "animate" "\
723 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
724 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
725 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
726 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
727 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
728 in the current window.
730 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
732 (autoload (quote animate-sequence) "animate" "\
733 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
734 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
736 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
738 (autoload (quote animate-birthday-present) "animate" "\
739 Display one's birthday present in a new buffer.
740 You can specify the one's name by NAME; the default value is \"Sarah\".
742 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
746 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
747 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (17279 27122))
748 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
750 (autoload (quote ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on) "ansi-color" "\
751 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
755 (autoload (quote ansi-color-process-output) "ansi-color" "\
756 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
758 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
759 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
760 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
761 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
763 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
764 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
766 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
768 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
772 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
773 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (17279 27123))
774 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
776 (autoload (quote antlr-show-makefile-rules) "antlr-mode" "\
777 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
778 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
779 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
780 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
783 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
784 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
785 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
788 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
789 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
790 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
791 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
795 (autoload (quote antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "\
796 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
801 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs) "antlr-mode" "\
802 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
803 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
809 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add
810 ;;;;;; appt-display-diary appt-display-duration appt-display-mode-line
811 ;;;;;; appt-msg-window appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time
812 ;;;;;; appt-issue-message) "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (17308 43144))
813 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
815 (defvar appt-issue-message t "\
816 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
817 To be detected, the diary entry must have the format described in the
818 documentation of the function `appt-check'.")
820 (custom-autoload (quote appt-issue-message) "appt")
822 (defvar appt-message-warning-time 12 "\
823 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
825 (custom-autoload (quote appt-message-warning-time) "appt")
827 (defvar appt-audible t "\
828 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
830 (custom-autoload (quote appt-audible) "appt")
832 (defvar appt-visible t "\
833 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.
834 This variable is only relevant if `appt-msg-window' is nil.")
836 (custom-autoload (quote appt-visible) "appt")
838 (defvar appt-msg-window t "\
839 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.
840 If non-nil, this variable overrides `appt-visible'.")
842 (custom-autoload (quote appt-msg-window) "appt")
844 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t "\
845 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.
846 This is in addition to any other display of appointment messages.")
848 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-mode-line) "appt")
850 (defvar appt-display-duration 10 "\
851 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.
852 Only relevant if reminders are to be displayed in their own window.")
854 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-duration) "appt")
856 (defvar appt-display-diary t "\
857 *Non-nil displays the diary when the appointment list is first initialized.
858 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
860 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-diary) "appt")
862 (autoload (quote appt-add) "appt" "\
863 Add an appointment for today at NEW-APPT-TIME with message NEW-APPT-MSG.
864 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
866 \(fn NEW-APPT-TIME NEW-APPT-MSG)" t nil)
868 (autoload (quote appt-delete) "appt" "\
869 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments.
873 (autoload (quote appt-make-list) "appt" "\
874 Update the appointments list from today's diary buffer.
875 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
876 put in the appointments list (see examples in documentation of
877 the function `appt-check'). We assume that the variables DATE and
878 NUMBER hold the arguments that `list-diary-entries' received.
879 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for.
881 Any appointments made with `appt-add' are not affected by this
884 For backwards compatibility, this function activates the
885 appointment package (if it is not already active).
889 (autoload (quote appt-activate) "appt" "\
890 Toggle checking of appointments.
891 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
892 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
894 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
898 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-documentation-property
899 ;;;;;; apropos-command apropos-variable apropos-read-pattern) "apropos"
900 ;;;;;; "apropos.el" (17331 26860))
901 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
903 (autoload (quote apropos-read-pattern) "apropos" "\
904 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
905 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
906 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
908 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
909 kind of objects to search.
911 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
913 (autoload (quote apropos-variable) "apropos" "\
914 Show user variables that match PATTERN.
915 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
916 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
917 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
918 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
920 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
923 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
925 (defalias (quote command-apropos) (quote apropos-command))
927 (autoload (quote apropos-command) "apropos" "\
928 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
929 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
930 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
931 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
932 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
934 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
935 noninteractive functions.
937 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
938 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
940 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
941 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
943 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
945 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation-property) "apropos" "\
946 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
948 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
950 (autoload (quote apropos) "apropos" "\
951 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
952 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
953 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
955 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
956 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
957 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
958 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
960 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
961 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
963 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
965 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
967 (autoload (quote apropos-value) "apropos" "\
968 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
969 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
970 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
971 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
972 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
974 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
975 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
976 Returns list of symbols and values found.
978 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
980 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation) "apropos" "\
981 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
982 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
983 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
984 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
985 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
987 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
988 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
990 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
992 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
996 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (17379
998 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1000 (autoload (quote archive-mode) "arc-mode" "\
1001 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1002 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1003 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1004 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1005 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1007 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1008 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1011 \\{archive-mode-map}
1013 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1017 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (17374 21266))
1018 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1020 (autoload (quote array-mode) "array" "\
1021 Major mode for editing arrays.
1023 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1024 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1025 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1027 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1029 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1030 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1031 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1033 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1034 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1035 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1036 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1039 Variables you assign:
1040 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1041 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1042 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1043 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1044 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1045 row numbers in the buffer.
1047 Variables which are calculated:
1048 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1049 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1051 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1052 take a numeric prefix argument):
1054 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1055 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1056 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1057 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1059 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1060 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1061 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1062 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1064 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1065 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1066 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1067 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1069 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1070 between that of point and mark.
1072 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1073 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1075 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1076 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1077 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1078 newlines inside rows)
1080 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1082 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1088 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (17279
1090 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1092 (autoload (quote artist-mode) "artist" "\
1093 Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive.
1094 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses
1095 and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1097 How to quit artist mode
1099 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1102 How to submit a bug report
1104 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1107 Drawing with the mouse:
1110 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1111 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1115 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1118 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1119 --------------------------------------------------------------
1120 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1122 --------------------------------------------------------------
1123 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1124 --------------------------------------------------------------
1125 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1126 --------------------------------------------------------------
1127 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1128 --------------------------------------------------------------
1129 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1130 --------------------------------------------------------------
1131 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1132 --------------------------------------------------------------
1133 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1134 --------------------------------------------------------------
1135 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1136 --------------------------------------------------------------
1137 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1139 --------------------------------------------------------------
1140 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1141 --------------------------------------------------------------
1142 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1143 --------------------------------------------------------------
1145 --------------------------------------------------------------
1146 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1147 --------------------------------------------------------------
1149 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1152 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1153 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1154 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1155 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1158 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1159 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1160 overwrite means the opposite.
1162 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1163 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1164 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1166 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1168 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1169 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1171 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1172 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1173 are currently drawing something.
1175 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1179 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1180 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1185 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1187 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1189 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1191 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1193 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1194 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1196 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes.
1201 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1202 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1203 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1204 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1205 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1206 When pasting: Pastes
1208 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1210 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1212 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the charater to use when filling
1213 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the charater to use when drawing
1214 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the charater to use when erasing
1215 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1216 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1217 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1222 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1223 of the line/poly-line
1225 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1226 of the line/poly-line
1231 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1233 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1234 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1235 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1236 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1237 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1238 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1239 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1240 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1241 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1242 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1243 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1244 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1245 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1246 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1247 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1248 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1249 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1250 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1251 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1252 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1257 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
1258 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1260 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1261 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1262 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1263 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1264 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1265 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1266 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1267 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1268 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1269 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1270 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1271 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1272 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1273 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1274 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1275 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1276 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1277 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1278 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1282 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1283 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1290 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil)
1294 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (17356
1296 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1298 (autoload (quote asm-mode) "asm-mode" "\
1299 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1300 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1302 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1303 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1304 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1305 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1307 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1308 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1310 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1311 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1313 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1322 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-show-mode auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "obsolete/auto-show.el"
1323 ;;;;;; (17279 27080))
1324 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/auto-show.el
1326 (defvar auto-show-mode nil "\
1329 (custom-autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show")
1331 (autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "\
1332 This command is obsolete.
1338 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1339 ;;;;;; (17279 27122))
1340 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1342 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1343 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1344 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.")
1346 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg")
1348 (put (quote autoarg-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
1350 (autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "\
1351 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
1352 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1353 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1354 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
1355 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
1356 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
1357 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1358 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
1359 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1362 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1363 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1364 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1365 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1366 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1368 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1370 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1372 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1373 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1374 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1375 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1376 use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1378 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg")
1380 (put (quote autoarg-kp-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
1382 (autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg" "\
1383 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
1384 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1385 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1386 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
1387 &c to supply digit arguments.
1389 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1391 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1395 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1396 ;;;;;; (17279 27123))
1397 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1399 (autoload (quote autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "\
1400 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1406 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1407 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (17279 27122))
1408 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1410 (autoload (quote auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1411 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1412 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1416 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1417 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1418 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1419 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1421 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1423 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1424 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1425 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1426 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1427 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1429 (custom-autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert")
1431 (put (quote auto-insert-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
1433 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" "\
1434 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1435 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1436 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1438 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1439 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1441 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1445 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1446 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1447 ;;;;;; (17307 17624))
1448 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1450 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1451 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1452 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1453 If SAVE-AFTER is non-nil (which is always, when called interactively),
1454 save the buffer too.
1456 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1458 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER)" t nil)
1460 (autoload (quote update-directory-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1461 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1462 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) to do its work.
1463 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name
1464 of a single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1465 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1467 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1468 directory or directories specified.
1470 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1472 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1473 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1474 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1480 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1481 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1482 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (17279 27122))
1483 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1485 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1486 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1488 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1489 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1490 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1491 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1492 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1494 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1496 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1497 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1499 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1500 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1504 (autoload (quote auto-revert-tail-mode) "autorevert" "\
1505 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when file on disk grows.
1506 With arg, turn Tail mode on iff arg is positive.
1508 When Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is constantly
1509 followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This means that
1510 whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because some
1511 background process is appending to it from time to time), this is
1512 reflected in the current buffer.
1514 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1515 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1516 writing before you save the file!
1518 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1520 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1522 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode) "autorevert" "\
1523 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail Mode.
1525 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1526 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1530 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1531 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1532 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1533 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1534 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1536 (custom-autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert")
1538 (put (quote global-auto-revert-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
1540 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1541 Revert any buffer when file on disk changes.
1543 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
1544 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
1545 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1547 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1551 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1552 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (17279 27122))
1553 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1555 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1556 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1557 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1558 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1559 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1561 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid")
1563 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "\
1564 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1565 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1566 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1568 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1569 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1570 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1572 Effects of the different modes:
1573 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1574 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1575 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1576 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1577 a random distance & direction.
1578 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1579 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1580 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1582 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1584 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1585 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1586 definition of \"random distance\".)
1588 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1592 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
1593 ;;;;;; (17279 27122))
1594 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
1596 (autoload (quote backquote) "backquote" "\
1597 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
1599 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
1600 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
1604 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
1605 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
1606 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
1607 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
1609 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted.
1611 \(fn ARG)" nil (quote macro))
1613 (defalias (quote \`) (symbol-function (quote backquote)))
1617 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1618 ;;;;;; (17374 21274))
1619 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1620 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1622 (autoload (quote battery) "battery" "\
1623 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1624 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1625 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1629 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1630 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1631 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1632 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1633 use either \\[customize] or the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1635 (custom-autoload (quote display-battery-mode) "battery")
1637 (put (quote display-battery-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
1639 (autoload (quote display-battery-mode) "battery" "\
1640 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1641 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1642 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1643 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1646 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1650 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1651 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (17279 27122))
1652 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1654 (autoload (quote benchmark-run) "benchmark" "\
1655 Time execution of FORMS.
1656 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1657 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1659 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1660 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1661 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1663 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1665 (autoload (quote benchmark-run-compiled) "benchmark" "\
1666 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1667 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1668 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1669 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1671 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1673 (autoload (quote benchmark) "benchmark" "\
1674 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1675 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg. For
1676 non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1677 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1679 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1683 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (17374
1685 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1687 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "\
1688 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1690 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1692 Use commands such as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1693 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1694 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1695 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1697 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1698 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1699 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactical correct) and sorted
1700 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1701 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1703 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1704 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1707 Special information:
1709 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1711 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1712 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1713 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1714 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1715 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1716 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1717 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1718 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1719 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1720 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1721 \\[bibtex-complete] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1723 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1724 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1725 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1726 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1727 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1728 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1729 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1730 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1732 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1734 ----------------------------------------------------------
1735 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1736 if that value is non-nil.
1744 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1745 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "gnus/binhex.el"
1746 ;;;;;; (17279 27122))
1747 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/binhex.el
1749 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$")
1751 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "\
1752 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1753 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1755 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1757 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region-external) "binhex" "\
1758 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1760 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1762 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region) "binhex" "\
1763 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1765 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1769 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (17279
1771 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1773 (autoload (quote blackbox) "blackbox" "\
1775 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1779 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1780 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1781 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1782 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1783 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1788 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1789 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1792 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1795 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1796 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1798 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1799 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1801 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1802 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1803 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1804 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1805 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1806 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1810 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1812 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1813 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1814 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1815 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1817 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1818 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1819 denoted by the letter `R'.
1821 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1822 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1823 denoted by the letter `H'.
1825 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1828 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1829 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1830 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1831 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1832 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1833 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1836 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1837 degree deflection it causes.
1840 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1841 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1842 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1843 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1844 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1845 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1846 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1847 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1850 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1851 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1854 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1855 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1856 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1857 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1858 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1859 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1860 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1861 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1863 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1864 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1865 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1866 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1867 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1868 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1869 emerging from the box.
1871 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1873 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1874 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1875 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1876 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1877 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1878 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1879 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1880 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1882 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1889 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load bookmark-save
1890 ;;;;;; bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert bookmark-rename
1891 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump
1892 ;;;;;; bookmark-set) "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (17279 27201))
1893 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
1894 (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump)
1895 (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set)
1896 (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
1898 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\
1899 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
1900 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
1901 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
1902 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
1903 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
1904 (define-prefix-command 'bookmark-map)
1905 (define-key bookmark-map "x" 'bookmark-set)
1906 (define-key bookmark-map "m" 'bookmark-set) ; "m" for "mark"
1907 (define-key bookmark-map "j" 'bookmark-jump)
1908 (define-key bookmark-map "g" 'bookmark-jump) ; "g" for "go"
1909 (define-key bookmark-map "i" 'bookmark-insert)
1910 (define-key bookmark-map "e" 'edit-bookmarks)
1911 (define-key bookmark-map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) ; "f" for "find"
1912 (define-key bookmark-map "r" 'bookmark-rename)
1913 (define-key bookmark-map "d" 'bookmark-delete)
1914 (define-key bookmark-map "l" 'bookmark-load)
1915 (define-key bookmark-map "w" 'bookmark-write)
1916 (define-key bookmark-map "s" 'bookmark-save)
1918 (autoload (quote bookmark-set) "bookmark" "\
1919 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
1920 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
1921 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
1922 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
1923 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
1924 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
1925 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
1928 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
1929 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
1930 yank successive words.
1932 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
1933 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
1934 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
1935 name of the file being visited.
1937 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
1938 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
1939 the list of bookmarks.)
1941 \(fn &optional NAME PARG)" t nil)
1943 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump) "bookmark" "\
1944 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1945 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1946 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1947 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1950 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
1951 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
1952 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
1953 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
1955 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
1957 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate) "bookmark" "\
1958 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
1959 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
1960 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
1961 after a bookmark was set in it.
1963 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
1965 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location) "bookmark" "\
1966 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1967 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
1968 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
1970 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
1972 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate) (quote bookmark-insert-location))
1974 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename) "bookmark" "\
1975 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
1976 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
1977 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
1979 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
1980 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
1981 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
1983 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1984 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1987 \(fn OLD &optional NEW)" t nil)
1989 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert) "bookmark" "\
1990 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1991 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1992 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1993 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1996 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
1998 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete) "bookmark" "\
1999 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
2000 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2001 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2002 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2003 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2004 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2005 probably because we were called from there.
2007 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2009 (autoload (quote bookmark-write) "bookmark" "\
2010 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2011 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2015 (autoload (quote bookmark-save) "bookmark" "\
2016 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2017 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2018 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2021 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2022 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2023 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2024 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2025 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2027 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2028 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2029 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2030 `bookmark-default-file'.
2032 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2034 (autoload (quote bookmark-load) "bookmark" "\
2035 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2036 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2037 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2038 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2041 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2042 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2043 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2044 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2045 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2048 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2049 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2050 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2051 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2053 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2055 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list) "bookmark" "\
2056 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2057 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2058 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2059 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2063 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
2065 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
2067 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map [load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load))) (define-key map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write))) (define-key map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save))) (define-key map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list))) (define-key map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark..." . bookmark-delete))) (define-key map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark..." . bookmark-rename))) (define-key map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location..." . bookmark-locate))) (define-key map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents..." . bookmark-insert))) (define-key map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark..." . bookmark-set))) (define-key map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark..." . bookmark-jump))) map))
2069 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2073 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-kde browse-url-generic browse-url-mail
2074 ;;;;;; browse-url-mmm browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm
2075 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic
2076 ;;;;;; browse-url-cci browse-url-grail browse-url-mosaic browse-url-gnome-moz
2077 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon browse-url-firefox browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape
2078 ;;;;;; browse-url-default-browser browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point
2079 ;;;;;; browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
2080 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-url-at-point
2081 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon-program browse-url-firefox-program browse-url-browser-function)
2082 ;;;;;; "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (17283 59911))
2083 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2085 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (cond ((memq system-type (quote (windows-nt ms-dos cygwin))) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser)) ((memq system-type (quote (darwin))) (quote browse-url-default-macosx-browser)) (t (quote browse-url-default-browser))) "\
2086 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2087 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2088 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2090 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2091 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2092 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2093 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2094 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2096 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url")
2098 (defvar browse-url-firefox-program "firefox" "\
2099 *The name by which to invoke Firefox.")
2101 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-firefox-program) "browse-url")
2103 (defvar browse-url-galeon-program "galeon" "\
2104 *The name by which to invoke Galeon.")
2106 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-galeon-program) "browse-url")
2108 (autoload (quote browse-url-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
2113 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
2114 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2115 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2116 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2117 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2118 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2120 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2122 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
2123 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2124 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2125 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2128 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2130 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
2131 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2135 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
2136 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2138 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2140 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
2141 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2142 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2143 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2145 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2147 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
2148 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2149 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2150 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2152 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2154 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
2155 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2156 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2157 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2158 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2163 (autoload (quote browse-url-default-browser) "browse-url" "\
2164 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
2165 Default to the URL around or before point.
2167 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2168 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
2169 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2170 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2172 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2173 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2175 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Firefox,
2176 Galeon, Konqueror, Netscape, Mosaic, IXI Mosaic, Lynx in an
2177 xterm, MMM, and then W3.
2179 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2181 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
2182 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2183 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2184 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2186 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2187 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2188 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2189 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2191 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2192 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2193 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2195 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2196 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2198 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2200 (autoload (quote browse-url-mozilla) "browse-url" "\
2201 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2202 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2203 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2205 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2206 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2207 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2208 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2210 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2211 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2212 new tab in an existing window instead.
2214 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2215 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2217 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2219 (autoload (quote browse-url-firefox) "browse-url" "\
2220 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2221 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2222 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2225 When called interactively, if variable
2226 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2227 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2228 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2229 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2231 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2232 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2233 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2235 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2236 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2238 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2239 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2240 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2241 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2242 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2243 URL in a new window.
2245 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2247 (autoload (quote browse-url-galeon) "browse-url" "\
2248 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2249 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2250 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2252 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2253 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2254 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2255 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2257 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2258 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2259 new tab in an existing window instead.
2261 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2262 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2264 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2266 (autoload (quote browse-url-gnome-moz) "browse-url" "\
2267 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2268 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2269 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2271 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2272 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2273 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2274 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2276 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2277 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2279 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2281 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
2282 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2284 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2285 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2286 program is invoked according to the variable
2287 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2289 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2290 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2291 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2292 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2294 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2295 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2297 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2299 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\
2300 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
2301 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
2302 variable `browse-url-grail'.
2304 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2306 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
2307 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2308 Default to the URL around or before point.
2310 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2311 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2312 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2314 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2315 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2316 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2317 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2319 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2320 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2322 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2324 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\
2325 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2326 Default to the URL around or before point.
2328 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2330 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
2331 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2332 Default to the URL around or before point.
2334 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2335 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2336 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2338 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2339 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2341 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2343 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
2344 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2345 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2346 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2348 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2350 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
2351 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2352 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
2353 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2354 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2356 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2358 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
2359 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2360 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
2361 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
2363 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2364 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
2365 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2366 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2368 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2369 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2371 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2373 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\
2374 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
2375 Default to the URL around or before point.
2377 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2379 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
2380 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2381 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2382 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2383 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2386 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2387 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2388 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2389 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2391 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2392 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2394 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2396 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
2397 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2398 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2399 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2400 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2401 don't offer a form of remote control.
2403 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2405 (autoload (quote browse-url-kde) "browse-url" "\
2406 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2407 Default to the URL around or before point.
2409 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2413 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (17279
2415 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2417 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
2418 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2422 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
2423 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2429 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2430 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (17379 24708))
2431 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2433 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\
2434 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2435 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2436 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2440 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\
2441 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2442 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2443 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2447 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\
2448 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2452 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\
2453 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2455 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2456 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself.
2457 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2458 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2460 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2461 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2462 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2463 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2464 name of buffer configuration.
2470 ;;;### (autoloads (insert-text-button make-text-button insert-button
2471 ;;;;;; make-button define-button-type) "button" "button.el" (17331
2473 ;;; Generated autoloads from button.el
2475 (defvar button-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "
" (quote push-button)) (define-key map [mouse-2] (quote push-button)) map) "\
2476 Keymap used by buttons.")
2478 (defvar button-buffer-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map [9] (quote forward-button)) (define-key map "
\e " (quote backward-button)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote backward-button)) map) "\
2479 Keymap useful for buffers containing buttons.
2480 Mode-specific keymaps may want to use this as their parent keymap.")
2482 (autoload (quote define-button-type) "button" "\
2483 Define a `button type' called NAME.
2484 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2485 specifying properties to use as defaults for buttons with this type
2486 \(a button's type may be set by giving it a `type' property when
2487 creating the button, using the :type keyword argument).
2489 In addition, the keyword argument :supertype may be used to specify a
2490 button-type from which NAME inherits its default property values
2491 \(however, the inheritance happens only when NAME is defined; subsequent
2492 changes to a supertype are not reflected in its subtypes).
2494 \(fn NAME &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2496 (autoload (quote make-button) "button" "\
2497 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2498 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2499 specifying properties to add to the button.
2500 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2501 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2502 `define-button-type'.
2504 Also see `make-text-button', `insert-button'.
2506 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2508 (autoload (quote insert-button) "button" "\
2509 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2510 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2511 specifying properties to add to the button.
2512 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2513 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2514 `define-button-type'.
2516 Also see `insert-text-button', `make-button'.
2518 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2520 (autoload (quote make-text-button) "button" "\
2521 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2522 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2523 specifying properties to add to the button.
2524 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2525 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2526 `define-button-type'.
2528 This function is like `make-button', except that the button is actually
2529 part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer. Creating
2530 large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2533 Also see `insert-text-button'.
2535 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2537 (autoload (quote insert-text-button) "button" "\
2538 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2539 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2540 specifying properties to add to the button.
2541 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2542 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2543 `define-button-type'.
2545 This function is like `insert-button', except that the button is
2546 actually part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer.
2547 Creating large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2548 `insert-text-button'.
2550 Also see `make-text-button'.
2552 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2556 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2557 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2558 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2559 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el"
2560 ;;;;;; (17356 16192))
2561 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2563 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
2564 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2565 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2567 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2569 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2570 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2571 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2572 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2574 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2575 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However,
2576 if ARG (the prefix argument) is 0, that means do compile all those files.
2577 A nonzero ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file,
2578 whether to compile it.
2580 A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory before scanning it.
2582 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
2583 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file.
2585 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2587 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
2588 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2589 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME.
2590 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2591 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2593 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2595 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
2596 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2597 Print the result in the echo area.
2598 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2600 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2602 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2603 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2604 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2606 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2608 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
2609 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2610 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2611 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2612 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2613 all functions called by those functions.
2615 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2616 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2619 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2620 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2621 invoked interactively.
2623 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2625 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile-if-not-done) "bytecomp" "\
2626 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2627 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2628 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2632 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2633 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2634 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2635 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2636 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2637 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2638 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2641 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2643 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2644 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2645 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2646 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2648 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2649 `batch-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2650 and corresponding effects.
2652 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2656 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (17308 43144))
2657 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2659 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2661 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2665 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2666 ;;;;;; (17308 43144))
2667 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2669 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
2670 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2671 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2672 from the cursor position.
2674 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2678 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2679 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2680 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch calc-settings-file) "calc" "calc/calc.el"
2681 ;;;;;; (17297 42808))
2682 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2684 (defvar calc-settings-file (convert-standard-filename "~/.calc.el") "\
2685 *File in which to record permanent settings.")
2687 (custom-autoload (quote calc-settings-file) "calc")
2688 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2690 (autoload (quote calc-dispatch) "calc" "\
2691 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2693 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2695 (autoload (quote calc) "calc" "\
2696 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2698 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2700 (autoload (quote full-calc) "calc" "\
2701 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2703 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2705 (autoload (quote quick-calc) "calc" "\
2706 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2710 (autoload (quote calc-eval) "calc" "\
2711 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2712 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2713 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2715 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2717 (autoload (quote calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2718 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2719 This is most useful in the X window system.
2720 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2721 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2723 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2725 (autoload (quote full-calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2726 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2727 See calc-keypad for details.
2729 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2731 (autoload (quote calc-grab-region) "calc" "\
2732 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2734 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2736 (autoload (quote calc-grab-rectangle) "calc" "\
2737 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2739 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2741 (autoload (quote calc-embedded) "calc" "\
2742 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2744 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2746 (autoload (quote calc-embedded-activate) "calc" "\
2747 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2748 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2750 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2752 (autoload (quote defmath) "calc" "\
2755 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2759 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (17279
2761 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2763 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\
2764 Run the Emacs calculator.
2765 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2771 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-week-start-day calendar calendar-setup
2772 ;;;;;; solar-holidays bahai-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
2773 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
2774 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
2775 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
2776 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
2777 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
2778 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
2779 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
2780 ;;;;;; bahai-diary-entry-symbol islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol
2781 ;;;;;; diary-nonmarking-symbol diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
2782 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
2783 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-bahai-calendar-holidays all-islamic-calendar-holidays
2784 ;;;;;; all-christian-calendar-holidays all-hebrew-calendar-holidays
2785 ;;;;;; mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
2786 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
2787 ;;;;;; view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset) "calendar"
2788 ;;;;;; "calendar/calendar.el" (17374 21531))
2789 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2791 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
2792 The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
2793 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
2794 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
2797 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-offset) "calendar")
2799 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
2800 Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry to calendar.
2801 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
2802 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
2803 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This variable can
2804 be overridden by the value of `calendar-setup'.")
2806 (custom-autoload (quote view-diary-entries-initially) "calendar")
2808 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
2809 Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
2810 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
2812 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-in-calendar) "calendar")
2814 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
2815 Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
2816 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
2818 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting) "calendar")
2820 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
2821 Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
2822 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
2825 (custom-autoload (quote view-calendar-holidays-initially) "calendar")
2827 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
2828 Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
2829 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
2831 (custom-autoload (quote mark-holidays-in-calendar) "calendar")
2833 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
2834 If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
2835 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2837 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
2839 (custom-autoload (quote all-hebrew-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2841 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
2842 If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
2843 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2845 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
2848 (custom-autoload (quote all-christian-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2850 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
2851 If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
2852 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2854 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
2857 (custom-autoload (quote all-islamic-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2859 (defvar all-bahai-calendar-holidays nil "\
2860 If nil, show only major holidays from the Baha'i calendar.
2861 These are the days on which work and school must be suspended.
2863 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Baha'i
2866 (custom-autoload (quote all-bahai-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2868 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
2869 List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
2870 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
2872 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-load-hook) "calendar")
2874 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
2875 List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
2876 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
2877 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
2878 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
2880 (custom-autoload (quote initial-calendar-window-hook) "calendar")
2882 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
2883 List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
2884 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
2885 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
2886 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
2887 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
2888 a function is also provided for this:
2889 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
2891 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2892 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2893 date is not visible in the window.
2895 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2896 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2897 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2899 (custom-autoload (quote today-visible-calendar-hook) "calendar")
2901 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
2902 List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
2904 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2905 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2906 date is visible in the window.
2908 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2909 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2910 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2912 (custom-autoload (quote today-invisible-calendar-hook) "calendar")
2914 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
2915 List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
2919 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (diary-view-entries 1)))
2921 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
2923 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-move-hook) "calendar")
2925 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
2926 Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
2928 The file's entries are lines beginning with any of the forms
2929 specified by the variable `american-date-diary-pattern', by default:
2937 with the remainder of the line being the diary entry string for
2938 that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is a
2939 number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two
2940 digits (if `abbreviated-calendar-year' is non-nil). MONTHNAME
2941 and DAYNAME can be spelled in full (as specified by the variables
2942 `calendar-month-name-array' and `calendar-day-name-array'),
2943 abbreviated (as specified by `calendar-month-abbrev-array' and
2944 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period,
2945 capitalized or not. Any of DAY, MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be
2946 `*' which matches any day, month, or year, respectively. If the
2947 date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any
2948 year. A DAYNAME entry applies to the appropriate day of the week
2951 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be
2952 used instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the
2953 calendar, or set `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs
2954 file. The European forms (see `european-date-diary-pattern') are
2962 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
2963 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
2965 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
2966 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
2967 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
2968 window but will appear in a diary window.
2970 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
2971 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
2973 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
2974 entries (in the default American style):
2976 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
2977 &1/1. Happy New Year!
2978 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
2980 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
2981 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
2982 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
2983 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
2984 mar 16 Dad's birthday
2985 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
2986 &* 15 time cards due.
2988 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
2989 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
2990 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
2994 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
2995 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
2996 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
2997 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
2998 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
2999 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
3001 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
3002 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
3003 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
3005 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
3007 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
3009 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through
3010 November 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float',
3011 `diary-anniversary', `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year',
3012 `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date', `diary-hebrew-date',
3013 `diary-islamic-date', `diary-bahai-date', `diary-mayan-date',
3014 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
3015 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
3016 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer',
3017 `diary-rosh-hodesh', and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the
3018 documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more
3021 Diary entries based on the Hebrew, the Islamic and/or the Baha'i
3022 calendar are also possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they
3023 are ignored unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and
3024 the `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the
3025 documentation for these functions for details.
3027 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
3028 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3030 (custom-autoload (quote diary-file) "calendar")
3032 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
3033 Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
3035 (custom-autoload (quote diary-nonmarking-symbol) "calendar")
3037 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
3038 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
3040 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
3042 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
3043 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
3045 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
3047 (defvar bahai-diary-entry-symbol "B" "\
3048 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Baha'i calendar.")
3050 (custom-autoload (quote bahai-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
3052 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
3053 The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
3054 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
3056 (custom-autoload (quote diary-include-string) "calendar")
3058 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
3059 The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in `diary-file'.
3060 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
3062 (custom-autoload (quote sexp-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
3064 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
3065 Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
3066 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew, Islamic and
3067 Baha'i calendars. If this variable is nil, years must be written in
3070 (custom-autoload (quote abbreviated-calendar-year) "calendar")
3072 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
3073 Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
3074 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
3075 1990. The default European date styles (see `european-date-diary-pattern')
3084 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full (as specified by the
3085 variable `calendar-day-name-array'), or abbreviated (as specified by
3086 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period. To take effect,
3087 this variable should be set before the calendar package and its associates
3088 are loaded. Otherwise, use one of the functions `european-calendar' or
3089 `american-calendar' to force the appropriate update.")
3091 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-style) "calendar")
3093 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
3094 List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
3095 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
3097 (custom-autoload (quote american-date-diary-pattern) "calendar")
3099 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
3100 List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
3101 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
3103 (custom-autoload (quote european-date-diary-pattern) "calendar")
3105 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
3106 Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
3107 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
3109 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-display-form) "calendar")
3111 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
3112 Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
3113 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
3115 (custom-autoload (quote american-calendar-display-form) "calendar")
3117 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
3118 List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
3119 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
3120 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
3121 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
3122 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
3124 (custom-autoload (quote print-diary-entries-hook) "calendar")
3126 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
3127 List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
3128 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
3130 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
3131 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
3132 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
3135 #include \"filename\"
3137 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
3138 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
3139 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
3140 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3141 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
3143 For example, you could use
3145 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
3146 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
3147 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
3149 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
3150 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
3151 lexicographic order.")
3153 (custom-autoload (quote list-diary-entries-hook) "calendar")
3155 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
3156 List of functions called after the display of the diary.
3157 Can be used for appointment notification.")
3159 (custom-autoload (quote diary-hook) "calendar")
3161 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
3162 List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
3163 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
3166 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
3167 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
3168 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
3169 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
3170 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
3171 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
3172 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
3174 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
3175 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
3176 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
3177 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
3178 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
3179 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
3180 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
3181 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
3183 (custom-autoload (quote diary-display-hook) "calendar")
3185 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
3186 List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
3187 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
3188 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
3189 `list-hebrew-diary-entries', `list-islamic-diary-entries' and
3190 `list-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3191 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3193 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-listing-hook) "calendar")
3195 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
3196 List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
3198 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
3199 `mark-diary-entries-hook'; it enables you to use shared diary files together
3200 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
3202 #include \"filename\"
3203 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
3204 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
3205 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
3206 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3207 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3209 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-hook) "calendar")
3211 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
3212 List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
3213 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
3214 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
3215 `mark-hebrew-diary-entries', `mark-islamic-diary-entries' and
3216 `mark-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3217 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3219 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-marking-hook) "calendar")
3221 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
3222 If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
3223 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
3226 (custom-autoload (quote diary-list-include-blanks) "calendar")
3228 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
3229 Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
3230 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
3231 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
3232 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
3234 (custom-autoload (quote holidays-in-diary-buffer) "calendar")
3236 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3238 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
3239 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
3240 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3242 (custom-autoload (quote general-holidays) "calendar")
3244 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3246 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
3248 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3250 (custom-autoload (quote oriental-holidays) "calendar")
3252 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3254 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
3256 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3258 (custom-autoload (quote local-holidays) "calendar")
3260 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3262 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
3263 User defined holidays.
3264 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3266 (custom-autoload (quote other-holidays) "calendar")
3268 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3270 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
3272 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3274 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
3276 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3278 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
3280 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3282 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
3284 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3286 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
3288 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3290 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-holidays) "calendar")
3292 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3294 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc 0 "Easter Sunday") (holiday-easter-etc -2 "Good Friday") (holiday-easter-etc -46 "Ash Wednesday") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -63 "Septuagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -56 "Sexagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -49 "Shrove Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -48 "Shrove Monday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -47 "Shrove Tuesday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -14 "Passion Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -7 "Palm Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -3 "Maundy Thursday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 35 "Rogation Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 39 "Ascension Day")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 49 "Pentecost (Whitsunday)")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 50 "Whitmonday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 56 "Trinity Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 60 "Corpus Christi")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent 0 "Advent")) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
3296 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3298 (custom-autoload (quote christian-holidays) "calendar")
3300 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3302 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
3304 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3306 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-holidays) "calendar")
3308 (put (quote bahai-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3310 (defvar bahai-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 3 21 (format "Baha'i New Year (Naw-Ruz) %d" (- displayed-year (1- 1844)))) (holiday-fixed 4 21 "First Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 22 "Second Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 23 "Third Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 24 "Fourth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 25 "Fifth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 26 "Sixth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 27 "Seventh Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 28 "Eighth Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 4 29 "Ninth Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 30 "Tenth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 5 1 "Eleventh Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 5 2 "Twelfth Day of Ridvan") (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Baha'u'llah") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Baha'u'llah") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Baha")))) "\
3312 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3314 (custom-autoload (quote bahai-holidays) "calendar")
3316 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3318 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
3319 Sun-related holidays.
3320 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3322 (custom-autoload (quote solar-holidays) "calendar")
3324 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3326 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
3327 The frame setup of the calendar.
3328 The choices are: `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
3329 dedicated frame); `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
3330 frames); `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
3331 any other value the current frame is used. Using any of the first
3332 three options overrides the value of `view-diary-entries-initially'.")
3334 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-setup) "calendar")
3336 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
3337 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
3338 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
3340 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'.
3341 See the documentation of that function for more information.
3343 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3345 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
3346 The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
3347 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.
3349 If you change this variable directly (without using customize)
3350 after starting `calendar', you should call `redraw-calendar' to
3351 update the calendar display to reflect the change, otherwise
3352 movement commands will not work correctly.")
3354 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-week-start-day) "calendar")
3358 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
3359 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (17279 27122))
3360 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3362 (autoload (quote canlock-insert-header) "canlock" "\
3363 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3365 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3367 (autoload (quote canlock-verify) "canlock" "\
3368 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3369 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3372 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3376 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
3377 ;;;;;; (17319 2459))
3378 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3380 (autoload (quote c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "\
3381 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3387 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
3388 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
3389 ;;;;;; (17307 17625))
3390 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3392 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3393 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3394 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3395 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3396 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3397 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3398 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3400 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3402 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3403 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
3404 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3405 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3406 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3407 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3408 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3409 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3411 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3412 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3413 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3414 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3415 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3416 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3418 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3420 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3421 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3428 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3429 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3431 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3432 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3433 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3434 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3435 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3436 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3439 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3441 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3442 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3449 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3450 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3451 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3453 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3454 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3455 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3456 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3457 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3458 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3461 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3463 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3464 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3471 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3472 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3473 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3475 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3476 Major mode for editing Java code.
3477 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3478 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3479 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3480 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3483 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3485 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3486 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3493 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3494 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3495 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3497 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3498 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3499 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3500 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3501 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3502 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3505 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3507 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3508 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3515 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3516 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3517 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3518 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3520 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3521 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3522 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3523 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3524 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3525 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3528 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3530 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3531 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3537 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3538 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3539 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3540 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3541 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3542 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3546 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3547 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (17307 17625))
3548 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3550 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
3551 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3552 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3553 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3555 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3557 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3558 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3561 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3562 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3563 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3564 done in ~/.emacs. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook in this
3567 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3568 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3569 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3570 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3573 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3575 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
3576 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3577 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3578 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3580 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3582 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3583 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3584 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3586 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3588 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
3589 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3590 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3591 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3592 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3594 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3598 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-subword" "progmodes/cc-subword.el" (17307
3600 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-subword.el
3601 (autoload 'c-subword-mode "cc-subword" "Mode enabling subword movement and editing keys." t)
3605 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3606 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3607 ;;;;;; (17279 27079))
3608 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3610 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
3611 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3613 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3615 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
3616 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3618 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3620 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3621 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3623 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3624 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3625 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3626 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3629 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3631 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3633 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3634 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3636 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3637 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3641 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3642 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3643 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3644 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3645 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3648 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3649 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3650 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3651 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3653 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3654 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3657 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3659 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3661 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3664 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3665 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3667 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3668 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3669 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3672 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3674 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3675 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3676 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3678 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3680 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3682 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3683 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3685 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3689 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3691 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3693 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3694 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3697 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3698 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3701 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3703 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3704 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3705 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3706 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3707 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3708 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3709 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3710 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3711 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3712 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3713 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3714 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3715 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3716 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3717 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3718 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3721 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3722 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3724 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3725 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3727 | (write EXPRESSION)
3728 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3729 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3732 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3735 ;; Same as: (write string)
3737 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3738 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3739 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3742 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3743 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3744 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3745 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3746 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3747 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3749 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3750 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3752 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3755 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3756 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3757 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3759 ARG := REG | integer
3762 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3765 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
3768 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3771 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3772 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3775 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3776 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3777 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3780 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3781 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3782 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3785 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3786 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3788 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3789 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3790 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3793 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3794 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3797 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3798 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3800 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3803 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3807 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3808 ;; Same meaning as C code
3809 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3811 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3816 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3817 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3820 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3821 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3825 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3829 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3830 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3831 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3833 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3834 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3835 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3837 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3838 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3839 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3840 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3841 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3844 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
3846 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3847 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3848 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3849 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3850 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3851 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3853 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
3855 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
3856 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3857 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3859 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3861 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3865 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el"
3866 ;;;;;; (17279 27123))
3867 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3869 (autoload (quote cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "\
3870 Major mode for editing cfengine input.
3871 There are no special keybindings by default.
3873 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3874 to the action header.
3880 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3881 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3882 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3883 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3884 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3885 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3886 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3887 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
3888 ;;;;;; (17279 27171))
3889 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3891 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
3892 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3893 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3894 the users will view as each check is completed.
3898 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3899 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3900 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3901 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3902 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3903 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3904 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3905 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3907 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3909 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3910 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3911 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3912 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3913 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3914 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3915 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3916 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3918 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3920 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3921 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3922 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3923 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3924 spacing are all verified.
3928 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3929 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3930 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3931 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3932 otherwise stop after the first error.
3934 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3936 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
3937 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3938 Only documentation strings are checked.
3939 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3940 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3943 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3945 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
3946 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3947 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3948 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3949 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3951 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3953 (autoload (quote checkdoc-comments) "checkdoc" "\
3954 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3955 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3956 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3959 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3961 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
3962 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3963 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3964 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3966 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3968 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3970 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
3971 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3972 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3974 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3976 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3977 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3978 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3979 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3980 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3984 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3985 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3986 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3987 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3988 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3989 space at the end of each line.
3991 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3993 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
3994 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3995 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3996 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
3998 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4000 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
4001 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4002 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
4003 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
4005 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4007 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4008 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
4009 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4010 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
4012 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4014 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4015 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4016 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4017 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
4019 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4021 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
4022 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4023 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
4024 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
4026 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4028 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
4029 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4030 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
4031 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
4033 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4035 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
4036 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
4037 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
4038 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
4040 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4042 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
4043 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
4044 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
4045 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
4047 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4049 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4050 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
4051 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
4052 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
4054 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4056 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
4057 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
4058 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
4060 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
4061 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
4062 checking of documentation strings.
4064 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
4066 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4070 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
4071 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region) "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (17279
4073 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
4075 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
4076 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
4077 Return the length of resulting text.
4079 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4081 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
4082 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
4086 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
4087 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
4088 Return the length of resulting text.
4090 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4092 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
4093 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
4099 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
4100 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (17279 27122))
4101 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4103 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
4104 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4105 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4106 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4107 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4108 editing and the result is evaluated.
4110 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4112 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
4113 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4114 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4115 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4116 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4118 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4122 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\
4123 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4124 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4125 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4126 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4128 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4129 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4130 \\{command-history-map}
4132 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4133 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4139 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (17376 5576))
4140 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
4142 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
4143 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4144 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4145 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4146 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4147 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4149 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4150 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4154 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
4155 ;;;;;; (17279 27122))
4156 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4158 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "\
4161 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4165 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
4166 ;;;;;; (17279 27172))
4167 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4169 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
4170 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4171 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4172 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4174 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4175 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4176 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4177 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4179 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4180 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4182 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4186 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (17279
4188 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4190 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
4191 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4192 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4193 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4194 of `scheme-program-name').
4195 If a file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' exists, it is given as initial input.
4196 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4197 discards input when it starts up.
4198 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4200 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4203 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
4207 ;;;### (autoloads (cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "international/code-pages.el"
4208 ;;;;;; (17357 6508))
4209 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/code-pages.el
4211 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "\
4212 Make coding system NAME for and 8-bit, extended-ASCII character set.
4213 V is a 128-long vector of characters to translate the upper half of
4214 the character set. DOC-STRING and MNEMONIC are used as the
4215 corresponding args of `make-coding-system'. If MNEMONIC isn't given,
4217 Return an updated `non-iso-charset-alist'.
4219 \(fn NAME V &optional DOC-STRING MNEMONIC)" nil (quote macro))
4220 (autoload-coding-system 'cp437 '(require 'code-pages))
4221 (autoload-coding-system 'cp737 '(require 'code-pages))
4222 (autoload-coding-system 'cp775 '(require 'code-pages))
4223 (autoload-coding-system 'cp850 '(require 'code-pages))
4224 (autoload-coding-system 'cp851 '(require 'code-pages))
4225 (autoload-coding-system 'cp852 '(require 'code-pages))
4226 (autoload-coding-system 'cp855 '(require 'code-pages))
4227 (autoload-coding-system 'cp857 '(require 'code-pages))
4228 (autoload-coding-system 'cp860 '(require 'code-pages))
4229 (autoload-coding-system 'cp861 '(require 'code-pages))
4230 (autoload-coding-system 'cp862 '(require 'code-pages))
4231 (autoload-coding-system 'cp863 '(require 'code-pages))
4232 (autoload-coding-system 'cp864 '(require 'code-pages))
4233 (autoload-coding-system 'cp865 '(require 'code-pages))
4234 (autoload-coding-system 'cp866 '(require 'code-pages))
4235 (autoload-coding-system 'cp869 '(require 'code-pages))
4236 (autoload-coding-system 'cp874 '(require 'code-pages))
4237 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1250 '(require 'code-pages))
4238 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1250 '(require 'code-pages))
4239 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1253 '(require 'code-pages))
4240 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1253 '(require 'code-pages))
4241 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1254 '(require 'code-pages))
4242 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1254 '(require 'code-pages))
4243 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1255 '(require 'code-pages))
4244 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1255 '(require 'code-pages))
4245 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1256 '(require 'code-pages))
4246 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1256 '(require 'code-pages))
4247 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1257 '(require 'code-pages))
4248 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1257 '(require 'code-pages))
4249 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1258 '(require 'code-pages))
4250 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1258 '(require 'code-pages))
4251 (autoload-coding-system 'next '(require 'code-pages))
4252 (autoload-coding-system 'koi8-t '(require 'code-pages))
4253 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-16 '(require 'code-pages))
4254 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-6 '(require 'code-pages))
4255 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-10 '(require 'code-pages))
4256 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-13 '(require 'code-pages))
4257 (autoload-coding-system 'georgian-ps '(require 'code-pages))
4258 (autoload-coding-system 'cp720 '(require 'code-pages))
4259 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1125 '(require 'code-pages))
4260 (autoload-coding-system 'mik '(require 'code-pages))
4261 (autoload-coding-system 'pt154 '(require 'code-pages))
4262 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-11 '(require 'code-pages))
4266 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
4267 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
4268 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (17279 27171))
4269 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
4271 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4272 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
4273 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
4276 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
4277 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding
4278 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
4279 decoder and encoder created by this function.
4281 \(fn CODEPAGE ISO-NAME OFFSET)" nil nil)
4283 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4284 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
4285 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4287 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4289 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4290 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
4291 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4293 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4295 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4296 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
4297 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4299 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4301 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\
4302 Return an alist of supported codepages.
4304 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
4305 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
4306 for the character set supported by that codepage.
4308 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
4309 is a vector, and has a charset property.
4313 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
4314 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
4316 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
4317 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
4318 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal.
4320 \(fn CODEPAGE)" t nil)
4324 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
4325 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
4326 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
4327 ;;;;;; (17279 27202))
4328 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4330 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions (quote (comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt)) "\
4331 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4332 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4333 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4334 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4335 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4336 functions have already modified the buffer.
4338 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4340 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4341 either globally or locally.")
4343 (define-obsolete-variable-alias (quote comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields) (quote comint-use-prompt-regexp) "22.1")
4345 (autoload (quote make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "\
4346 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4347 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4348 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4349 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
4350 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
4351 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional fourth arg
4352 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
4354 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4356 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4358 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
4359 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4360 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4361 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4362 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
4363 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
4364 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4365 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of the process to.
4367 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4369 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4371 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
4372 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4373 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4374 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4375 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4376 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4378 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4380 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix "" "\
4381 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4382 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4383 directory tracking functions.")
4385 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\
4386 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4387 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4389 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4391 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4393 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\
4394 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4395 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4397 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4399 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4401 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\
4402 Send COMMAND to current process.
4403 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4404 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4406 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4408 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\
4409 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4410 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4411 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4413 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4417 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (17308
4419 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
4421 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
4422 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4423 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4424 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4426 This command pushes the mark in each window
4427 at the prior location of point in that window.
4428 If both windows display the same buffer,
4429 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4430 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4432 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4433 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4434 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4435 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4436 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4437 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4438 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4441 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4442 this command work in interlaced mode:
4443 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4444 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4445 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4447 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4451 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
4452 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
4453 ;;;;;; compile compilation-disable-input compile-command compilation-search-path
4454 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
4455 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (17319 1478))
4456 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4458 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4459 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-mode-hooks').")
4461 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-mode-hook) "compile")
4463 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4464 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4466 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-window-height) "compile")
4468 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4469 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4470 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4471 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4472 while processing the output of the compilation process. The function
4473 is called with variables `compilation-buffer' and `compilation-window'
4474 bound to the compilation buffer and window, respectively.")
4476 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4477 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4478 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4479 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4480 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4482 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4483 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4484 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4485 describing how the process finished.")
4487 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4488 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4489 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4490 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4492 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4493 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4494 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4496 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-ask-about-save) "compile")
4498 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
4499 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4500 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4501 nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4503 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-search-path) "compile")
4505 (defvar compile-command "make -k " "\
4506 *Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4508 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4509 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4511 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4513 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4514 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4515 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4516 (concat \"make -k \"
4517 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4519 (custom-autoload (quote compile-command) "compile")
4521 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4522 *If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4523 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4524 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4526 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-disable-input) "compile")
4528 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
4529 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4530 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4531 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4533 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4534 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4536 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4537 and move to the source code that caused it.
4539 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4540 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4541 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4542 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4544 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename
4545 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4546 \\[rename-buffer]. Then start the next one. On most systems,
4547 termination of the main compilation process kills its
4550 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4551 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4552 to a function that generates a unique name.
4554 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4556 (autoload (quote compilation-start) "compile" "\
4557 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4558 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4559 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4561 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4562 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4563 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4564 to determine the buffer name.
4566 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4567 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4568 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4570 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4572 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4574 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
4575 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4576 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4577 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4578 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4580 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4582 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4584 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4586 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4587 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
4588 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4589 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4590 Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't
4591 collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'.
4592 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.
4594 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4596 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4597 Toggle compilation minor mode.
4598 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4599 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4600 Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'.
4601 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.
4603 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4605 (autoload (quote compilation-next-error-function) "compile" "\
4606 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4607 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4609 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4611 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.gcov\\'" . compilation-mode)))
4615 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
4616 ;;;;;; (17319 2459))
4617 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
4619 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
4620 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
4621 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4622 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4623 use either \\[customize] or the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
4625 (custom-autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete")
4627 (put (quote partial-completion-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
4629 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
4630 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
4631 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
4633 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
4634 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
4635 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
4636 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
4638 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
4639 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
4640 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
4641 other file in that directory begin with that sequence of characters.
4643 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
4644 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
4645 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
4646 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'.
4648 Partial Completion mode extends the meaning of `completion-auto-help' (which
4649 see), so that if it is neither nil nor t, Emacs shows the `*Completions*'
4650 buffer only on the second attempt to complete. That is, if TAB finds nothing
4651 to complete, the first TAB just says \"Next char not unique\" and the
4652 second TAB brings up the `*Completions*' buffer.
4654 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4658 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4659 ;;;;;; (17374 21534))
4660 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4662 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4663 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4664 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4665 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4666 use either \\[customize] or the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4668 (custom-autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion")
4670 (put (quote dynamic-completion-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
4672 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
4673 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4675 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4679 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after
4680 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string
4681 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region encode-composition-rule)
4682 ;;;;;; "composite" "composite.el" (17327 23539))
4683 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
4685 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\
4686 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points.
4687 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition
4688 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and
4691 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows:
4693 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left
4694 | | 1:tc or top-center
4695 | | 2:tr or top-right
4696 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left
4697 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center
4698 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right
4699 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
4700 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
4701 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right
4703 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition
4704 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where
4705 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already
4706 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to
4709 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and
4710 NEW-REF-POINT is `tc' (top-center), the overall glyph is updated as
4711 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points):
4713 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
4717 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change)
4721 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
4724 (autoload (quote encode-composition-rule) "composite" "\
4725 Encode composition rule RULE into an integer value.
4726 RULE is a cons of global and new reference point symbols
4727 \(see `reference-point-alist').
4729 \(fn RULE)" nil nil)
4731 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\
4732 Compose characters in the current region.
4734 Characters are composed relatively, i.e. composed by overstricking or
4735 stacking depending on ascent, descent and other properties.
4737 When called from a program, expects these four arguments.
4739 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers)
4740 specifying the region.
4742 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4743 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. In this case,
4744 characters are composed not relatively but according to COMPONENTS.
4746 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead
4747 of the text in the region.
4749 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters.
4751 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and
4752 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th
4753 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th
4754 elements with previously composed N glyphs.
4756 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point
4757 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more
4760 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4761 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4762 text in the composition.
4764 \(fn START END &optional COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" t nil)
4766 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\
4767 Decompose text in the current region.
4769 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
4770 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
4772 \(fn START END)" t nil)
4774 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\
4775 Compose characters in string STRING.
4777 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all
4778 the characters in it.
4780 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of
4781 STRING to be composed. They default to the beginning and the end of
4782 STRING respectively.
4784 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4785 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function
4786 `compose-region' for more detail.
4788 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4789 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4790 text in the composition.
4792 \(fn STRING &optional START END COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" nil nil)
4794 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\
4795 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed.
4797 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
4799 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\
4800 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed.
4801 For relative composition, arguments are characters.
4802 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are
4803 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules.
4804 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form
4805 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of
4806 `reference-point-alist' for more detail.
4808 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4810 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\
4811 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS.
4813 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list
4814 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P.
4816 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition'
4817 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid.
4819 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT
4820 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT.
4822 If no composition is found, return nil.
4824 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a
4825 composition in; nil means the current buffer.
4827 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P
4828 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS,
4829 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH.
4831 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P.
4833 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil.
4835 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be
4836 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters
4837 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'.
4839 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition.
4841 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen.
4843 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT STRING DETAIL-P)" nil nil)
4845 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\
4846 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS.
4848 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by
4849 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the
4850 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are
4851 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS
4852 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three
4853 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text
4854 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return
4857 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value
4859 nil -- if no characters were composed.
4860 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed.
4862 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text.
4864 Optional 3rd arg OBJECT, if non-nil, is a string that contains the
4865 text to compose. In that case, POS and LIMIT index to the string.
4867 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'.
4869 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT OBJECT)" nil nil)
4871 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\
4872 Compose last characters.
4873 The argument is a parameterized event of the form
4874 (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS),
4875 where N is the number of characters before point to compose,
4876 COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is the same as the argument to `compose-region'
4877 \(which see). If it is nil, `compose-chars-after' is called,
4878 and that function finds a proper rule to compose the target characters.
4879 This function is intended to be used from input methods.
4880 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this
4881 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS)
4882 after a sequence of character events.
4885 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars)
4887 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\
4888 Convert CHAR to string.
4890 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or
4891 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted to string, list of CHAR, or
4892 vector of CHAR respectively.
4893 Optional 3rd arg WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE is ignored.
4895 \(fn CHAR &optional TYPE WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE)" nil nil)
4897 (make-obsolete (quote decompose-composite-char) (quote char-to-string) "21.1")
4901 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
4902 ;;;;;; conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode conf-unix-mode
4903 ;;;;;; conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el" (17279 27198))
4904 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4906 (autoload (quote conf-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4907 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4908 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4909 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4910 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4911 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4912 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4914 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4915 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4916 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4918 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4919 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4920 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4922 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4923 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4924 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4925 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4927 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4928 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4929 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4930 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4931 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4932 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4933 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4939 (autoload (quote conf-unix-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4940 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4941 Comments start with `#'.
4942 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4944 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4954 (autoload (quote conf-windows-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4955 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4956 Comments start with `;'.
4957 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4959 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4961 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4962 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4963 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4965 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4966 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4970 (autoload (quote conf-javaprop-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4971 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4972 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4973 between `/*' and `*/'.
4974 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4976 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4977 // another kind of comment
4989 (autoload (quote conf-space-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4990 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4991 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4992 recognized according to `conf-space-keywords'. Interactively
4993 with a prefix ARG of `0' no keywords will be recognized. With
4994 any other prefix arg you will be prompted for a regexp to match
4997 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4999 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
5001 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
5005 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
5007 # Standard multimedia devices
5008 add /dev/audio desktop
5009 add /dev/mixer desktop
5013 (autoload (quote conf-colon-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5014 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
5015 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
5016 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5018 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
5020 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
5021 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
5025 (autoload (quote conf-ppd-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5026 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
5027 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
5028 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5030 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
5032 *DefaultTransfer: Null
5033 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
5037 (autoload (quote conf-xdefaults-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5038 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
5039 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
5040 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5042 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
5051 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
5052 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (17279 27123))
5053 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
5055 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
5056 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
5057 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5058 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5060 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5062 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
5063 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
5064 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5065 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5067 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5069 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
5070 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
5071 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
5072 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
5074 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5076 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
5077 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
5079 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
5083 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-fix-years copyright-update)
5084 ;;;;;; "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (17279 27122))
5085 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
5087 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
5088 Update copyright notice at beginning of buffer to indicate the current year.
5089 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
5090 the current year after them. If necessary, and
5091 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
5092 following the copyright are updated as well.
5093 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
5096 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
5098 (autoload (quote copyright-fix-years) "copyright" "\
5099 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
5100 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
5104 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
5105 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
5107 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
5111 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el"
5112 ;;;;;; (17279 27203))
5113 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
5115 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
5116 Major mode for editing Perl code.
5117 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
5118 Tab indents for Perl code.
5119 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
5120 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
5122 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
5123 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
5124 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
5125 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
5126 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
5127 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
5128 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
5129 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
5130 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
5131 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
5132 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
5133 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
5135 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
5137 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
5138 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
5140 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
5142 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
5143 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
5144 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
5145 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
5146 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
5147 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
5148 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
5149 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
5150 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
5152 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
5156 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
5157 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
5158 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
5161 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
5162 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
5163 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
5165 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
5167 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
5168 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
5169 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
5170 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
5171 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
5173 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
5183 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
5184 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
5185 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
5186 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
5187 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
5188 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
5189 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
5190 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
5191 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
5192 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
5193 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
5194 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
5195 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
5197 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
5198 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
5199 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
5200 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
5201 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
5202 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
5204 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
5205 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
5208 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
5209 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
5210 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
5211 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
5212 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
5214 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
5215 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
5216 span the needed amount of lines.
5218 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
5219 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
5220 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
5221 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
5223 Variables controlling indentation style:
5224 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
5225 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
5226 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5227 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
5228 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
5229 `cperl-auto-newline'
5230 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
5231 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
5232 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
5233 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
5234 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
5235 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
5236 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
5237 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
5238 `cperl-indent-level'
5239 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
5240 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
5241 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
5242 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
5243 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
5244 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
5245 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
5246 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
5247 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5248 `cperl-brace-offset'
5249 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
5250 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
5251 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
5252 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
5253 `cperl-label-offset'
5254 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
5255 `cperl-min-label-indent'
5256 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
5258 Settings for K&R and BSD indentation styles are
5259 `cperl-indent-level' 5 8
5260 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 8
5261 `cperl-brace-offset' -5 -8
5262 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -8
5264 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
5265 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
5266 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
5267 \(both available from menu).
5269 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
5270 column 0 is indented on
5271 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5273 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
5276 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
5277 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
5278 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
5284 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
5285 ;;;;;; (17374 21275))
5286 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
5288 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
5289 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
5290 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
5291 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
5292 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
5296 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
5297 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
5303 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
5304 ;;;;;; (17279 27122))
5305 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
5307 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
5308 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
5309 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
5310 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
5312 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5313 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
5315 (custom-autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp")
5317 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
5318 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
5319 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
5321 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5323 (defalias (quote brief-mode) (quote crisp-mode))
5327 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
5328 ;;;;;; (17319 2459))
5329 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5331 (autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\
5332 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5333 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
5334 single prompt, optionally using completion.
5336 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
5337 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
5338 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
5339 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
5341 The default value for the separator character is the value of
5342 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
5343 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
5345 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
5346 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
5349 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5350 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
5351 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
5353 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
5355 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
5356 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
5357 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
5359 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5363 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
5364 ;;;;;; (17379 24714))
5365 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5367 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5368 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5369 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5370 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5371 use either \\[customize] or the function `cua-mode'.")
5373 (custom-autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base")
5375 (put (quote cua-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
5377 (autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base" "\
5378 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
5379 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the
5380 region (and highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'),
5381 and typed text replaces the active selection.
5383 Also when enabled, you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v to undo,
5384 cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs bindings.
5385 The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the region is
5386 active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the normal
5387 function of these prefix keys.
5389 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5390 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5392 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5393 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5394 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5396 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5397 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5398 the prefix fallback behavior.
5400 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally. Trying to disable
5401 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
5402 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
5403 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
5405 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5407 (autoload (quote cua-selection-mode) "cua-base" "\
5408 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5411 (eval-after-load 'CUA-mode
5412 '(error (concat "\n\n"
5413 "CUA-mode is now part of the standard GNU Emacs distribution,\n"
5414 "so you may now enable and customize CUA via the Options menu.\n\n"
5415 "You have loaded an older version of CUA-mode which does\n"
5416 "not work correctly with this version of GNU Emacs.\n\n"
5417 (if user-init-file (concat
5418 "To correct this, remove the loading and customization of the\n"
5419 "old version from the " user-init-file " file.\n\n")))))
5423 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
5424 ;;;;;; custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
5425 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
5426 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
5427 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-customized customize-face-other-window
5428 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
5429 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
5430 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable
5431 ;;;;;; customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (17374 21544))
5432 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5433 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
5435 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
5436 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5438 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5439 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5441 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5442 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5444 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5446 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5448 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
5449 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5450 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5452 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5453 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5455 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
5456 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
5458 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5459 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5461 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5462 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5464 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5466 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5468 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
5469 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5472 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5473 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5475 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
5476 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
5478 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5479 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5481 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5482 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5484 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5486 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5488 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
5489 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5490 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5491 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5492 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5496 (autoload (quote customize-mode) "cus-edit" "\
5497 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5498 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5499 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5503 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
5504 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5508 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5509 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5513 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
5515 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
5516 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5518 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5520 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
5522 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5523 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5524 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5526 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5528 (defalias (quote customize-changed) (quote customize-changed-options))
5530 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
5531 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5532 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
5533 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings
5534 or default values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
5536 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5537 that were added or redefined since that version.
5539 \(fn SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5541 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
5542 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5543 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5544 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5546 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5547 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5549 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5551 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5552 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5553 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5555 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5556 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5558 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5560 (autoload (quote customize-customized) "cus-edit" "\
5561 Customize all user options set since the last save in this session.
5565 (autoload (quote customize-rogue) "cus-edit" "\
5566 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5570 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
5571 Customize all already saved user options.
5575 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
5576 Customize all loaded options, faces and groups matching REGEXP.
5577 If ALL is `options', include only options.
5578 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
5579 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
5580 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include variables
5581 that are not customizable options, as well as faces and groups
5582 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5584 \(fn REGEXP &optional ALL)" t nil)
5586 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
5587 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5588 With prefix arg, include variables that are not customizable options
5589 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5591 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
5593 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
5594 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5596 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5598 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
5599 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5601 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5603 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
5604 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5605 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5606 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5607 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5610 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5612 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5613 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5614 The result includes selecting that window.
5615 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5616 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5617 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5620 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5622 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
5623 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5625 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5627 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5628 File used for storing customization information.
5629 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5630 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5631 it should be an absolute file name.
5633 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5634 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5635 something like the following in your init file:
5637 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5640 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5641 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5643 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5644 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5645 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5646 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5647 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5649 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5650 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5651 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5652 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5653 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5654 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5655 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5656 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5657 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5658 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5660 (custom-autoload (quote custom-file) "cus-edit")
5662 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
5663 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5667 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
5668 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5672 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5673 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5674 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5676 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5678 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5679 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5680 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5681 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5682 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5684 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5688 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-reset-faces custom-theme-reset-faces custom-set-faces
5689 ;;;;;; custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "cus-face.el" (17342 36796))
5690 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
5692 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
5693 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument.
5695 \(fn FACE SPEC DOC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5697 (defconst custom-face-attributes (quote ((:family (string :tag "Font Family" :help-echo "Font family or fontset alias name.")) (:width (choice :tag "Width" :help-echo "Font width." :value normal (const :tag "compressed" condensed) (const :tag "condensed" condensed) (const :tag "demiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "expanded" expanded) (const :tag "extracondensed" extra-condensed) (const :tag "extraexpanded" extra-expanded) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "narrow" condensed) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semicondensed" semi-condensed) (const :tag "semiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "ultracondensed" ultra-condensed) (const :tag "ultraexpanded" ultra-expanded) (const :tag "wide" extra-expanded))) (:height (choice :tag "Height" :help-echo "Face's font height." :value 1.0 (integer :tag "Height in 1/10 pt") (number :tag "Scale" 1.0))) (:weight (choice :tag "Weight" :help-echo "Font weight." :value normal (const :tag "black" ultra-bold) (const :tag "bold" bold) (const :tag "book" semi-light) (const :tag "demibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "extralight" extra-light) (const :tag "extrabold" extra-bold) (const :tag "heavy" extra-bold) (const :tag "light" light) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "semilight" semi-light) (const :tag "ultralight" ultra-light) (const :tag "ultrabold" ultra-bold))) (:slant (choice :tag "Slant" :help-echo "Font slant." :value normal (const :tag "italic" italic) (const :tag "oblique" oblique) (const :tag "normal" normal))) (:underline (choice :tag "Underline" :help-echo "Control text underlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:overline (choice :tag "Overline" :help-echo "Control text overlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:strike-through (choice :tag "Strike-through" :help-echo "Control text strike-through." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:box (choice :tag "Box around text" :help-echo "Control box around text." (const :tag "Off" nil) (list :tag "Box" :value (:line-width 2 :color "grey75" :style released-button) (const :format "" :value :line-width) (integer :tag "Width") (const :format "" :value :color) (choice :tag "Color" (const :tag "*" nil) color) (const :format "" :value :style) (choice :tag "Style" (const :tag "Raised" released-button) (const :tag "Sunken" pressed-button) (const :tag "None" nil)))) (lambda (real-value) (and real-value (let ((lwidth (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :line-width)) (and (integerp real-value) real-value) 1)) (color (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :color)) (and (stringp real-value) real-value) nil)) (style (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :style)))) (list :line-width lwidth :color color :style style)))) (lambda (cus-value) (and cus-value (let ((lwidth (plist-get cus-value :line-width)) (color (plist-get cus-value :color)) (style (plist-get cus-value :style))) (cond ((and (null color) (null style)) lwidth) ((and (null lwidth) (null style)) color) (t (nconc (and lwidth (\` (:line-width (\, lwidth)))) (and color (\` (:color (\, color)))) (and style (\` (:style (\, style))))))))))) (:inverse-video (choice :tag "Inverse-video" :help-echo "Control whether text should be in inverse-video." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t))) (:foreground (color :tag "Foreground" :help-echo "Set foreground color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:background (color :tag "Background" :help-echo "Set background color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:stipple (choice :tag "Stipple" :help-echo "Background bit-mask" (const :tag "None" nil) (file :tag "File" :help-echo "Name of bitmap file." :must-match t))) (:inherit (repeat :tag "Inherit" :help-echo "List of faces to inherit attributes from." (face :Tag "Face" default)) (lambda (real-value) (cond ((or (null real-value) (eq real-value (quote unspecified))) nil) ((symbolp real-value) (list real-value)) (t real-value))) (lambda (cus-value) (if (and (consp cus-value) (null (cdr cus-value))) (car cus-value) cus-value))))) "\
5698 Alist of face attributes.
5700 The elements are of the form (KEY TYPE PRE-FILTER POST-FILTER),
5701 where KEY is the name of the attribute, TYPE is a widget type for
5702 editing the attribute, PRE-FILTER is a function to make the attribute's
5703 value suitable for the customization widget, and POST-FILTER is a
5704 function to make the customized value suitable for storing. PRE-FILTER
5705 and POST-FILTER are optional.
5707 The PRE-FILTER should take a single argument, the attribute value as
5708 stored, and should return a value for customization (using the
5709 customization type TYPE).
5711 The POST-FILTER should also take a single argument, the value after
5712 being customized, and should return a value suitable for setting the
5713 given face attribute.")
5715 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
5716 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
5717 This associates the settings with the `user' theme.
5718 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
5720 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
5722 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE, as well as the value for the
5723 `user' theme. The `user' theme is one of the default themes known to Emacs.
5724 See `custom-known-themes' for more information on the known themes.
5725 See `custom-theme-set-faces' for more information on the interplay
5726 between themes and faces.
5727 See `defface' for the format of SPEC.
5729 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
5730 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
5732 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5734 (autoload (quote custom-theme-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5735 Reset the specs in THEME of some faces to their specs in other themes.
5736 Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:
5740 This means reset FACE. The argument IGNORED is ignored.
5742 \(fn THEME &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5744 (autoload (quote custom-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5745 Reset the specs of some faces to their specs in specified themes.
5746 This creates settings in the `user' theme.
5748 Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:
5752 This means reset FACE to its value in FROM-THEME.
5754 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5758 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el"
5759 ;;;;;; (17356 16191))
5760 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5762 (autoload (quote customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "\
5763 Create a custom theme.
5769 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
5770 ;;;;;; (17279 27122))
5771 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
5773 (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\
5774 Mode used for cvs status output.
5780 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
5781 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (17307 17625))
5782 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5784 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5785 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5787 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5788 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5789 C++ modes are included.
5791 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
5793 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5795 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5798 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
5799 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
5803 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5804 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5805 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5806 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5807 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5809 (custom-autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn")
5811 (put (quote global-cwarn-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
5813 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5814 Toggle Cwarn mode in every buffer.
5815 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
5816 Cwarn mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
5817 in which `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' turns it on.
5819 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5823 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
5824 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
5825 ;;;;;; (17279 27080))
5826 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5828 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
5829 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5831 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5833 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
5834 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5836 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5838 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
5839 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5840 For readability, the table is slightly
5841 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5843 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5844 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5845 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5846 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5847 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5849 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5853 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
5854 ;;;;;; (17297 42806))
5855 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5856 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5857 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5859 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
5860 Completion on current word.
5861 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5862 and presents suggestions for completion.
5864 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5865 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5868 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
5869 then it searches *all* buffers.
5871 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5873 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
5874 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5876 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5877 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5878 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5879 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5880 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5882 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5883 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5885 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5886 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5887 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5889 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5890 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5892 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5898 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (17279
5900 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5902 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
5903 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5905 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5906 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5907 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5909 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5910 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5911 Data lines are not indented.
5916 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5918 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5919 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5920 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5921 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5923 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5926 Extra indentation within blocks.
5928 dcl-continuation-offset
5929 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5932 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5934 dcl-margin-label-offset
5935 Indentation for a label.
5937 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5938 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5940 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5941 dcl-block-end-regexp
5942 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5943 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
5944 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5945 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5946 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5948 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5949 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5950 Two such functions are included in the package:
5951 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5952 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5954 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5955 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5956 One such function is included in the package:
5957 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5959 dcl-tab-always-indent
5960 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5961 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5964 dcl-electric-characters
5965 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5968 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5969 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5970 which words trigger electric indentation.
5973 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5974 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5975 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5977 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5978 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5979 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5980 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5982 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5983 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5984 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5985 dcl-imenu-label-call
5986 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5988 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5989 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5990 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5991 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5994 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5996 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5997 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5998 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
6000 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
6001 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
6005 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
6006 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
6007 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
6008 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
6009 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
6010 \"lined up with the command line\"
6012 Data lines are not indented at all.
6013 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
6018 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
6019 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
6025 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
6026 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (17279 27196))
6027 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
6029 (setq debugger (quote debug))
6031 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
6032 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
6033 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
6036 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
6037 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
6038 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
6040 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
6042 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
6043 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
6045 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6047 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
6048 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
6049 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
6050 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
6051 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
6052 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
6054 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
6055 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
6057 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
6059 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
6060 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
6061 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
6062 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6063 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
6065 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
6069 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
6070 ;;;;;; (17279 27172))
6071 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
6073 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
6074 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
6078 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
6079 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
6080 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
6081 Upper-case letters are commands.
6083 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
6086 The most useful commands are:
6087 \\<decipher-mode-map>
6088 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
6089 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
6090 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
6091 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
6092 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
6098 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
6099 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (17279
6101 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
6103 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "\
6104 Customization of `columns' group.
6108 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
6109 Prettify all columns in a text region.
6111 START and END delimits the text region.
6113 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6115 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
6116 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
6118 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
6120 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6124 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (17337
6126 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
6128 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
6129 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
6130 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
6131 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
6132 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
6133 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
6135 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
6139 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
6140 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
6141 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
6142 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
6143 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
6144 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
6145 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
6146 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
6147 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
6148 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
6149 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
6150 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
6152 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
6153 Directories to search when finding external units.
6154 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
6155 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
6159 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
6160 Face used to color delphi comments.
6161 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
6162 Face used to color delphi strings.
6163 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
6164 Face used to color delphi keywords.
6165 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
6166 Face used to color everything else.
6168 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
6169 no args, if that value is non-nil.
6171 \(fn &optional SKIP-INITIAL-PARSING)" t nil)
6175 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (17279
6177 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
6179 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
6181 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
6182 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
6183 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
6184 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6185 use either \\[customize] or the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
6187 (custom-autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel")
6189 (put (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
6191 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
6192 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
6193 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
6196 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
6197 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
6198 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
6201 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6205 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
6206 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (17307 17624))
6207 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
6209 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "derived" "\
6210 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
6212 The arguments to this command are as follow:
6214 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
6215 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
6216 or nil if there is no parent.
6217 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
6218 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
6219 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
6220 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
6221 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
6223 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
6224 arguments are currently understood:
6226 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
6227 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
6229 Use TABLE instead of the default.
6230 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
6232 Use TABLE instead of the default.
6233 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
6235 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
6237 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
6239 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
6240 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
6241 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
6243 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
6244 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
6246 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
6247 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
6248 (setq case-fold-search nil))
6250 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
6251 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
6253 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
6254 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
6256 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
6258 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6260 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
6261 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
6262 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
6263 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
6264 the first time the mode is used.
6266 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
6270 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
6271 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (17331 26860))
6272 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
6274 (autoload (quote describe-text-properties) "descr-text" "\
6275 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays and text properties at POS.
6276 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
6277 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
6278 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
6281 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER)" t nil)
6283 (autoload (quote describe-char) "descr-text" "\
6284 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
6285 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
6286 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
6287 character composition information (if relevant),
6288 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
6294 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
6295 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-locals-to-save
6296 ;;;;;; desktop-save-mode) "desktop" "desktop.el" (17374 21429))
6297 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6299 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6300 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6301 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.")
6303 (custom-autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop")
6305 (put (quote desktop-save-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
6307 (autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop" "\
6308 Toggle desktop saving mode.
6309 With numeric ARG, turn desktop saving on if ARG is positive, off
6310 otherwise. See variable `desktop-save' for a description of when the
6313 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6315 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save (quote (desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace)) "\
6316 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6317 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6318 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6320 (custom-autoload (quote desktop-locals-to-save) "desktop")
6322 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6323 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6324 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
6326 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6327 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6328 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6330 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6331 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6333 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6334 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6335 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6337 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6338 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6339 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6340 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6342 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6344 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6345 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6347 Handlers are called with argument list
6349 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6351 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6353 desktop-file-version
6354 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6355 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6356 desktop-buffer-point
6358 desktop-buffer-read-only
6359 desktop-buffer-locals
6361 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6362 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6364 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6367 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6369 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6370 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6372 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6374 (put (quote desktop-buffer-mode-handlers) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
6376 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6377 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6378 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6379 List elements must have the form
6381 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6383 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6386 Handlers are called with argument list
6388 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6390 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6392 desktop-file-version
6393 desktop-buffer-file-name
6395 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6396 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6397 desktop-buffer-point
6399 desktop-buffer-read-only
6402 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6403 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6406 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6409 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6411 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6412 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6414 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6416 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6418 (put (quote desktop-minor-mode-handlers) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
6420 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
6421 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6422 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6423 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6424 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6425 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6426 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6427 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6429 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6431 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
6432 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6433 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6437 (autoload (quote desktop-change-dir) "desktop" "\
6438 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6439 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6440 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6443 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6445 (autoload (quote desktop-save-in-desktop-dir) "desktop" "\
6446 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6450 (autoload (quote desktop-revert) "desktop" "\
6451 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6457 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
6458 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines
6459 ;;;;;; gnus-outlook-display-hook gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max
6460 ;;;;;; gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min) "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el"
6461 ;;;;;; (17279 27079))
6462 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6464 (defvar gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min 45 "\
6465 Minimum length of the cited line above the (possibly) wrapped line.")
6467 (custom-autoload (quote gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min) "deuglify")
6469 (defvar gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max 95 "\
6470 Maximum length of the cited line after unwrapping.")
6472 (custom-autoload (quote gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max) "deuglify")
6474 (defvar gnus-outlook-display-hook nil "\
6475 A hook called after an deuglified article has been prepared.
6476 It is run after `gnus-article-prepare-hook'.")
6478 (custom-autoload (quote gnus-outlook-display-hook) "deuglify")
6480 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines) "deuglify" "\
6481 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6482 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6483 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6484 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6485 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6487 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6489 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution) "deuglify" "\
6490 Repair a broken attribution line.
6491 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6493 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6495 (autoload (quote gnus-outlook-deuglify-article) "deuglify" "\
6496 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6497 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6498 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6500 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6502 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article) "deuglify" "\
6503 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6509 ;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-post-read-conversion devanagari-compose-region)
6510 ;;;;;; "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el" (17279 27080))
6511 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
6513 (defconst devanagari-consonant "[\x51ad5-\x51af9\x51b38-\x51b3f]")
6515 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-region) "devan-util" "\
6518 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6520 (autoload (quote devanagari-post-read-conversion) "devan-util" "\
6527 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
6528 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (17308 43144))
6529 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6531 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
6532 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6533 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6534 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6535 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in a `.emacs' file.
6537 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6539 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
6540 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6541 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6542 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6544 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
6545 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
6546 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
6547 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
6550 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
6552 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
6553 diary-file \\\"/path/to/diary.file\\\" \\
6554 european-calendar-style t \\
6555 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
6556 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
6557 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
6559 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
6560 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
6561 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
6562 to run it every morning at 1am.
6564 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6566 (autoload (quote diary-mode) "diary-lib" "\
6567 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6573 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
6574 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (17279 27171))
6575 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
6577 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
6578 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6580 (custom-autoload (quote diff-switches) "diff")
6582 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
6583 *The command to use to run diff.")
6585 (custom-autoload (quote diff-command) "diff")
6587 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
6588 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6589 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
6590 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
6591 If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6592 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6594 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6596 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
6597 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6598 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6599 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6600 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6601 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6603 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6607 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
6608 ;;;;;; (17279 27185))
6609 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
6611 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
6612 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6613 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6615 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6616 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6617 headers for you on-the-fly.
6619 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6620 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6621 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6625 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\
6626 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6627 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6629 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6633 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-mode dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
6634 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
6635 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
6636 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
6637 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (17374 21275))
6638 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6640 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
6641 *Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6642 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6643 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6644 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6645 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6646 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6647 `insert-directory' on `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6649 (custom-autoload (quote dired-listing-switches) "dired")
6651 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux cygwin))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
6652 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
6654 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
6655 *Informs Dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
6656 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
6657 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
6658 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
6660 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
6661 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
6663 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
6664 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
6665 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
6666 always set this variable to t.")
6668 (custom-autoload (quote dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks) "dired")
6670 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
6671 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
6672 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
6673 A value of t means move to first file.")
6675 (custom-autoload (quote dired-trivial-filenames) "dired")
6677 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
6678 *Controls marking of renamed files.
6679 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
6680 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
6681 are afterward marked with that character.")
6683 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-rename) "dired")
6685 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
6686 *Controls marking of copied files.
6687 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
6688 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6690 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-copy) "dired")
6692 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
6693 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
6694 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6695 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6697 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-hardlink) "dired")
6699 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
6700 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
6701 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6702 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6704 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-symlink) "dired")
6706 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
6707 *If non-nil, Dired tries to guess a default target directory.
6708 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
6709 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
6711 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
6713 (custom-autoload (quote dired-dwim-target) "dired")
6715 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
6716 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
6717 \(This works on only some systems.)")
6719 (custom-autoload (quote dired-copy-preserve-time) "dired")
6721 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6722 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6723 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6724 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6725 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6726 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6728 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
6729 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6730 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6731 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6732 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6733 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6734 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6735 list of files to make directory entries for.
6736 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
6737 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6738 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6739 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6741 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6743 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6744 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6746 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
6747 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6749 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6750 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6752 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
6753 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6755 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6757 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
6758 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6760 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6762 (autoload (quote dired-mode) "dired" "\
6763 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6764 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6765 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6766 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6767 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6768 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6769 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6770 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6771 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6772 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6773 Letters no longer insert themselves. Digits are prefix arguments.
6774 Instead, type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file for Deletion.
6775 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6776 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6777 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6778 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6779 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6780 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6781 to see why something went wrong.
6782 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of a subdirectory.
6783 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unflag.
6784 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to eXecute the deletions requested.
6785 Type \\[dired-advertised-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6786 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6787 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or dired directory in Other window.
6788 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6789 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6790 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6791 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6792 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6793 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6794 SPC and DEL can be used to move down and up by lines.
6796 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6797 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist a single or the marked files or a
6798 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6799 again for the directory tree.
6801 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6804 `dired-listing-switches'
6805 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6806 `dired-shrink-to-fit'
6809 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6810 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6811 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6812 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6814 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6816 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6817 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6824 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6825 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6829 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
6830 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down
6831 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
6832 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
6833 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
6834 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
6835 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
6836 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
6837 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
6838 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-query dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
6839 ;;;;;; dired-run-shell-command dired-do-shell-command dired-clean-directory
6840 ;;;;;; dired-do-print dired-do-touch dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
6841 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-compare-directories dired-backup-diff
6842 ;;;;;; dired-diff) "dired-aux" "dired-aux.el" (17357 6510))
6843 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
6845 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
6846 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
6847 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. (That's the mark set by
6848 \\[set-mark-command], not by Dired's \\[dired-mark] command.)
6849 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
6850 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
6851 which is options for `diff'.
6853 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6855 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
6856 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6857 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6858 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6859 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6860 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'.
6862 \(fn &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6864 (autoload (quote dired-compare-directories) "dired-aux" "\
6865 Mark files with different file attributes in two dired buffers.
6866 Compare file attributes of files in the current directory
6867 with file attributes in directory DIR2 using PREDICATE on pairs of files
6868 with the same name. Mark files for which PREDICATE returns non-nil.
6869 Mark files with different names if PREDICATE is nil (or interactively
6870 with empty input at the predicate prompt).
6872 PREDICATE is a Lisp expression that can refer to the following variables:
6874 size1, size2 - file size in bytes
6875 mtime1, mtime2 - last modification time in seconds, as a float
6876 fa1, fa2 - list of file attributes
6877 returned by function `file-attributes'
6879 where 1 refers to attribute of file in the current dired buffer
6880 and 2 to attribute of file in second dired buffer.
6882 Examples of PREDICATE:
6884 (> mtime1 mtime2) - mark newer files
6885 (not (= size1 size2)) - mark files with different sizes
6886 (not (string= (nth 8 fa1) (nth 8 fa2))) - mark files with different modes
6887 (not (and (= (nth 2 fa1) (nth 2 fa2)) - mark files with different UID
6888 (= (nth 3 fa1) (nth 3 fa2)))) and GID.
6890 \(fn DIR2 PREDICATE)" t nil)
6892 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
6893 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6894 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed.
6896 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6898 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
6899 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6901 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6903 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
6904 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6906 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6908 (autoload (quote dired-do-touch) "dired-aux" "\
6909 Change the timestamp of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6912 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6914 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
6915 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
6916 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
6917 `lpr-switches' as default.
6919 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6921 (autoload (quote dired-clean-directory) "dired-aux" "\
6922 Flag numerical backups for deletion.
6923 Spares `dired-kept-versions' latest versions, and `kept-old-versions' oldest.
6924 Positive prefix arg KEEP overrides `dired-kept-versions';
6925 Negative prefix arg KEEP overrides `kept-old-versions' with KEEP made positive.
6927 To clear the flags on these files, you can use \\[dired-flag-backup-files]
6928 with a prefix argument.
6932 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
6933 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
6934 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
6935 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
6936 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
6938 If there is a `*' in COMMAND, surrounded by whitespace, this runs
6939 COMMAND just once with the entire file list substituted there.
6941 If there is no `*', but there is a `?' in COMMAND, surrounded by
6942 whitespace, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
6943 file name substituted for `?'.
6945 Otherwise, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
6946 file name added at the end of COMMAND (separated by a space).
6948 `*' and `?' when not surrounded by whitespace have no special
6949 significance for `dired-do-shell-command', and are passed through
6950 normally to the shell, but you must confirm first. To pass `*' by
6951 itself to the shell as a wildcard, type `*\"\"'.
6953 If COMMAND produces output, it goes to a separate buffer.
6955 This feature does not try to redisplay Dired buffers afterward, as
6956 there's no telling what files COMMAND may have changed.
6957 Type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
6959 When COMMAND runs, its working directory is the top-level directory of
6960 the Dired buffer, so output files usually are created there instead of
6963 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
6964 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument.
6966 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG FILE-LIST)" t nil)
6968 (autoload (quote dired-run-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
6971 \(fn COMMAND)" nil nil)
6973 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
6974 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
6975 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
6976 \(A negative argument kills backward.)
6977 If you use this command with a prefix argument to kill the line
6978 for a file that is a directory, which you have inserted in the
6979 Dired buffer as a subdirectory, then it deletes that subdirectory
6980 from the buffer as well.
6981 To kill an entire subdirectory (without killing its line in the
6982 parent directory), go to its directory header line and use this
6983 command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter).
6985 \(fn &optional ARG FMT)" t nil)
6987 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" "\
6990 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
6992 (autoload (quote dired-query) "dired-aux" "\
6995 \(fn QS-VAR QS-PROMPT &rest QS-ARGS)" nil nil)
6997 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
6998 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files.
7000 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7002 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
7003 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
7005 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7007 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
7008 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
7010 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7012 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
7013 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
7014 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
7015 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing.
7017 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
7018 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
7019 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
7020 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
7021 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
7022 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
7023 See Info node `(emacs-xtra)Subdir switches' for more details.
7025 \(fn &optional ARG TEST-FOR-SUBDIR)" t nil)
7027 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" "\
7030 \(fn FILENAME &optional MARKER-CHAR)" nil nil)
7032 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" "\
7035 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7037 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" "\
7038 Create or update the line for FILE in all Dired buffers it would belong in.
7040 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7042 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" "\
7045 \(fn FROM TO OK-FLAG)" nil nil)
7047 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" "\
7050 \(fn FILE NEWNAME OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS)" nil nil)
7052 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
7053 Create a directory called DIRECTORY.
7055 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7057 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
7058 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
7059 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
7060 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7061 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
7062 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
7063 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7064 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7065 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7067 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7069 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
7070 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7071 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7072 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
7073 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
7074 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7075 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7076 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7078 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7080 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
7081 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7082 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7083 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
7084 and new hard links are made in that directory
7085 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7086 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7087 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7089 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7091 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
7092 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7093 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
7094 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory.
7095 This command also renames any buffers that are visiting the files.
7096 The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value
7097 of `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7099 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7101 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7102 Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7104 With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG
7105 files. Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current
7106 file if none are marked.
7108 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
7109 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
7110 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
7111 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
7113 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
7114 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed.
7116 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7118 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7119 Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7120 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7122 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7124 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7125 Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7126 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7128 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7130 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7131 Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7132 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7134 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7136 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
7137 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case.
7139 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7141 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
7142 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case.
7144 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7146 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7147 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
7148 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
7149 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
7150 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
7151 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
7153 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
7155 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
7156 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
7157 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
7158 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
7159 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
7160 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
7161 See Info node `(emacs-xtra)Subdir switches' for more details.
7163 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
7165 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7166 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
7167 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
7168 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
7169 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
7170 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
7172 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
7174 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
7176 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7177 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
7178 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line.
7180 \(fn ARG &optional NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-FOUND NO-SKIP)" t nil)
7182 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7183 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
7184 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
7185 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden.
7189 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
7190 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
7191 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
7192 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in.
7196 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7197 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
7198 Lower levels are unaffected.
7200 \(fn &optional REMEMBER-MARKS)" t nil)
7202 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
7203 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree.
7207 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
7208 Go down in the dired tree.
7212 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7213 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
7214 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
7215 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories.
7219 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
7220 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
7221 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
7222 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory.
7226 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
7227 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
7228 Stops when a match is found.
7229 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
7231 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7233 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7234 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
7235 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
7236 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
7237 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
7239 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED)" t nil)
7241 (autoload (quote dired-show-file-type) "dired-aux" "\
7242 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
7243 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
7244 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead.
7246 \(fn FILE &optional DEREF-SYMLINKS)" t nil)
7250 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el" (17279 27201))
7251 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
7253 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
7254 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
7255 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
7256 If in Dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
7257 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
7258 buffer and try again.
7260 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
7264 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (17279 27122))
7265 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
7267 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
7268 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
7269 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
7271 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
7273 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
7274 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
7276 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
7277 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
7279 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
7283 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (17279
7285 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
7287 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
7288 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
7289 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
7290 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
7291 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
7292 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
7294 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
7298 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european create-glyph standard-display-underline
7299 ;;;;;; standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii
7300 ;;;;;; standard-display-default standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table
7301 ;;;;;; describe-display-table set-display-table-slot display-table-slot
7302 ;;;;;; make-display-table) "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (17307 17624))
7303 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
7305 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7306 Return a new, empty display table.
7310 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
7311 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
7312 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
7313 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7314 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7316 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
7318 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
7319 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
7320 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
7321 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7322 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7324 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
7326 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7327 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
7331 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7332 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
7336 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
7337 Display characters in the range L to H literally.
7341 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
7342 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
7346 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
7347 Display character C using printable string S.
7351 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
7352 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
7353 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
7354 it is meaningless for an X frame.
7356 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
7358 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
7359 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
7360 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
7363 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
7365 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
7366 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
7368 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
7370 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" "\
7371 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
7373 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
7375 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
7376 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
7378 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
7379 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
7380 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
7381 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
7383 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
7384 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
7385 European character display.
7387 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
7388 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
7389 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
7390 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
7392 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
7393 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
7394 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
7395 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
7396 for users who call this function in `.emacs'.
7402 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
7403 ;;;;;; (17279 27123))
7404 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
7406 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
7407 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
7408 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
7409 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
7410 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
7411 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
7412 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
7415 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7419 ;;;### (autoloads (dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" "dnd.el" (17279 27171))
7420 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
7422 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist (quote (("^file:///" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^file://" . dnd-open-file) ("^file:" . dnd-open-local-file))) "\
7423 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
7424 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
7425 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
7426 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
7427 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
7429 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
7430 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
7431 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
7432 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
7433 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
7435 (custom-autoload (quote dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd")
7439 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
7440 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (17279 27123))
7441 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
7443 (autoload (quote dns-mode) "dns-mode" "\
7444 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
7445 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
7446 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
7447 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
7448 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
7449 table and its own syntax table.
7451 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
7455 (autoload (quote dns-mode-soa-increment-serial) "dns-mode" "\
7456 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
7459 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.soa\\'" . dns-mode))
7463 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (17374 21430))
7464 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
7466 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
7467 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
7473 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
7474 ;;;;;; (17279 27122))
7475 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
7477 (defvar double-mode nil "\
7479 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7480 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.")
7482 (custom-autoload (quote double-mode) "double")
7484 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
7486 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive.
7488 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
7489 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details.
7495 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (17279 27123))
7496 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
7498 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
7499 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
7505 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
7506 ;;;;;; (17279 27122))
7507 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
7509 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
7510 Play sounds in message buffers.
7516 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
7517 ;;;;;; define-global-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
7518 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (17307 17624))
7519 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
7521 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode))
7523 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
7524 Define a new minor mode MODE.
7525 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
7526 and toggle command MODE.
7528 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
7529 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
7530 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
7531 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
7532 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
7533 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
7534 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
7535 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
7538 BODY contains code that will be executed each time the mode is (dis)activated.
7539 It will be executed after any toggling but before running the hook variable
7541 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments (alternating
7542 keywords and values). These following keyword arguments are supported (other
7543 keywords will be passed to `defcustom' if the minor mode is global):
7544 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
7545 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
7546 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
7547 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
7548 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
7549 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
7550 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
7551 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
7552 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
7553 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
7554 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
7556 For example, you could write
7557 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
7558 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
7561 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
7563 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-global-mode) (quote define-global-minor-mode))
7565 (autoload (quote define-global-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
7566 Make GLOBAL-MODE out of the buffer-local minor MODE.
7567 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
7568 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
7569 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
7570 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
7571 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
7572 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
7573 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
7574 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
7575 or :keymap keywords to `define-global-minor-mode', since these
7576 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
7578 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
7579 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
7580 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
7581 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
7582 call another major mode in their body.
7584 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
7586 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-keymap) "easy-mmode" "\
7587 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
7588 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
7589 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
7590 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
7591 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
7592 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
7594 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
7596 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" "\
7599 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7601 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" "\
7602 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
7603 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
7605 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7609 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
7610 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (17279
7612 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
7614 (put (quote easy-menu-define) (quote lisp-indent-function) (quote defun))
7616 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
7617 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
7619 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
7620 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
7621 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
7623 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
7624 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
7628 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the rest of menu items.
7629 It returns the remaining items of the displayed menu.
7633 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
7634 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7638 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
7639 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7641 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
7643 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7645 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7647 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
7648 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7650 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7651 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7653 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7655 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
7657 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
7661 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
7662 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
7663 computed automatically.
7664 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7668 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
7670 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
7671 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
7672 keyboard equivalent.
7676 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7677 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7681 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7682 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7686 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
7687 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's NAME.
7691 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
7695 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
7696 radio: A radio button.
7697 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
7698 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
7700 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
7704 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
7705 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7709 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7711 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
7712 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
7713 as a solid horizontal line.
7715 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
7717 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
7719 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" "\
7722 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7724 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
7725 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7726 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7727 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7729 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7731 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
7732 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7733 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7734 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7735 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7736 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7738 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7739 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7740 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7742 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7743 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7745 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE)" nil nil)
7749 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
7750 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
7751 ;;;;;; ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-syntax-file
7752 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer ebnf-eps-file
7753 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-spool-file
7754 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
7755 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
7756 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (17279 27172))
7757 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7759 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\
7760 Customization for ebnf group.
7764 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
7765 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7767 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7769 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7772 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7774 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7776 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
7777 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7779 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7780 killed after process termination.
7782 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7784 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7786 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
7787 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7789 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7790 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7793 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7794 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7795 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7796 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7798 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7800 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
7801 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7802 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7804 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7806 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
7807 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7809 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7811 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7814 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7816 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7818 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
7819 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7821 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7822 killed after process termination.
7824 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7826 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7828 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
7829 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7830 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7831 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7833 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7837 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
7838 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7839 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7841 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7843 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7845 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
7846 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7848 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7850 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7853 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7855 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7857 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
7858 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7860 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7861 killed after EPS generation.
7863 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7865 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7867 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
7868 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in a EPS file.
7870 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
7871 The EPS file name has the following form:
7873 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7875 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7876 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7878 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7879 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
7880 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
7881 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7883 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file.
7887 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
7888 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in a EPS file.
7890 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
7891 The EPS file name has the following form:
7893 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7895 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7896 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7898 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7899 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
7900 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
7901 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7903 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file.
7905 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7907 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool))
7909 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
7910 Does a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7912 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7914 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7917 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7919 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7921 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
7922 Does a syntactic analysis of the FILE.
7924 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7925 killed after syntax checking.
7927 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7929 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7931 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
7932 Does a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7936 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
7937 Does a syntactic analysis of a region.
7939 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7941 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\
7942 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7946 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
7947 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7949 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7951 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7953 (autoload (quote ebnf-delete-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
7956 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7960 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
7961 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7963 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7965 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7967 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
7968 Set STYLE as the current style.
7970 It returns the old style symbol.
7972 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7976 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
7977 Reset current style.
7979 It returns the old style symbol.
7981 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7983 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7985 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
7986 Push the current style and set STYLE as the current style.
7988 It returns the old style symbol.
7990 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7992 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7994 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
7995 Pop a style and set it as the current style.
7997 It returns the old style symbol.
7999 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8005 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
8006 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
8007 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
8008 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
8009 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
8010 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
8011 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
8012 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
8013 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
8014 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
8015 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (17322
8017 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
8019 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\
8020 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
8021 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
8022 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
8023 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
8024 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
8026 Tree mode key bindings:
8027 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
8031 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\
8032 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
8036 (autoload (quote ebrowse-member-mode) "ebrowse" "\
8037 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
8039 \\{ebrowse-member-mode-map}
8043 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
8044 View declaration of member at point.
8048 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
8049 Find declaration of member at point.
8053 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition) "ebrowse" "\
8054 View definition of member at point.
8058 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition) "ebrowse" "\
8059 Find definition of member at point.
8063 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8064 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
8068 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8069 View definition of member at point in other window.
8073 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8074 Find definition of member at point in other window.
8078 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8079 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8083 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8084 View definition of member at point in other frame.
8088 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8089 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8093 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "\
8094 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
8095 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
8096 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
8099 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8101 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\
8102 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
8103 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
8104 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
8106 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
8108 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search) "ebrowse" "\
8109 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
8110 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
8111 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
8113 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
8115 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\
8116 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
8117 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
8119 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8121 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search-member-use) "ebrowse" "\
8122 Search for call sites of a member.
8123 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
8124 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
8125 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
8126 looks like a function call to the member.
8128 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
8130 (autoload (quote ebrowse-back-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
8131 Move backward in the position stack.
8132 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8136 (autoload (quote ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
8137 Move forward in the position stack.
8138 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8142 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-position-menu) "ebrowse" "\
8143 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
8147 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree) "ebrowse" "\
8148 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
8152 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\
8153 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
8154 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
8155 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
8157 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
8159 (autoload (quote ebrowse-statistics) "ebrowse" "\
8160 Display statistics for a class tree.
8166 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
8167 ;;;;;; (17322 60322))
8168 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
8170 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
8171 Pop up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
8172 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
8173 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
8175 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
8176 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
8177 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
8179 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
8180 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
8181 much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
8183 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
8185 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
8191 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
8192 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (17322 60525))
8193 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
8195 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
8196 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
8197 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
8199 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
8203 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs edebug-eval-top-level-form
8204 ;;;;;; def-edebug-spec edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs) "edebug"
8205 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (17331 26267))
8206 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
8208 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
8209 *If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
8210 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
8211 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
8212 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
8214 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
8215 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
8216 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
8217 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
8219 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-defs) "edebug")
8221 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
8222 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
8223 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
8224 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
8226 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-forms) "edebug")
8228 (autoload (quote def-edebug-spec) "edebug" "\
8229 Set the `edebug-form-spec' property of SYMBOL according to SPEC.
8230 Both SYMBOL and SPEC are unevaluated. The SPEC can be 0, t, a symbol
8231 \(naming a function), or a list.
8233 \(fn SYMBOL SPEC)" nil (quote macro))
8235 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
8237 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
8238 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
8239 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
8240 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
8241 using `eval-expression' (which see).
8243 If you do this on a function definition
8244 such as a defun or defmacro, it defines the function and instruments
8245 its definition for Edebug, so it will do Edebug stepping when called
8246 later. It displays `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate
8247 that FUNCTION is now instrumented for Edebug.
8249 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
8250 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
8251 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
8252 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
8257 (autoload (quote edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "\
8258 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
8262 (autoload (quote edebug-all-forms) "edebug" "\
8263 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
8269 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
8270 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
8271 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
8272 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
8273 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
8274 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
8275 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
8276 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
8277 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup
8278 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (17297 42806))
8279 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
8281 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
8282 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
8284 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8286 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
8287 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
8289 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8291 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
8293 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
8295 (autoload (quote ediff-backup) "ediff" "\
8296 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
8297 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
8298 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
8302 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
8303 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
8305 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8307 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
8309 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
8310 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
8312 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8314 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
8316 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
8317 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
8318 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8319 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8321 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
8323 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
8325 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
8326 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
8327 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8328 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8330 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
8332 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
8334 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
8335 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
8336 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
8337 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8339 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
8341 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
8343 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
8344 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
8345 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8346 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8348 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8350 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
8352 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8353 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
8354 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
8355 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
8356 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
8357 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8359 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8361 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
8362 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
8363 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8364 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8366 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8368 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
8370 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8371 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
8372 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8373 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8375 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8377 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
8379 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
8381 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
8382 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
8383 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8385 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8386 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8388 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8390 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
8391 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
8392 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8394 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8395 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8397 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8399 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
8400 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8401 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
8402 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
8403 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
8405 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
8406 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
8408 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8410 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
8411 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8412 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
8413 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
8414 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
8416 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
8417 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
8418 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
8420 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8422 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
8424 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
8425 Merge two files without ancestor.
8427 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8429 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8430 Merge two files with ancestor.
8432 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8434 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
8436 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
8437 Merge buffers without ancestor.
8439 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8441 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8442 Merge buffers with ancestor.
8444 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8446 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
8447 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
8448 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8451 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8453 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8454 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
8455 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8458 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8460 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
8461 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
8462 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
8463 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'.
8467 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
8468 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
8469 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
8470 and don't ask the user.
8471 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
8472 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
8474 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8476 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
8477 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
8478 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
8479 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
8480 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
8481 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
8482 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
8483 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
8485 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8487 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
8489 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
8491 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
8492 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
8493 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
8494 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
8495 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
8497 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8499 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
8501 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
8502 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
8503 When called interactively, displays the version.
8507 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
8508 Display Ediff's manual.
8509 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
8511 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
8515 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
8516 ;;;;;; (17279 27122))
8517 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
8519 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "\
8526 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (17279 27122))
8527 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
8529 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function)
8530 (defmacro ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (xemacs-form emacs-form) (if (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) xemacs-form emacs-form))
8532 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) "-------" "OO-Browser...")))) nil)
8534 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (progn (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual" ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff" ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions" ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) (if (featurep (quote menu-bar)) (progn (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame" . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions" . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff" . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual" . ediff-documentation))))))
8538 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
8539 ;;;;;; (17376 5576))
8540 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
8542 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
8543 Display Ediff's registry.
8547 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
8551 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
8552 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (17279 27201))
8553 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
8555 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
8556 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
8557 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
8562 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
8563 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
8564 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
8565 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
8571 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
8572 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
8573 ;;;;;; (17279 27194))
8574 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
8576 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
8577 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
8578 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
8580 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8581 Edit a keyboard macro.
8582 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
8583 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
8584 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
8586 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
8588 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
8590 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8591 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
8593 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8595 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8596 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
8598 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8600 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8601 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
8602 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
8603 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
8604 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
8605 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
8607 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
8608 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
8609 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
8610 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
8612 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
8614 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8615 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8616 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8617 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8618 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
8619 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8621 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8625 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
8626 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (17279 27122))
8627 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8629 (autoload (quote edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt" "\
8631 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8632 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8634 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8636 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
8637 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8643 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
8644 ;;;;;; (17279 27122))
8645 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8647 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
8648 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8649 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT.
8650 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8651 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8652 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8653 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8654 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8656 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8657 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8659 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
8660 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
8661 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
8662 this value is non-nil.
8664 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8665 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8666 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8668 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8669 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8670 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit.
8672 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8674 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" "\
8677 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8681 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
8682 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (17279 27171))
8683 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8685 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
8686 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8688 (custom-autoload (quote eldoc-minor-mode-string) "eldoc")
8690 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
8691 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
8692 In ElDoc mode, the echo area displays information about a
8693 function or variable in the text where point is. If point is
8694 on a documented variable, it displays the first line of that
8695 variable's doc string. Otherwise it displays the argument list
8696 of the function called in the expression point is on.
8698 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
8700 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8702 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
8703 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation).
8707 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8708 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8709 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8710 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8711 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8712 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8715 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8716 Emacs Lisp mode) that support Eldoc.")
8720 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (17279
8722 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8724 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\
8725 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8727 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8728 an elided material again.
8730 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8732 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8736 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
8737 ;;;;;; (17279 27122))
8738 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8740 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
8747 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
8748 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (17297
8750 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8752 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
8753 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8754 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8756 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8758 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
8759 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8760 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8762 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8764 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
8765 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8766 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8768 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8770 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8772 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
8773 Display current profiling results.
8774 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8775 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
8782 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
8783 ;;;;;; (17350 14840))
8784 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8786 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
8787 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8788 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8790 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
8794 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
8795 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
8796 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
8797 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
8798 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (17279 27122))
8799 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
8801 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
8802 (fset 'menu-bar-emerge-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-emerge-menu))
8803 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories]
8804 '("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories))
8805 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor]
8806 '("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor))
8807 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions]
8808 '("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions))
8809 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor]
8810 '("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor))
8811 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files]
8812 '("Files..." . emerge-files))
8813 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor]
8814 '("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor))
8815 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers]
8816 '("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers))
8818 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
8819 Run Emerge on two files.
8821 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8823 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
8824 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8826 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8828 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
8829 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8831 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8833 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
8834 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8836 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8838 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" "\
8843 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" "\
8848 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" "\
8851 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8853 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" "\
8856 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8858 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
8859 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8861 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8863 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
8864 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8866 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8868 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" "\
8871 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8875 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-setup-display) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
8876 ;;;;;; (17323 25934))
8877 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
8879 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-setup-display) "encoded-kb" "\
8880 Set up a `key-translation-map' for `keyboard-coding-system' on DISPLAY.
8882 DISPLAY may be a display id, a frame, or nil for the selected frame's display.
8884 \(fn DISPLAY)" nil nil)
8888 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
8889 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (17279 27123))
8890 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8892 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
8893 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8894 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8895 text/enriched format.
8896 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8898 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8899 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
8903 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8905 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8907 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" "\
8910 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8912 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" "\
8915 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8919 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-select erc-select-read-args) "erc" "erc/erc.el"
8920 ;;;;;; (17383 37956))
8921 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8923 (autoload (quote erc-select-read-args) "erc" "\
8924 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8928 (autoload (quote erc-select) "erc" "\
8929 Select connection parameters and run ERC.
8930 Non-interactively, it takes keyword arguments
8931 (server (erc-compute-server))
8932 (port (erc-compute-port))
8933 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8935 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8937 That is, if called with
8938 (erc-select :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8939 server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8940 erc-compute-port, erc-compute-nick and erc-compute-full-name will
8941 be invoked for those parameters' values
8943 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8947 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (17374
8949 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8950 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8954 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autojoin" "erc/erc-autojoin.el" (17383
8956 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autojoin.el
8957 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-autojoin" nil t)
8961 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (17374 21559))
8962 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8963 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8967 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (17374 21559))
8968 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8969 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8973 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-complete) "erc-complete" "erc/erc-complete.el"
8974 ;;;;;; (17383 37956))
8975 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-complete.el
8977 (autoload (quote erc-complete) "erc-complete" "\
8978 Complete nick at point.
8979 See `erc-try-complete-nick' for more technical info.
8980 This function is obsolete, use `erc-pcomplete' instead.
8986 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ctcp-query-DCC pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC erc-cmd-DCC)
8987 ;;;;;; "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (17374 21559))
8988 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8990 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
8991 Parser for /dcc command.
8992 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8993 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8994 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8996 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8998 (autoload (quote pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
8999 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
9003 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook (quote (erc-ctcp-query-DCC)) "\
9004 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries")
9006 (autoload (quote erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
9007 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
9008 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
9011 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
9015 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ezb-initialize erc-ezb-select-session erc-ezb-select
9016 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-add-session erc-ezb-end-of-session-list erc-ezb-init-session-list
9017 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-identify erc-ezb-notice-autodetect erc-ezb-lookup-action
9018 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-get-login erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
9019 ;;;;;; (17374 21559))
9020 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
9022 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9023 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
9025 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
9027 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-get-login) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9028 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
9029 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
9030 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
9032 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
9034 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-lookup-action) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9037 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9039 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-notice-autodetect) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9040 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
9042 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
9044 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-identify) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9045 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
9047 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9049 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-init-session-list) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9050 Reset the EZBounce session list to NIL.
9052 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9054 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-end-of-session-list) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9055 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
9057 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9059 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-add-session) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9060 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
9062 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9064 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-select) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9065 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
9067 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9069 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-select-session) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9070 Select a detached EZBounce session.
9074 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-initialize) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9075 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
9081 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-fill) "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (17374
9083 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
9084 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
9086 (autoload (quote erc-fill) "erc-fill" "\
9087 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
9088 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
9094 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
9095 ;;;;;; (17374 21559))
9096 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
9098 (autoload (quote erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "\
9105 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-chanlist erc-cmd-LIST) "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el"
9106 ;;;;;; (17374 21559))
9107 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
9109 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-LIST) "erc-list" "\
9110 Display a buffer containing a list of channels on the current server.
9111 Optional argument CHANNEL specifies a single channel to list (instead of every
9114 \(fn &rest CHANNEL)" t nil)
9116 (autoload (quote erc-chanlist) "erc-list" "\
9117 Show a channel listing of the current server in a special mode.
9118 Please note that this function only works with IRC servers which conform
9119 to RFC and send the LIST header (#321) at start of list transmission.
9121 \(fn &optional CHANNELS)" t nil)
9125 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-save-buffer-in-logs erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log"
9126 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-log.el" (17374 21559))
9127 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
9128 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
9130 (autoload (quote erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log" "\
9131 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
9132 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
9133 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
9134 is writeable (it will be created as necessary) and
9135 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
9137 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9139 (autoload (quote erc-save-buffer-in-logs) "erc-log" "\
9140 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
9141 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
9142 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9144 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
9145 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
9148 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
9149 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9151 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
9155 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-delete-dangerous-host erc-add-dangerous-host
9156 ;;;;;; erc-delete-keyword erc-add-keyword erc-delete-fool erc-add-fool
9157 ;;;;;; erc-delete-pal erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el"
9158 ;;;;;; (17374 21559))
9159 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
9160 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
9162 (autoload (quote erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "\
9163 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9167 (autoload (quote erc-delete-pal) "erc-match" "\
9168 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9172 (autoload (quote erc-add-fool) "erc-match" "\
9173 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9177 (autoload (quote erc-delete-fool) "erc-match" "\
9178 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9182 (autoload (quote erc-add-keyword) "erc-match" "\
9183 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9187 (autoload (quote erc-delete-keyword) "erc-match" "\
9188 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9192 (autoload (quote erc-add-dangerous-host) "erc-match" "\
9193 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9197 (autoload (quote erc-delete-dangerous-host) "erc-match" "\
9198 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9204 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-server-select erc-determine-network) "erc-nets"
9205 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-nets.el" (17374 21559))
9206 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-nets.el
9208 (autoload (quote erc-determine-network) "erc-nets" "\
9209 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9210 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9211 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9215 (autoload (quote erc-server-select) "erc-nets" "\
9216 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9222 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el"
9223 ;;;;;; (17374 21559))
9224 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9225 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9227 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "\
9234 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-nickserv-identify erc-nickserv-identify-mode)
9235 ;;;;;; "erc-nickserv" "erc/erc-nickserv.el" (17374 21559))
9236 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-nickserv.el
9237 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-nickserv" nil t)
9239 (autoload (quote erc-nickserv-identify-mode) "erc-nickserv" "\
9240 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9244 (autoload (quote erc-nickserv-identify) "erc-nickserv" "\
9245 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9246 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9248 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9252 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify"
9253 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-notify.el" (17374 21559))
9254 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9255 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9257 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify" "\
9258 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9259 Without args, list the current list of notificated people online,
9260 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9262 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9264 (autoload (quote pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY) "erc-notify" "\
9271 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (17374 21559))
9272 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9273 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9277 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (17374
9279 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9280 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9284 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (17374 21559))
9285 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9286 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9290 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (17374 21559))
9291 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9292 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9296 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (17374 21559))
9297 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9298 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9302 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el"
9303 ;;;;;; (17374 21565))
9304 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9306 (autoload (quote erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "\
9307 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9308 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9314 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (17383
9316 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9317 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9321 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (17383 37955))
9322 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9323 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9327 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el" (17374 21559))
9328 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9329 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9330 (autoload 'erc-track-when-inactive-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9334 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-truncate-buffer erc-truncate-buffer-to-size)
9335 ;;;;;; "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (17374 21559))
9336 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9337 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9339 (autoload (quote erc-truncate-buffer-to-size) "erc-truncate" "\
9340 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9341 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9342 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9344 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9346 (autoload (quote erc-truncate-buffer) "erc-truncate" "\
9347 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9348 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9354 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
9355 ;;;;;; (17374 21559))
9356 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9358 (autoload (quote erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "\
9359 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9365 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (17279
9367 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9369 (autoload (quote eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "\
9370 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9378 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (17279
9380 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
9382 (autoload (quote eshell-test) "esh-test" "\
9383 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected.
9385 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9389 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-report-bug eshell-command-result eshell-command
9390 ;;;;;; eshell) "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (17279 27122))
9391 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9393 (autoload (quote eshell) "eshell" "\
9394 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9395 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9396 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9397 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9398 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9399 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9400 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9401 buffer selected (or created).
9403 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9405 (autoload (quote eshell-command) "eshell" "\
9406 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9407 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9409 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9411 (autoload (quote eshell-command-result) "eshell" "\
9412 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9413 The result might be any Lisp object.
9414 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9415 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9416 corresponding to a successful execution.
9418 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9420 (autoload (quote eshell-report-bug) "eshell" "\
9421 Report a bug in Eshell.
9422 Prompts for the TOPIC. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
9423 Please include any configuration details that might be involved.
9429 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
9430 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
9431 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
9432 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
9433 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table tags-table-mode find-tag-default-function
9434 ;;;;;; find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
9435 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
9436 ;;;;;; (17279 27189))
9437 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9439 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9440 *File name of tags table.
9441 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9442 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9443 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9444 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
9446 (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\
9447 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9448 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9449 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9451 (custom-autoload (quote tags-case-fold-search) "etags")
9453 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9454 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
9455 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9456 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9457 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9458 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9460 (custom-autoload (quote tags-table-list) "etags")
9462 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (quote ("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz")) "\
9463 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
9464 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
9465 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
9466 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
9467 `auto-compression-mode').")
9469 (custom-autoload (quote tags-compression-info-list) "etags")
9471 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
9472 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9473 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9474 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9475 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9477 (custom-autoload (quote tags-add-tables) "etags")
9479 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9480 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9481 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9482 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9484 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-hook) "etags")
9486 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9487 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9488 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9489 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9490 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9492 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-default-function) "etags")
9494 (autoload (quote tags-table-mode) "etags" "\
9495 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9499 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
9500 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9501 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9502 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9504 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9505 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9506 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9507 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9508 file the tag was in.
9510 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9512 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table-buffer) "etags" "\
9513 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9514 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9515 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9516 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9517 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9518 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9519 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9520 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9522 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9524 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
9525 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9526 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9527 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9528 without directory names.
9532 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
9533 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9534 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9535 but does not select the buffer.
9536 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9538 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9539 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9540 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9541 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9542 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9544 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9546 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9547 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9548 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9550 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9552 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9554 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
9555 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9556 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9557 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9559 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9560 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9561 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9562 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9563 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9565 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9567 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9568 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9569 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9571 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9573 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9574 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9576 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
9577 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9578 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9579 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9580 around or before point.
9582 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9583 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9584 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9585 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9586 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9588 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9590 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9591 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9592 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9594 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9596 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9597 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9599 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
9600 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9601 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9602 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9603 around or before point.
9605 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9606 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9607 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9608 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9609 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9611 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9613 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9614 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9615 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9617 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9619 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9620 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9622 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
9623 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9624 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9626 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9627 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9628 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9629 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9630 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9632 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9634 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9635 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9636 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9638 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9640 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9641 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9642 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9644 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
9645 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9647 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9648 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9649 where they were found.
9653 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
9654 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9656 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9657 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9658 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9660 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9661 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9663 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9664 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9666 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9668 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
9669 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9670 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9671 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9673 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9674 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9675 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9676 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9677 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9679 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9680 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9682 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
9683 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9684 Stops when a match is found.
9685 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9687 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9689 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9691 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
9692 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9693 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9694 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9695 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9697 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9699 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM START END)" t nil)
9701 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
9702 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9703 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9704 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9705 directory specification.
9707 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9709 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
9710 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9712 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9714 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
9715 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9716 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9717 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9721 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
9722 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9723 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9724 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9725 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9731 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
9732 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
9733 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
9734 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
9735 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
9736 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
9737 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal)
9738 ;;;;;; "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (17327 23539))
9739 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9741 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "\
9746 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
9747 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9748 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
9749 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9751 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
9752 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
9755 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
9756 even if the buffer is read-only.
9758 See also the descriptions of the variables
9759 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
9760 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9762 \(fn BEG END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9764 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
9765 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9767 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9768 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9770 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
9771 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
9774 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
9775 buffer is read-only.
9777 See also the descriptions of the variables
9778 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
9779 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9781 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9783 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
9784 Execute `ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail' or `ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker' depending on the current major mode.
9785 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
9787 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9789 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
9790 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
9792 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
9793 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
9795 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
9796 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'.
9798 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9800 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
9801 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9802 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9803 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9805 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9807 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
9808 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9809 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9810 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9812 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
9813 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
9814 the primary language.
9816 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9817 buffer is read-only.
9819 See also the descriptions of the variables
9820 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9821 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9823 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9825 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
9826 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9827 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9828 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9830 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9831 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
9834 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9835 buffer is read-only.
9837 See also the descriptions of the variables
9838 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9839 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9841 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9843 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
9844 Execute `ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail' or `ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker' depending on the current major mode.
9845 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
9847 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9849 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
9850 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
9852 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
9853 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
9854 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
9855 3) convert the body into SERA.
9857 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too.
9861 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
9862 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9863 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9865 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9867 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
9868 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9872 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
9873 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9875 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9876 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
9879 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9880 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9881 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9883 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region.
9885 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9887 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
9888 Allow the user to input special characters.
9892 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
9893 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9894 Each command is always surrounded by braces.
9898 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
9899 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9903 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
9904 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9906 Each escape sequence is of the form uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9907 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9909 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9910 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9914 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
9915 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9919 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
9920 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
9924 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
9925 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9931 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
9932 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
9933 ;;;;;; (17279 27198))
9934 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9936 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\
9937 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9938 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9939 server for future sessions.
9941 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9943 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\
9944 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9945 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9947 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9949 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\
9950 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9951 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9953 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9955 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\
9956 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9957 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9958 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9959 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9960 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9961 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9962 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9963 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9964 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
9965 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
9966 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
9968 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
9970 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\
9971 Display a form to query the directory server.
9972 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
9973 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
9975 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
9977 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\
9978 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
9979 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
9983 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads))) (if eudc-xemacs-p (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu)) (require (quote easymenu)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item)) (easy-menu-add-item nil (quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps)) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
9987 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
9988 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
9989 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (17279 27123))
9990 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
9992 (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary) "eudc-bob" "\
9993 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
9995 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9997 (autoload (quote eudc-display-url) "eudc-bob" "\
9998 Display URL and make it clickable.
10000 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
10002 (autoload (quote eudc-display-mail) "eudc-bob" "\
10003 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
10005 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
10007 (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound) "eudc-bob" "\
10008 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
10010 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10012 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline) "eudc-bob" "\
10013 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
10015 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10017 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button) "eudc-bob" "\
10018 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
10020 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10024 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
10025 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (17279 27123))
10026 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
10028 (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb) "eudc-export" "\
10029 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
10030 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
10034 (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert) "eudc-export" "\
10035 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
10041 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
10042 ;;;;;; (17279 27123))
10043 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
10045 (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "\
10046 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
10052 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
10053 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
10054 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
10055 ;;;;;; (17279 27123))
10056 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10058 (autoload (quote executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "\
10059 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10060 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10062 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
10064 (autoload (quote executable-interpret) "executable" "\
10065 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10066 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10067 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10068 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10070 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
10072 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic) "executable" "\
10073 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10074 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10075 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10076 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10079 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
10081 (autoload (quote executable-self-display) "executable" "\
10082 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
10083 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
10087 (autoload (quote executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p) "executable" "\
10088 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10089 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10096 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
10097 ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (17279 27122))
10098 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10100 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "\
10101 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
10102 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10103 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10105 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10107 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10108 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10109 to generate such functions.
10111 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10112 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10113 beginning of the expanded text.
10115 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10116 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10117 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10118 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10120 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10122 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10124 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot) "expand" "\
10125 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10126 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10130 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot) "expand" "\
10131 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10132 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10135 (define-key ctl-x-map "ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10136 (define-key ctl-x-map "an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10140 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (17279 27203))
10141 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10143 (autoload (quote f90-mode) "f90" "\
10144 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10145 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10147 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10148 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10149 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10151 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10156 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10159 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10161 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10163 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10164 `f90-program-indent'
10165 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10167 `f90-continuation-indent'
10168 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10169 `f90-comment-region'
10170 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10171 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10172 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10173 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10175 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10176 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10177 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10178 `f90-break-delimiters'
10179 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10180 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10181 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10182 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10184 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10185 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10187 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10188 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
10189 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
10190 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10191 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10192 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
10193 `f90-leave-line-no'
10194 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10196 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10197 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10203 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color facemenu-remove-special
10204 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props facemenu-set-read-only
10205 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible facemenu-set-face-from-menu
10206 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground facemenu-set-face)
10207 ;;;;;; "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (17307 25810))
10208 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
10209 (define-key global-map "\M-o" 'facemenu-keymap)
10210 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap "facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t 'keymap)
10212 (defvar facemenu-face-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face))) map) "\
10213 Menu keymap for faces.")
10215 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu) facemenu-face-menu)
10217 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground))) map) "\
10218 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
10220 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu) facemenu-foreground-menu)
10222 (defvar facemenu-background-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background))) map) "\
10223 Menu keymap for background colors.")
10225 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu) facemenu-background-menu)
10227 (defvar facemenu-special-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map [115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
10228 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
10230 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
10232 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
10233 Submenu for text justification commands.")
10235 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
10237 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
10238 Submenu for indentation commands.")
10240 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
10242 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
10243 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
10245 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
10247 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "Describe Properties") (quote describe-text-properties))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
10249 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
10251 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
10253 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
10254 Add FACE to the region or next character typed.
10255 This adds FACE to the top of the face list; any faces lower on the list that
10256 will not show through at all will be removed.
10258 Interactively, reads the face name with the minibuffer.
10260 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10261 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10264 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10265 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
10266 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
10268 \(fn FACE &optional START END)" t nil)
10270 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
10271 Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed.
10272 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
10274 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10275 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10278 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10279 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
10280 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
10282 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
10284 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
10285 Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed.
10286 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
10288 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10289 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10292 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10293 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
10294 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
10296 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
10298 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
10299 Set the FACE of the region or next character typed.
10300 This function is designed to be called from a menu; FACE is determined
10301 using the event type of the menu entry. If FACE is a symbol whose
10302 name starts with \"fg:\" or \"bg:\", then this functions sets the
10303 foreground or background to the color specified by the rest of the
10304 symbol's name. Any other symbol is considered the name of a face.
10306 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10307 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10310 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10311 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before typing a character
10312 to insert cancels the specification.
10314 \(fn FACE START END)" t nil)
10316 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
10317 Make the region invisible.
10318 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
10319 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10321 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10323 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
10324 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
10325 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
10326 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10328 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10330 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
10331 Make the region unmodifiable.
10332 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
10333 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10335 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10337 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
10338 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties.
10340 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10342 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
10343 Remove all text properties from the region.
10345 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10347 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
10348 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
10349 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'.
10351 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10353 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
10354 Read a color using the minibuffer.
10356 \(fn &optional PROMPT)" nil nil)
10358 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
10359 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
10360 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
10361 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list of
10362 colors that the current display can handle. If the optional
10363 argument BUFFER-NAME is nil, it defaults to *Colors*.
10365 \(fn &optional LIST BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
10369 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock"
10370 ;;;;;; "obsolete/fast-lock.el" (17279 27172))
10371 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/fast-lock.el
10373 (autoload (quote fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "\
10374 Toggle Fast Lock mode.
10375 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
10376 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
10378 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
10380 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
10381 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
10382 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
10384 Font Lock caches may be saved:
10385 - When you save the file's buffer.
10386 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
10387 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
10388 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
10389 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
10391 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad.
10393 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
10394 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
10395 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
10396 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'.
10398 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10400 (autoload (quote turn-on-fast-lock) "fast-lock" "\
10401 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode.
10405 (when (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode (quote fast-lock-mode) nil))
10409 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
10410 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
10411 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (17279 27198))
10412 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10414 (autoload (quote feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "\
10415 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10416 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10417 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10421 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
10422 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but suppress confirmation prompts.
10424 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10426 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
10427 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but with a global confirmation prompt.
10428 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10429 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10431 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10433 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
10434 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10435 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10436 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10437 backup file names and the like).
10439 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10441 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
10442 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10443 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10444 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10445 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your emacs start-up
10446 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10447 internally by feedmail):
10449 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10450 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10451 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10452 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10454 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If
10455 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10456 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10457 by redefining feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If you don't want any reminders,
10458 you can set feedmail-queue-reminder-alist to nil.
10460 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10464 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
10465 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (17307 25810))
10466 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10468 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
10469 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10470 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10471 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10472 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
10473 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10474 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
10476 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10478 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
10479 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10480 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10481 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10482 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10483 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10484 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10486 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10488 (defalias (quote ffap) (quote find-file-at-point))
10490 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
10491 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
10492 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10493 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10494 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10495 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10497 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10499 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
10500 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
10501 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10503 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10504 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10509 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
10510 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10512 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10514 (autoload (quote ffap-bindings) "ffap" "\
10515 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10521 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "filecache.el"
10522 ;;;;;; (17307 25810))
10523 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10525 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
10526 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10527 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10528 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10529 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10530 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10531 \(directories) is done.
10534 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10535 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10536 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10540 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (17307
10542 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10544 (autoload (quote filesets-init) "filesets" "\
10545 Filesets initialization.
10546 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10552 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
10553 ;;;;;; find-ls-subdir-switches find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el"
10554 ;;;;;; (17307 25810))
10555 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10557 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
10558 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
10559 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
10560 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
10561 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
10563 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-option) "find-dired")
10565 (defvar find-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
10566 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Find*' buffers.
10567 This should contain the \"-l\" switch.
10568 Use the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches if and only if you also use
10569 them for `find-ls-option'.")
10571 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-subdir-switches) "find-dired")
10573 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
10574 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
10575 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
10576 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
10578 (custom-autoload (quote find-grep-options) "find-dired")
10580 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
10581 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10582 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10584 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10586 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
10587 as the final argument.
10589 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10591 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
10592 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10593 and run dired on those files.
10594 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10595 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10597 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10599 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10601 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
10602 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10603 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10605 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
10607 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options.
10609 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10613 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
10614 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
10615 ;;;;;; (17307 25810))
10616 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10618 (defvar ff-special-constructs (quote (("^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]" lambda nil (setq fname (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))))) "\
10619 *A list of regular expressions for `ff-find-file'.
10620 Specifies how to recognize special constructs such as include files
10621 etc. and an associated method for extracting the filename from that
10624 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
10625 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10626 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10628 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10630 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10632 (defalias (quote ff-find-related-file) (quote ff-find-other-file))
10634 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
10635 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10636 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10638 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10639 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10641 Variables of interest include:
10643 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10644 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10645 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10647 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10648 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10649 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10651 - `ff-ignore-include'
10652 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10654 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10655 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10658 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10660 - `ff-special-constructs'
10661 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10662 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10663 extracting the filename from that construct.
10665 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10666 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10668 - `ff-search-directories'
10669 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10670 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10672 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10673 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10675 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10676 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10678 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10679 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10681 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10682 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10684 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10685 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10687 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10689 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
10690 Visit the file you click on.
10692 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10694 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
10695 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10697 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10701 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
10702 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
10703 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
10704 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
10705 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
10706 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
10707 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (17383 37959))
10708 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10710 (autoload (quote find-library) "find-func" "\
10711 Find the elisp source of LIBRARY.
10713 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10715 (autoload (quote find-function-search-for-symbol) "find-func" "\
10716 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10717 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10718 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10719 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10720 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10722 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10724 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
10725 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10727 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10728 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10731 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10732 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non nil, otherwise
10735 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
10737 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
10738 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10740 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10741 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10742 places point before the definition.
10743 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10745 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10746 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10747 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10749 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10751 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
10752 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10754 See `find-function' for more details.
10756 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10758 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
10759 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10761 See `find-function' for more details.
10763 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10765 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
10766 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10768 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10769 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10771 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10772 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10774 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10776 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
10777 Find the definition of the VARIABLE near point.
10779 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10780 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10781 places point before the definition.
10783 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10785 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10786 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10787 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10789 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10791 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
10792 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10794 See `find-variable' for more details.
10796 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10798 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
10799 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10801 See `find-variable' for more details.
10803 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10805 (autoload (quote find-definition-noselect) "find-func" "\
10806 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10807 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10808 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10809 buffer nor display it.
10811 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10812 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10814 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10816 (autoload (quote find-face-definition) "find-func" "\
10817 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10819 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10820 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10821 places point before the definition.
10823 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10825 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10826 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10827 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10831 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
10832 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10833 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10837 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
10838 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10842 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
10843 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
10847 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
10848 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10854 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
10855 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (17307 25810))
10856 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10858 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "\
10859 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
10861 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10863 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories) "find-lisp" "\
10864 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
10868 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-filter) "find-lisp" "\
10869 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
10871 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10875 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
10876 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (17307 25810))
10877 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
10879 (autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\
10880 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
10884 (autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\
10885 Display FILE's commentary section.
10886 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
10890 (autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\
10891 Find packages matching a given keyword.
10897 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
10898 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (17323 25263))
10899 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
10901 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
10902 Toggle flow control handling.
10903 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
10904 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
10906 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
10908 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
10909 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
10910 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
10911 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
10912 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
10913 to get the effect of a C-q.
10915 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
10919 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
10920 ;;;;;; (17279 27198))
10921 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
10923 (autoload (quote fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "\
10926 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
10928 (autoload (quote fill-flowed) "flow-fill" "\
10931 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
10935 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on flymake-mode)
10936 ;;;;;; "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (17350 14840))
10937 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
10939 (autoload (quote flymake-mode) "flymake" "\
10940 Minor mode to do on-the-fly syntax checking.
10941 When called interactively, toggles the minor mode.
10942 With arg, turn Flymake mode on if and only if arg is positive.
10944 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10946 (autoload (quote flymake-mode-on) "flymake" "\
10947 Turn flymake mode on.
10951 (autoload (quote flymake-mode-off) "flymake" "\
10952 Turn flymake mode off.
10958 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
10959 ;;;;;; flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el"
10960 ;;;;;; (17374 21550))
10961 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
10963 (autoload (quote flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "\
10964 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
10967 (defvar flyspell-mode nil)
10969 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
10970 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
10971 This spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word.
10972 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
10973 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
10974 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
10977 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
10978 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
10979 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
10980 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
10983 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell is entered.
10986 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
10987 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
10988 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
10990 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
10992 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
10993 in your .emacs file.
10995 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
10996 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
10998 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11000 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
11001 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11005 (autoload (quote flyspell-region) "flyspell" "\
11006 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11008 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11010 (autoload (quote flyspell-buffer) "flyspell" "\
11011 Flyspell whole buffer.
11017 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
11018 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
11019 ;;;;;; (17307 25810))
11020 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11022 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
11023 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11027 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
11028 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11032 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
11033 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
11035 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
11036 of two major techniques:
11038 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11039 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11040 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
11042 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11043 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11044 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11047 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11048 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11049 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11050 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11051 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11054 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11055 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11057 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
11059 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
11060 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
11061 \(This is the default.)
11063 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
11064 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
11066 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11067 \\{follow-mode-map}
11071 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
11072 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
11074 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11075 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11076 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11077 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
11078 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11079 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11081 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
11082 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11083 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11085 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
11086 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
11087 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
11089 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11093 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (17279
11095 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11097 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\
11098 Toggle footnote minor mode.
11099 \\<message-mode-map>
11103 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
11104 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
11105 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
11106 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
11107 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
11108 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
11110 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11114 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
11115 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (17307 25810))
11116 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11118 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
11119 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11121 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11122 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11123 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11124 C-c < forms-first-record <
11125 C-c > forms-last-record >
11126 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11127 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11128 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11129 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11130 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11131 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11132 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11133 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11134 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11135 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11137 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11139 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
11140 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11144 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
11145 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11151 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
11152 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (17374 21266))
11153 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11155 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
11156 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
11157 A non-nil value specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
11158 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
11159 with a character in column 6.")
11161 (custom-autoload (quote fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran")
11163 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
11164 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11165 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11167 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11168 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11170 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11173 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11175 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11177 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11178 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11179 `fortran-do-indent'
11180 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11181 `fortran-if-indent'
11182 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11183 `fortran-structure-indent'
11184 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11186 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11187 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11188 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11189 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11190 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11191 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11192 nil don't change the indentation
11193 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11195 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11196 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11197 depending on the continuation format in use.
11198 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11199 indentation for a line of code.
11201 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11202 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11203 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11204 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11205 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11206 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11207 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11208 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11209 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11210 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11212 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11213 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11214 statements (default nil).
11215 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11216 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11217 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11218 `fortran-continuation-string'
11219 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11220 line (default \"$\").
11221 `fortran-comment-region'
11222 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11223 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11224 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11225 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11226 as typed (default t).
11227 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11228 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11230 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11231 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11237 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
11238 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (17279 27123))
11239 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11241 (autoload (quote fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "\
11242 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11244 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11245 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11247 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11249 (autoload (quote fortune-from-region) "fortune" "\
11250 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11252 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11253 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11255 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11257 (autoload (quote fortune-compile) "fortune" "\
11258 Compile fortune file.
11260 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11261 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11263 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11265 (autoload (quote fortune-to-signature) "fortune" "\
11266 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11268 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11269 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11270 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11271 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11273 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11275 (autoload (quote fortune) "fortune" "\
11276 Display a fortune cookie.
11278 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11279 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11280 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11281 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11283 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11287 ;;;### (autoloads (set-fringe-style fringe-mode fringe-mode) "fringe"
11288 ;;;;;; "fringe.el" (17307 25810))
11289 ;;; Generated autoloads from fringe.el
11291 (defvar fringe-mode nil "\
11292 *Specify appearance of fringes on all frames.
11293 This variable can be nil (the default) meaning the fringes should have
11294 the default width (8 pixels), it can be an integer value specifying
11295 the width of both left and right fringe (where 0 means no fringe), or
11296 a cons cell where car indicates width of left fringe and cdr indicates
11297 width of right fringe (where again 0 can be used to indicate no
11299 To set this variable in a Lisp program, use `set-fringe-mode' to make
11300 it take real effect.
11301 Setting the variable with a customization buffer also takes effect.
11302 If you only want to modify the appearance of the fringe in one frame,
11303 you can use the interactive function `set-fringe-style'.")
11305 (custom-autoload (quote fringe-mode) "fringe")
11307 (autoload (quote fringe-mode) "fringe" "\
11308 Set the default appearance of fringes on all frames.
11310 When called interactively, query the user for MODE. Valid values
11311 for MODE include `none', `default', `left-only', `right-only',
11312 `minimal' and `half'.
11314 When used in a Lisp program, MODE can be a cons cell where the
11315 integer in car specifies the left fringe width and the integer in
11316 cdr specifies the right fringe width. MODE can also be a single
11317 integer that specifies both the left and the right fringe width.
11318 If a fringe width specification is nil, that means to use the
11319 default width (8 pixels). This command may round up the left and
11320 right width specifications to ensure that their sum is a multiple
11321 of the character width of a frame. It never rounds up a fringe
11324 Fringe widths set by `set-window-fringes' override the default
11325 fringe widths set by this command. This command applies to all
11326 frames that exist and frames to be created in the future. If you
11327 want to set the default appearance of fringes on the selected
11328 frame only, see the command `set-fringe-style'.
11330 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
11332 (autoload (quote set-fringe-style) "fringe" "\
11333 Set the default appearance of fringes on the selected frame.
11335 When called interactively, query the user for MODE. Valid values
11336 for MODE include `none', `default', `left-only', `right-only',
11337 `minimal' and `half'.
11339 When used in a Lisp program, MODE can be a cons cell where the
11340 integer in car specifies the left fringe width and the integer in
11341 cdr specifies the right fringe width. MODE can also be a single
11342 integer that specifies both the left and the right fringe width.
11343 If a fringe width specification is nil, that means to use the
11344 default width (8 pixels). This command may round up the left and
11345 right width specifications to ensure that their sum is a multiple
11346 of the character width of a frame. It never rounds up a fringe
11349 Fringe widths set by `set-window-fringes' override the default
11350 fringe widths set by this command. If you want to set the
11351 default appearance of fringes on all frames, see the command
11354 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
11358 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-enable-debug-log gdba) "gdb-ui" "progmodes/gdb-ui.el"
11359 ;;;;;; (17331 26860))
11360 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-ui.el
11362 (autoload (quote gdba) "gdb-ui" "\
11363 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11364 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11365 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11367 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11368 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11369 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11370 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11372 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11373 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear unless
11374 `gdb-use-inferior-io-buffer' is nil when the source buffer
11375 occupies the full width of the frame. Keybindings are given in
11378 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11380 The following commands help control operation :
11382 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11383 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11385 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11386 detailed description of this mode.
11389 +--------------------------------------------------------------+
11391 +-------------------------------+------------------------------+
11392 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11396 +-------------------------------+------------------------------+
11397 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of inferior) |
11398 | | (comint-mode) |
11405 +-------------------------------+------------------------------+
11406 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11407 | RET gdb-frames-select | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11408 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11409 | | d gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11410 +-------------------------------+------------------------------+
11412 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11414 (defvar gdb-enable-debug-log nil "\
11415 Non-nil means record the process input and output in `gdb-debug-log'.")
11417 (custom-autoload (quote gdb-enable-debug-log) "gdb-ui")
11421 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
11422 ;;;;;; define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (17279
11424 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11426 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11427 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11428 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11429 instead (which see).")
11431 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
11432 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11434 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11435 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11436 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11437 documentation string instead.
11439 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11440 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11441 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11442 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11443 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11444 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11445 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11446 enders are actually possible.
11448 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11449 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11451 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11452 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11453 `font-lock-keywords'.
11455 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11456 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11457 runs the macro expansion.
11459 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11460 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11461 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11463 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11465 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil (quote macro))
11467 (autoload (quote generic-mode-internal) "generic" "\
11468 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11470 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11472 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
11473 Enter generic mode MODE.
11475 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11476 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11477 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11479 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11480 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11484 (autoload (quote generic-make-keywords-list) "generic" "\
11485 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11486 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11487 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11488 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11489 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11490 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11491 `font-lock-keywords'.
11493 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11497 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
11498 ;;;;;; (17337 56256))
11499 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11501 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\
11502 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11503 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
11504 at places they belong to.
11506 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11510 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
11511 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (17319 2463))
11512 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11514 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
11515 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11517 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11519 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
11521 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11522 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11523 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11524 name of an NNTP server to use.
11525 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11528 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11530 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
11531 Read news as a slave.
11533 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11535 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
11536 Pop up a frame to read news.
11537 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11538 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11539 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame. The
11540 optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11541 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11542 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11543 current display is used.
11545 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11547 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
11549 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11550 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11551 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11553 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11557 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
11558 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
11559 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
11560 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
11561 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
11562 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (17319 2463))
11563 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11565 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11566 Start Gnus unplugged.
11570 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11571 Start Gnus plugged.
11575 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11576 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11578 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11580 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
11581 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11583 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11584 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11585 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11587 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11588 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11589 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11593 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc) "gnus-agent" "\
11594 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11598 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-rename-group) "gnus-agent" "\
11599 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11600 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11601 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11602 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11605 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11607 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-delete-group) "gnus-agent" "\
11608 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11609 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11610 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11611 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11614 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11616 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list) "gnus-agent" "\
11617 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11621 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active) "gnus-agent" "\
11622 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11623 downloaded into the agent.
11625 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11627 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-find-parameter) "gnus-agent" "\
11628 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11629 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11630 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11632 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11634 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
11635 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11639 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" "\
11640 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11644 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-regenerate) "gnus-agent" "\
11645 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11646 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
11648 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11652 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
11653 ;;;;;; (17374 21536))
11654 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11656 (autoload (quote gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "\
11657 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11663 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
11664 ;;;;;; (17279 27122))
11665 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
11667 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
11668 Play a sound FILE through the speaker.
11674 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
11675 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
11676 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (17308
11678 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11680 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
11681 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11684 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11688 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
11689 Generate the cache active file.
11691 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11693 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
11694 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11698 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-rename-group) "gnus-cache" "\
11699 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11700 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11701 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11702 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11705 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11707 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-delete-group) "gnus-cache" "\
11708 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11709 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11710 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11711 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11714 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11718 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
11719 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (17297 42917))
11720 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11722 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-article) "gnus-delay" "\
11723 Delay this article by some time.
11724 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11726 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11727 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11729 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11730 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11732 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11733 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11735 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
11737 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-send-queue) "gnus-delay" "\
11738 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11742 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-initialize) "gnus-delay" "\
11743 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11744 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11745 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11747 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11748 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11750 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
11754 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
11755 ;;;;;; (17279 27122))
11756 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
11758 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "\
11759 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
11765 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
11766 ;;;;;; (17279 27122))
11767 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
11769 (autoload (quote gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "\
11770 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
11776 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
11777 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
11778 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (17279
11780 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
11782 (autoload (quote gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "\
11783 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11787 (autoload (quote gnus-insert-random-x-face-header) "gnus-fun" "\
11788 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11792 (autoload (quote gnus-x-face-from-file) "gnus-fun" "\
11793 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
11797 (autoload (quote gnus-face-from-file) "gnus-fun" "\
11798 Return a Face header based on an image file.
11802 (autoload (quote gnus-convert-face-to-png) "gnus-fun" "\
11803 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
11804 The PNG is returned as a string.
11806 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
11808 (autoload (quote gnus-convert-png-to-face) "gnus-fun" "\
11809 Convert FILE to a Face.
11810 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
11813 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
11817 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
11818 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (17357 6512))
11819 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
11821 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
11822 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
11823 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
11825 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
11827 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
11828 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
11830 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
11834 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
11835 ;;;;;; (17279 27122))
11836 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
11838 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
11840 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
11841 Run batched scoring.
11842 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
11848 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
11849 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
11850 ;;;;;; (17279 27122))
11851 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
11853 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
11858 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-insinuate) "gnus-ml" "\
11859 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
11860 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
11862 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
11864 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
11865 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
11867 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
11869 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11873 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
11874 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
11875 ;;;;;; (17279 27122))
11876 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
11878 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "\
11879 Set up the split for nnmail-split-fancy.
11880 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
11881 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
11884 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
11885 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
11886 getting new mail, by adding gnus-group-split-update to
11887 nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook.
11889 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
11890 gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group. This variable is only used
11891 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
11892 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
11893 the last split in a `|' split produced by gnus-group-split-fancy,
11894 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
11895 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
11896 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
11897 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
11898 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
11900 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
11902 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-update) "gnus-mlspl" "\
11903 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
11904 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
11907 If CATCH-ALL is nil, gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group is used
11908 instead. This variable is set by gnus-group-split-setup.
11910 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
11912 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split) "gnus-mlspl" "\
11913 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
11914 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
11916 gnus-group-split is a valid value for nnmail-split-methods.
11920 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-fancy) "gnus-mlspl" "\
11921 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
11922 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
11924 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
11926 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
11927 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
11928 existing groups are considered.
11930 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
11931 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
11934 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
11935 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
11936 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
11937 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
11938 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
11939 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
11940 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
11941 clauses will be generated.
11943 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
11944 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
11945 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
11946 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
11947 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
11948 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
11950 For example, given the following group parameters:
11953 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
11954 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
11956 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
11957 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
11958 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
11959 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
11961 \((split-spec . catch-all))
11963 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
11965 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
11967 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
11968 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
11971 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
11975 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
11976 ;;;;;; (17279 27122))
11977 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
11979 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
11980 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
11981 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server.
11983 \(fn FROM-SERVER TO-SERVER)" t nil)
11987 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
11988 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (17350 14841))
11989 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
11991 (autoload (quote gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "\
11992 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
11993 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
11994 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
11996 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
11998 (autoload (quote gnus-button-mailto) "gnus-msg" "\
12001 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12003 (autoload (quote gnus-button-reply) "gnus-msg" "\
12004 Like `message-reply'.
12006 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12008 (define-mail-user-agent (quote gnus-user-agent) (quote gnus-msg-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
12012 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
12013 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
12014 ;;;;;; (17279 27122))
12015 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12017 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12018 Display picons in the From header.
12019 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12023 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-mail-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12024 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12025 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12029 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12030 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12031 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12037 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
12038 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
12039 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
12040 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
12041 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (17279 27122))
12042 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12044 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range" "\
12045 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12046 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12047 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12049 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12051 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-ndifference) "gnus-range" "\
12052 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12053 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12056 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12058 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-complement) "gnus-range" "\
12059 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12060 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12062 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12064 (autoload (quote gnus-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12067 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12069 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12070 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12071 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12073 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12075 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-range-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12076 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12077 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12079 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12081 (defalias (quote gnus-set-sorted-intersection) (quote gnus-sorted-nintersection))
12083 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-nintersection) "gnus-range" "\
12084 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12085 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12087 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12089 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-union) "gnus-range" "\
12090 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12091 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12093 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12095 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-nunion) "gnus-range" "\
12096 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12097 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12099 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12101 (autoload (quote gnus-add-to-sorted-list) "gnus-range" "\
12102 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12104 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12108 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
12109 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (17279 27122))
12110 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12112 (autoload (quote gnus-registry-initialize) "gnus-registry" "\
12117 (autoload (quote gnus-registry-install-hooks) "gnus-registry" "\
12118 Install the registry hooks.
12124 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
12125 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (17279
12127 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12129 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "\
12130 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12131 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12132 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12133 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12134 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12138 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-generate) "gnus-sieve" "\
12139 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12140 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12141 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12142 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12146 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-article-add-rule) "gnus-sieve" "\
12153 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
12154 ;;;;;; (17279 27122))
12155 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
12157 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
12158 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
12159 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
12160 for matching on group names.
12162 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
12163 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
12165 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
12167 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet.
12173 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
12174 ;;;;;; (17279 27122))
12175 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12177 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
12178 Update the format specification near point.
12184 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news
12185 ;;;;;; gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (17357
12187 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12189 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
12190 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12192 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12194 (autoload (quote gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news) "gnus-start" "\
12201 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
12202 ;;;;;; (17279 27122))
12203 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12205 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
12206 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12208 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12212 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (17279 27172))
12213 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12215 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
12216 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12218 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
12219 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12220 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12222 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12223 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12224 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12226 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12227 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12229 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12230 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12232 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12234 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12238 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr"
12239 ;;;;;; "net/goto-addr.el" (17337 56255))
12240 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12242 (define-obsolete-function-alias (quote goto-address-at-mouse) (quote goto-address-at-point) "22.1")
12244 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
12245 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12246 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12247 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12248 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12250 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12252 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
12253 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12254 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12256 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12257 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12259 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12260 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12266 ;;;### (autoloads (grep-tree grep-find grep-mode grep grep-compute-defaults
12267 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
12268 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (17279 27123))
12269 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12271 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12272 *Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12274 (custom-autoload (quote grep-window-height) "grep")
12276 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12277 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12278 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12279 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12280 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12282 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12283 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12285 (custom-autoload (quote grep-command) "grep")
12287 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12288 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12289 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12290 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12292 (custom-autoload (quote grep-find-command) "grep")
12294 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12295 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12297 (custom-autoload (quote grep-setup-hook) "grep")
12299 (defvar grep-regexp-alist (quote (("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([0-9]+\\)\\2" 1 3) ("^\\(\\(.+?\\):\\([0-9]+\\):\\).*?\\(
\e\\[01;31m\\(?:
\e\\[K\\)?\\)\\(.*?\\)\\(
\e\\[[0-9]*m\\)" 2 3 ((lambda nil (setq compilation-error-screen-columns nil) (- (match-beginning 4) (match-end 1))) lambda nil (- (match-end 5) (match-end 1) (- (match-end 4) (match-beginning 4)))) nil 1) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1))) "\
12300 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12302 (defvar grep-program "grep" "\
12303 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12304 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12306 (defvar find-program "find" "\
12307 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
12308 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12310 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12311 Whether \\[grep-find] uses the `xargs' utility by default.
12313 If nil, it uses `find -exec'; if `gnu', it uses `find -print0' and `xargs -0';
12314 if not nil and not `gnu', it uses `find -print' and `xargs'.
12316 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12318 (defvar grep-history nil)
12320 (defvar grep-find-history nil)
12322 (autoload (quote grep-process-setup) "grep" "\
12323 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12324 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12328 (autoload (quote grep-compute-defaults) "grep" "\
12333 (autoload (quote grep) "grep" "\
12334 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12335 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12336 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
12337 where grep found matches.
12339 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you can
12340 easily repeat a grep command.
12342 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12343 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12344 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
12345 if that history list is empty).
12347 If specified, optional second arg HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is the regexp to
12348 temporarily highlight in visited source lines.
12350 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS &optional HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" t nil)
12352 (autoload (quote grep-mode) "grep" "\
12353 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12357 (autoload (quote grep-find) "grep" "\
12358 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12359 Collect output in a buffer.
12360 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12361 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12363 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12364 easily repeat a find command.
12366 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12368 (defalias (quote find-grep) (quote grep-find))
12370 (autoload (quote grep-tree) "grep" "\
12371 Grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12372 Collect output in a buffer.
12373 Interactively, prompt separately for each search parameter.
12374 With prefix arg, reuse previous REGEXP.
12375 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12376 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-tree-files-aliases', e.g.
12377 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12379 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12380 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12382 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12383 easily repeat a find command.
12385 When used non-interactively, optional arg SUBDIRS limits the search to
12386 those sub directories of DIR.
12388 \(fn REGEXP FILES DIR &optional SUBDIRS)" t nil)
12392 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (17279 27123))
12393 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12395 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
12396 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12397 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12398 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12399 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12401 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12405 ;;;### (autoloads (gud-tooltip-mode gdb-script-mode bashdb jdb pdb
12406 ;;;;;; perldb xdb dbx sdb gdb) "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (17350 14833))
12407 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12409 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\
12410 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12411 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12412 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12414 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12416 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
12417 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12418 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12419 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12421 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12423 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
12424 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12425 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12426 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12428 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12430 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
12431 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12432 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12433 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12435 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12436 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12438 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12440 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
12441 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12442 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12443 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12445 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12447 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
12448 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12449 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12450 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12452 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12454 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
12455 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12456 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12457 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12458 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12460 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12461 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12462 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12463 original source file access method.
12465 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12466 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12468 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12470 (autoload (quote bashdb) "gud" "\
12471 Run bashdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12472 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12473 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12475 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12476 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
12478 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("/\\.gdbinit" . gdb-script-mode)))
12480 (autoload (quote gdb-script-mode) "gud" "\
12481 Major mode for editing GDB scripts
12485 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil "\
12486 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
12487 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
12488 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12489 use either \\[customize] or the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
12491 (custom-autoload (quote gud-tooltip-mode) "gud")
12493 (put (quote gud-tooltip-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
12495 (autoload (quote gud-tooltip-mode) "gud" "\
12496 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
12498 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12502 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (17279
12504 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12506 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
12507 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12508 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12509 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12511 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
12512 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
12513 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
12514 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)
12520 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
12521 ;;;;;; (17279 27079))
12522 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12524 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
12525 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12527 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12529 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
12530 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12531 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12532 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12534 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12538 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
12539 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12540 This is, necessarily (as of emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12541 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12548 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
12549 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
12550 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
12551 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (17279 27123))
12552 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
12554 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "\
12555 Return the help-echo string at point.
12556 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
12557 property, or nil, is returned.
12558 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
12559 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
12560 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
12562 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
12564 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-kbd-string) "help-at-pt" "\
12565 Return the keyboard help string at point.
12566 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
12567 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property. If
12568 this produces no string either, return nil.
12572 (autoload (quote display-local-help) "help-at-pt" "\
12573 Display local help in the echo area.
12574 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
12575 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
12576 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
12579 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
12580 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
12581 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
12583 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12585 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-cancel-timer) "help-at-pt" "\
12586 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12587 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12591 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-set-timer) "help-at-pt" "\
12592 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12593 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
12597 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle (quote never) "\
12598 *Automatically show local help on point-over.
12599 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
12600 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
12601 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
12602 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
12603 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
12604 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
12605 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
12606 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
12607 a non-empty list disables the feature.
12609 This variable only takes effect after a call to
12610 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
12611 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
12612 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
12613 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12615 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
12616 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
12617 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
12618 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
12619 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
12620 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
12621 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
12622 The default is `never'.")
12624 (custom-autoload (quote help-at-pt-display-when-idle) "help-at-pt")
12626 (autoload (quote scan-buf-move-to-region) "help-at-pt" "\
12627 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
12628 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
12629 hook.variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
12630 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
12631 considered different regions.
12633 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12634 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
12635 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
12636 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
12637 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
12638 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
12639 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
12640 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
12641 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
12643 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
12645 (autoload (quote scan-buf-next-region) "help-at-pt" "\
12646 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
12647 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12648 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12651 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12652 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
12653 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
12654 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
12655 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
12656 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
12657 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
12658 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
12660 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
12661 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
12662 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
12663 rarely happens in practice.
12665 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12667 (autoload (quote scan-buf-previous-region) "help-at-pt" "\
12668 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
12669 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12670 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12671 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
12672 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG..
12674 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12678 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
12679 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 describe-simplify-lib-file-name
12680 ;;;;;; help-C-file-name describe-function help-with-tutorial) "help-fns"
12681 ;;;;;; "help-fns.el" (17374 21544))
12682 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
12684 (autoload (quote help-with-tutorial) "help-fns" "\
12685 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
12686 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
12687 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
12688 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
12689 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
12691 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12693 (autoload (quote describe-function) "help-fns" "\
12694 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
12696 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
12698 (autoload (quote help-C-file-name) "help-fns" "\
12699 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
12700 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
12702 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
12704 (autoload (quote describe-simplify-lib-file-name) "help-fns" "\
12705 Simplify a library name FILE to a relative name, and make it a source file.
12707 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12709 (autoload (quote describe-function-1) "help-fns" "\
12712 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
12714 (autoload (quote variable-at-point) "help-fns" "\
12715 Return the bound variable symbol found around point.
12716 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
12717 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
12719 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
12721 (autoload (quote describe-variable) "help-fns" "\
12722 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
12723 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
12724 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
12725 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
12726 it is displayed along with the global value.
12728 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
12730 (autoload (quote describe-syntax) "help-fns" "\
12731 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
12732 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
12733 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
12735 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12737 (autoload (quote describe-categories) "help-fns" "\
12738 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
12739 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
12740 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
12741 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
12743 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12747 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
12748 ;;;;;; (17319 2454))
12749 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
12751 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
12752 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
12753 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
12754 and window listing and describing the options.
12755 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
12756 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
12758 (custom-autoload (quote three-step-help) "help-macro")
12762 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
12763 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-setup-xref help-mode-finish help-mode-setup
12764 ;;;;;; help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (17331 26860))
12765 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
12767 (autoload (quote help-mode) "help-mode" "\
12768 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
12769 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
12775 (autoload (quote help-mode-setup) "help-mode" "\
12780 (autoload (quote help-mode-finish) "help-mode" "\
12785 (autoload (quote help-setup-xref) "help-mode" "\
12786 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
12788 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
12789 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
12790 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
12791 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
12793 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
12794 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
12795 restore it properly when going back.
12797 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
12799 (autoload (quote help-make-xrefs) "help-mode" "\
12800 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
12802 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
12803 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
12804 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
12805 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
12806 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
12807 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
12808 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
12809 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
12811 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
12812 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
12813 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
12814 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
12816 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
12817 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
12820 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12822 (autoload (quote help-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
12823 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
12824 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
12825 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
12826 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
12827 See `help-make-xrefs'.
12829 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
12831 (autoload (quote help-insert-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
12832 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
12833 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
12834 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
12835 See `help-make-xrefs'.
12837 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
12839 (autoload (quote help-xref-on-pp) "help-mode" "\
12840 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
12842 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
12846 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
12847 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (17279 27122))
12848 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
12850 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
12851 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
12855 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
12856 Provide help for current mode.
12862 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
12863 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (17279 27123))
12864 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
12866 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
12867 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
12868 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
12869 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
12870 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
12872 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
12873 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
12875 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
12876 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
12877 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
12878 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
12880 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
12881 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
12884 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
12889 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
12890 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
12891 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
12892 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
12893 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
12894 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
12895 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
12896 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
12897 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
12898 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
12899 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
12900 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
12901 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
12902 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
12903 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
12905 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal emacs text buffer. Most
12906 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
12907 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
12909 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
12912 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
12914 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
12915 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
12916 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
12918 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
12919 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
12920 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
12922 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
12923 into the buffer at the current point.
12925 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
12926 into the buffer at the current point.
12928 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
12929 into the buffer at the current point.
12931 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
12933 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
12934 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
12936 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
12938 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
12940 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12942 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
12943 Edit file FILENAME in hexl-mode.
12944 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one in none exists.
12946 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
12948 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
12949 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
12950 This discards the buffer's undo information.
12956 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
12957 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
12958 ;;;;;; global-hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el"
12959 ;;;;;; (17379 24714))
12960 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
12962 (autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
12963 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
12965 If ARG positive, turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
12966 turn hi-lock on. To turn hi-lock on in all buffers use
12967 `global-hi-lock-mode' or in your .emacs file (global-hi-lock-mode 1).
12968 When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu is added
12969 to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu, which can be
12970 called interactively, are:
12972 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
12973 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
12975 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
12976 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
12977 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
12978 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
12980 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
12981 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
12983 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
12984 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
12986 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
12987 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They will
12988 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
12989 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
12990 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
12991 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable.
12993 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
12994 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
12996 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded, the
12997 beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the form:
12999 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock
13000 keywords already present. The patterns must start before position
13001 \(number of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'.
13002 Patterns will be read until
13004 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13006 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13008 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13009 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13010 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13011 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13012 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13014 (custom-autoload (quote global-hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock")
13016 (put (quote global-hi-lock-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
13018 (autoload (quote global-hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
13019 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in every buffer.
13020 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Hi-Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
13021 Hi-Lock mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
13022 in which `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' turns it on.
13024 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13026 (defalias (quote highlight-lines-matching-regexp) (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer))
13028 (autoload (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13029 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13031 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13032 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13033 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
13034 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13036 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13038 (defalias (quote highlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-face-buffer))
13040 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13041 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13043 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13044 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13045 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
13046 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13048 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13050 (defalias (quote highlight-phrase) (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer))
13052 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13053 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13055 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
13056 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
13058 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13060 (defalias (quote unhighlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer))
13062 (autoload (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13063 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13065 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
13066 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
13067 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
13068 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
13069 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13071 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13073 (autoload (quote hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns) "hi-lock" "\
13074 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13076 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13077 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13078 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13084 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
13085 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (17279 27123))
13086 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13088 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
13089 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
13090 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
13091 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
13092 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
13093 how the hiding is done:
13096 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13097 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13100 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13101 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13102 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13103 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13104 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13107 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13108 #endif lines when hiding.
13110 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13111 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13114 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13115 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13116 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13118 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13120 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13122 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
13123 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
13125 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-initially) "hideif")
13127 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
13128 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
13130 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-read-only) "hideif")
13132 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
13133 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
13135 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-lines) "hideif")
13139 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
13140 ;;;;;; (17279 27169))
13141 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13143 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
13144 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13145 Each element has the form
13146 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13148 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13149 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13151 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13152 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13154 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13155 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13156 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13157 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13158 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13159 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13161 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13162 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13164 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13165 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13167 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13168 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13169 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13171 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
13172 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
13173 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13174 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13175 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13176 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13178 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13179 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13180 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13182 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13183 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13185 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13188 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13190 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13194 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
13195 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
13196 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
13197 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
13198 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (17379 24711))
13199 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13201 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
13202 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13203 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13205 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13207 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
13208 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
13210 Without an argument:
13211 If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active
13212 or passive state as determined by the variable
13213 `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active
13216 With an argument ARG:
13217 If ARG is positive, set state to active;
13218 If ARG is zero, set state to passive;
13219 If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
13221 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
13222 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
13223 not displayed in a different face.
13226 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13227 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13228 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13229 buffer with the contents of a file
13230 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13231 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
13235 `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode
13236 `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state
13237 `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode
13239 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13241 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
13242 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13246 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
13247 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13251 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
13252 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
13254 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13255 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13256 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13257 shown in the last face in the list.
13259 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13260 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13261 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13263 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13267 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-buffers) "hilit-chg" "\
13268 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13270 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13272 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13275 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13276 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13278 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13279 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13280 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13282 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13284 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
13285 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13287 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13288 this function is called interactively.
13290 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13291 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13292 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13294 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13295 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13296 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13298 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13300 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
13301 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
13303 When called interactively:
13304 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
13305 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
13306 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
13307 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
13309 When called from a program:
13310 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
13311 - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode
13312 - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode
13313 - otherwise just turn it on
13315 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
13316 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
13317 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
13318 \"Suitability\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'.
13320 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13324 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
13325 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
13326 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
13327 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
13328 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (17279 27123))
13329 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13331 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
13332 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13333 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13334 or insert functions in this list.")
13336 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp")
13338 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
13339 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
13341 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-verbose) "hippie-exp")
13343 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
13344 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
13346 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space) "hippie-exp")
13348 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
13349 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
13351 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol) "hippie-exp")
13353 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
13354 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
13356 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-no-restriction) "hippie-exp")
13358 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
13359 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
13360 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
13362 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-max-buffers) "hippie-exp")
13364 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\
13365 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
13366 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13369 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-ignore-buffers) "hippie-exp")
13371 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
13372 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
13373 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13374 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
13375 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
13377 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-only-buffers) "hippie-exp")
13379 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
13380 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13381 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13382 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13383 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13385 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13386 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13387 undoes the expansion.
13391 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
13392 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13393 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13394 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13396 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro))
13400 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
13401 ;;;;;; (17374 21429))
13402 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13404 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
13405 Buffer-local minor mode to highlight the line about point.
13406 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13408 If `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13409 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13410 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13411 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13412 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13414 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13415 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13416 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13417 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13419 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13421 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13422 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13423 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13424 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13425 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13427 (custom-autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line")
13429 (put (quote global-hl-line-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
13431 (autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
13432 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
13433 With ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13435 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13436 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13438 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13442 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
13443 ;;;;;; (17308 43144))
13444 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13446 (autoload (quote holidays) "holidays" "\
13447 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
13448 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
13450 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
13452 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13454 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
13455 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
13457 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'. See the
13458 documentation for that variable for a description of holiday lists.
13460 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
13462 \(fn Y1 Y2 &optional L LABEL)" t nil)
13466 ;;;### (autoloads (hscroll-global-mode hscroll-mode turn-on-hscroll)
13467 ;;;;;; "hscroll" "obsolete/hscroll.el" (17279 27123))
13468 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/hscroll.el
13470 (autoload (quote turn-on-hscroll) "hscroll" "\
13471 This function is obsolete.
13472 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
13473 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
13477 (autoload (quote hscroll-mode) "hscroll" "\
13478 This function is obsolete.
13479 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
13480 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
13482 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13484 (autoload (quote hscroll-global-mode) "hscroll" "\
13485 This function is obsolete.
13486 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
13487 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
13489 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13493 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (17279
13495 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
13497 (autoload (quote html2text) "html2text" "\
13498 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
13504 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer-do-occur ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers
13505 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-special-buffers ibuffer-mark-old-buffers ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers
13506 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-help-buffers ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers
13507 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers
13508 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-mode ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp
13509 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill
13510 ;;;;;; ibuffer-diff-with-file ibuffer-jump-to-buffer ibuffer-do-kill-lines
13511 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backwards-next-marked ibuffer-forward-next-marked
13512 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide ibuffer-bs-show
13513 ;;;;;; ibuffer-invert-sorting ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters
13514 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-saved-filters ibuffer-delete-saved-filters ibuffer-save-filters
13515 ;;;;;; ibuffer-or-filter ibuffer-negate-filter ibuffer-exchange-filters
13516 ;;;;;; ibuffer-decompose-filter ibuffer-pop-filter ibuffer-filter-disable
13517 ;;;;;; ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups
13518 ;;;;;; ibuffer-save-filter-groups ibuffer-yank-filter-group ibuffer-yank
13519 ;;;;;; ibuffer-kill-line ibuffer-kill-filter-group ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group
13520 ;;;;;; ibuffer-clear-filter-groups ibuffer-decompose-filter-group
13521 ;;;;;; ibuffer-pop-filter-group ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode
13522 ;;;;;; ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group ibuffer-included-in-filters-p
13523 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backward-filter-group ibuffer-forward-filter-group
13524 ;;;;;; ibuffer-toggle-filter-group ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group
13525 ;;;;;; ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode
13526 ;;;;;; ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "ibuf-ext.el" (17379 30025))
13527 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el
13529 (autoload (quote ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13530 Toggle use of Ibuffer's auto-update facility.
13531 With numeric ARG, enable auto-update if and only if ARG is positive.
13533 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13535 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13536 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode chosen via mouse.
13538 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13540 (autoload (quote ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13541 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode at point.
13543 \(fn EVENT-OR-POINT)" t nil)
13545 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13546 Toggle the display status of the filter group chosen with the mouse.
13548 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13550 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13551 Toggle the display status of the filter group on this line.
13555 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13556 Move point forwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13558 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13560 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13561 Move point backwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13563 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13564 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe "ibuf-ext")
13565 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe-replace "ibuf-ext")
13566 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-file "ibuf-ext")
13567 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-eval "ibuf-ext")
13568 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-view-and-eval "ibuf-ext")
13569 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-rename-uniquely "ibuf-ext")
13570 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-revert "ibuf-ext")
13571 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
13572 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace "ibuf-ext")
13573 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
13574 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-print "ibuf-ext")
13576 (autoload (quote ibuffer-included-in-filters-p) "ibuf-ext" "\
13579 \(fn BUF FILTERS)" nil nil)
13581 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13582 Make the current filters into a filtering group.
13586 (autoload (quote ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13587 Set the current filter groups to filter by mode.
13591 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13592 Remove the first filter group.
13596 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13597 Decompose the filter group GROUP into active filters.
13599 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
13601 (autoload (quote ibuffer-clear-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13602 Remove all filter groups.
13606 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13607 Move point to the filter group whose name is NAME.
13611 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13612 Kill the filter group named NAME.
13613 The group will be added to `ibuffer-filter-group-kill-ring'.
13617 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-line) "ibuf-ext" "\
13618 Kill the filter group at point.
13619 See also `ibuffer-kill-filter-group'.
13621 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
13623 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank) "ibuf-ext" "\
13624 Yank the last killed filter group before group at point.
13628 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13629 Yank the last killed filter group before group named NAME.
13633 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13634 Save all active filter groups GROUPS as NAME.
13635 They are added to `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'. Interactively,
13636 prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
13638 \(fn NAME GROUPS)" t nil)
13640 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13641 Delete saved filter groups with NAME.
13642 They are removed from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'.
13646 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13647 Set this buffer's filter groups to saved version with NAME.
13648 The value from `ibuffer-saved-filters' is used.
13649 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
13650 of replacing the current filters.
13654 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filter-disable) "ibuf-ext" "\
13655 Disable all filters currently in effect in this buffer.
13659 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
13660 Remove the top filter in this buffer.
13664 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
13665 Separate the top compound filter (OR, NOT, or SAVED) in this buffer.
13667 This means that the topmost filter on the filtering stack, which must
13668 be a complex filter like (OR [name: foo] [mode: bar-mode]), will be
13669 turned into two separate filters [name: foo] and [mode: bar-mode].
13673 (autoload (quote ibuffer-exchange-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13674 Exchange the top two filters on the stack in this buffer.
13678 (autoload (quote ibuffer-negate-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
13679 Negate the sense of the top filter in the current buffer.
13683 (autoload (quote ibuffer-or-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
13684 Replace the top two filters in this buffer with their logical OR.
13685 If optional argument REVERSE is non-nil, instead break the top OR
13688 \(fn &optional REVERSE)" t nil)
13690 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13691 Save FILTERS in this buffer with name NAME in `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
13692 Interactively, prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
13694 \(fn NAME FILTERS)" t nil)
13696 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13697 Delete saved filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
13701 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13702 Add saved filters from `ibuffer-saved-filters' to this buffer's filters.
13706 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13707 Set this buffer's filters to filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
13708 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
13709 of replacing the current filters.
13712 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext")
13713 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-used-mode "ibuf-ext")
13714 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-name "ibuf-ext")
13715 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-filename "ibuf-ext")
13716 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-gt "ibuf-ext")
13717 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-lt "ibuf-ext")
13718 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-content "ibuf-ext")
13719 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-predicate "ibuf-ext")
13721 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13722 Toggle the current sorting mode.
13723 Default sorting modes are:
13724 Recency - the last time the buffer was viewed
13725 Name - the name of the buffer
13726 Major Mode - the name of the major mode of the buffer
13727 Size - the size of the buffer
13731 (autoload (quote ibuffer-invert-sorting) "ibuf-ext" "\
13732 Toggle whether or not sorting is in reverse order.
13735 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-major-mode "ibuf-ext")
13736 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-mode-name "ibuf-ext")
13737 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-alphabetic "ibuf-ext")
13738 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-size "ibuf-ext")
13740 (autoload (quote ibuffer-bs-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
13741 Emulate `bs-show' from the bs.el package.
13745 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide) "ibuf-ext" "\
13746 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-hide-regexps'.
13747 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will not be shown
13748 for this Ibuffer session.
13750 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13752 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
13753 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-show-regexps'.
13754 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will always be shown
13755 for this Ibuffer session.
13757 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13759 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
13760 Move forward by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
13762 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
13763 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
13765 If DIRECTION is non-nil, it should be an integer; negative integers
13766 mean move backwards, non-negative integers mean move forwards.
13768 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK DIRECTION)" t nil)
13770 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backwards-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
13771 Move backwards by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
13773 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
13774 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
13776 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK)" t nil)
13778 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-kill-lines) "ibuf-ext" "\
13779 Hide all of the currently marked lines.
13783 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-buffer) "ibuf-ext" "\
13784 Move point to the buffer whose name is NAME.
13786 If called interactively, prompt for a buffer name and go to the
13787 corresponding line in the Ibuffer buffer. If said buffer is in a
13788 hidden group filter, open it.
13790 If `ibuffer-jump-offer-only-visible-buffers' is non-nil, only offer
13791 visible buffers in the completion list. Calling the command with
13792 a prefix argument reverses the meaning of that variable.
13796 (autoload (quote ibuffer-diff-with-file) "ibuf-ext" "\
13797 View the differences between this buffer and its associated file.
13798 This requires the external program \"diff\" to be in your `exec-path'.
13802 (autoload (quote ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill) "ibuf-ext" "\
13803 Copy filenames of marked buffers into the kill ring.
13805 The names are separated by a space.
13806 If a buffer has no filename, it is ignored.
13808 With no prefix arg, use the filename sans its directory of each marked file.
13809 With a zero prefix arg, use the complete filename of each marked file.
13810 With \\[universal-argument], use the filename of each marked file relative
13811 to `ibuffer-default-directory' iff non-nil, otherwise `default-directory'.
13813 You can then feed the file name(s) to other commands with \\[yank].
13815 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13817 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
13818 Mark all buffers whose name matches REGEXP.
13820 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13822 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
13823 Mark all buffers whose major mode matches REGEXP.
13825 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13827 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
13828 Mark all buffers whose file name matches REGEXP.
13830 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13832 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13833 Mark all buffers whose major mode equals MODE.
13837 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
13838 Mark all modified buffers.
13842 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
13843 Mark all modified buffers that have an associated file.
13847 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
13848 Mark all buffers whose associated file does not exist.
13852 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-help-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
13853 Mark buffers like *Help*, *Apropos*, *Info*.
13857 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
13858 Mark buffers whose associated file is compressed.
13862 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-old-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
13863 Mark buffers which have not been viewed in `ibuffer-old-time' days.
13867 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-special-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
13868 Mark all buffers whose name begins and ends with '*'.
13872 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
13873 Mark all read-only buffers.
13877 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
13878 Mark all `dired' buffers.
13882 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-occur) "ibuf-ext" "\
13883 View lines which match REGEXP in all marked buffers.
13884 Optional argument NLINES says how many lines of context to display: it
13887 \(fn REGEXP &optional NLINES)" t nil)
13891 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
13892 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (17279
13894 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
13896 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "\
13897 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
13899 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
13900 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
13901 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
13903 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
13904 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
13905 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
13906 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
13907 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
13908 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
13910 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
13911 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
13912 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
13913 change its definition, you should explicitly call
13914 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
13916 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13918 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-sorter) "ibuf-macs" "\
13919 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
13920 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
13921 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
13922 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
13924 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
13925 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
13926 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
13928 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13930 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-op) "ibuf-macs" "\
13931 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
13932 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
13933 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
13934 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
13935 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
13937 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
13938 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
13939 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
13940 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
13941 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
13942 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
13943 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
13944 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
13946 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
13947 t - the function it always modifies buffers
13948 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
13949 buffer's modification flag.
13950 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
13951 prompted before performing this operation.
13952 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
13953 operation is complete, in the form:
13954 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
13955 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
13956 confirmation message, in the form:
13957 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
13958 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
13959 macro for exactly what it does.
13961 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13963 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-filter) "ibuf-macs" "\
13964 Define a filter named NAME.
13965 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
13966 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
13967 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
13969 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
13970 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
13971 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
13972 bound to the current value of the filter.
13974 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13978 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
13979 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (17379 30025))
13980 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
13982 (autoload (quote ibuffer-list-buffers) "ibuffer" "\
13983 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
13984 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
13985 buffers which are visiting a file.
13987 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
13989 (autoload (quote ibuffer-other-window) "ibuffer" "\
13990 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
13991 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
13992 buffers which are visiting a file.
13994 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
13996 (autoload (quote ibuffer) "ibuffer" "\
13997 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
13998 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14000 All arguments are optional.
14001 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14002 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14003 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14004 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14005 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14006 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14007 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14008 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14009 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14010 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14011 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14012 that value locally in this buffer.
14014 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14018 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
14019 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
14020 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (17279 27196))
14021 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14023 (autoload (quote icalendar-export-file) "icalendar" "\
14024 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14025 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14026 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14028 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14030 (autoload (quote icalendar-export-region) "icalendar" "\
14031 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14032 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14033 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14035 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14036 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14037 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14039 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14041 (autoload (quote icalendar-import-file) "icalendar" "\
14042 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14043 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14044 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14045 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14046 non-marking or not.
14048 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14050 (autoload (quote icalendar-import-buffer) "icalendar" "\
14051 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14053 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14054 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14057 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14058 when DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14059 DO-NOT-ASK is set to t, so that you are asked fore each event.
14061 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14064 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14065 means that an error has occured. Error messages will be in the
14066 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14068 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14072 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (17279
14074 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14076 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14077 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14078 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14079 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14080 use either \\[customize] or the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14082 (custom-autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete")
14084 (put (quote icomplete-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
14086 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
14087 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
14088 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on iff ARG is positive.
14090 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14094 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (17279 27203))
14095 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14097 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
14098 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14099 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14100 Tab indents for Icon code.
14101 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14102 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14104 Variables controlling indentation style:
14105 icon-tab-always-indent
14106 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14107 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14109 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14110 inserted in Icon code.
14112 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14113 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14114 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14115 icon-continued-statement-offset
14116 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14117 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14118 icon-continued-brace-offset
14119 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14120 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14122 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14123 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14124 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14125 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14127 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14128 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14134 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
14135 ;;;;;; (17307 17625))
14136 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14138 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\
14139 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14140 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14141 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14143 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14144 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14147 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14148 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14150 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14151 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14152 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14154 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14156 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14160 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
14161 ;;;;;; (17279 27203))
14162 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14164 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\
14165 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 5.7_22).
14167 The main features of this mode are
14169 1. Indentation and Formatting
14170 --------------------------
14171 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14172 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14174 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14175 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14176 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14177 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14179 Comments are indented as follows:
14181 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14182 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14183 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14185 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14187 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14188 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14189 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14190 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14191 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14192 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14194 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14195 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14196 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14197 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14201 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14202 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14203 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14204 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14205 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14206 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14207 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14208 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14209 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14210 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14214 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14215 for the system variable, keyword, or routine at point. A single
14216 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. The
14217 HTML help files package must be installed for this to work -- check
14218 the IDLWAVE webpage for the correct package for your version. See
14219 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14223 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14224 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14225 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14226 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14227 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14230 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14231 --------------------------------
14232 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14233 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
14235 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14236 \\fu FUNCTION template
14237 \\c CASE statement template
14238 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14239 \\f FOR loop template
14240 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14241 \\w WHILE loop template
14242 \\i IF statement template
14243 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14246 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14247 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14249 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14250 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14251 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14252 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14254 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14255 -------------------------
14256 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14257 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14259 7. Automatic END completion
14260 ------------------------
14261 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14262 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14266 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14267 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14269 9. Documentation and Customization
14270 -------------------------------
14271 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14272 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14273 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14274 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at `http://idlwave.org'.
14275 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14279 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14280 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14281 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14283 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14286 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[Pp][Rr][Oo]\\'" . idlwave-mode))
14290 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
14291 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
14292 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
14293 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
14294 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
14295 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
14296 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
14297 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (17308
14299 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14301 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14302 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
14303 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
14304 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14306 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14307 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
14308 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
14310 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14311 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14313 (custom-autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido")
14315 (autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido" "\
14316 Toggle ido speed-ups on or off.
14317 With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14318 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14319 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14320 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
14321 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14322 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14323 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14325 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14327 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer) "ido" "\
14328 Switch to another buffer.
14329 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14330 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14333 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14334 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14335 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14336 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14337 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14339 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
14340 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14342 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
14343 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
14345 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14346 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14347 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14348 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14349 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14350 in a separate window.
14351 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14352 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14353 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14354 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14355 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14356 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14357 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into ido-find-file.
14358 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14359 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14363 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-window) "ido" "\
14364 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14365 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14366 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14370 (autoload (quote ido-display-buffer) "ido" "\
14371 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14372 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14373 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14377 (autoload (quote ido-kill-buffer) "ido" "\
14379 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14380 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14384 (autoload (quote ido-insert-buffer) "ido" "\
14385 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14386 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14387 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14391 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-frame) "ido" "\
14392 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14393 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14394 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14398 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-in-dir) "ido" "\
14399 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14403 (autoload (quote ido-find-file) "ido" "\
14404 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14405 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14406 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
14407 visible in another frame.
14409 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14410 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14411 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14412 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14413 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14414 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14416 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
14417 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14419 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
14420 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
14422 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14423 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14424 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14425 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14426 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14427 in a separate window.
14428 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14429 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
14430 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
14431 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
14432 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
14433 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
14434 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
14435 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14436 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14437 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14438 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14439 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
14440 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14441 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14442 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14446 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-window) "ido" "\
14447 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14448 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14449 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14453 (autoload (quote ido-find-alternate-file) "ido" "\
14454 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14455 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14456 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14460 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only) "ido" "\
14461 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14462 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14463 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14467 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-window) "ido" "\
14468 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14469 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14470 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14474 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame) "ido" "\
14475 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14476 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14477 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14481 (autoload (quote ido-display-file) "ido" "\
14482 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14483 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14484 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14488 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-frame) "ido" "\
14489 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14490 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14491 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14495 (autoload (quote ido-write-file) "ido" "\
14496 Write current buffer to a file.
14497 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14498 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14502 (autoload (quote ido-insert-file) "ido" "\
14503 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14504 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14505 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14509 (autoload (quote ido-dired) "ido" "\
14510 Call dired the ido way.
14511 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14512 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14516 (autoload (quote ido-read-buffer) "ido" "\
14517 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14518 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14519 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14520 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14521 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14523 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14525 (autoload (quote ido-read-file-name) "ido" "\
14526 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14527 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14528 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14530 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14532 (autoload (quote ido-read-directory-name) "ido" "\
14533 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14534 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14535 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14537 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14539 (autoload (quote ido-completing-read) "ido" "\
14540 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14541 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
14542 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14543 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14544 PREDICATE is currently ignored; it is included to be compatible
14545 with `completing-read'.
14546 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14547 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14548 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14549 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14550 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14551 with point positioned at the end.
14552 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14553 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14555 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF)" nil nil)
14559 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (17279 27123))
14560 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14561 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
14563 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
14564 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14565 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14571 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el"
14572 ;;;;;; (17279 27123))
14573 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14575 (autoload (quote turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "\
14576 Unconditionally turn on iimage mode.
14580 (autoload (quote iimage-mode) "iimage" "\
14581 Toggle inline image minor mode.
14583 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14587 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-sliced-image
14588 ;;;;;; insert-image put-image create-image image-type-available-p
14589 ;;;;;; image-type-from-file-name image-type-from-file-header image-type-from-buffer
14590 ;;;;;; image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el" (17279 27196))
14591 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14593 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\
14594 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14595 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14598 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14600 (autoload (quote image-type-from-buffer) "image" "\
14601 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14602 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14607 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
14608 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14609 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14612 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14614 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-name) "image" "\
14615 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14616 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14619 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14621 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
14622 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14623 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
14625 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
14627 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
14629 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14630 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14631 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14632 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14633 use its file extension as image type.
14634 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14635 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14636 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14637 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14639 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14641 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
14643 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
14644 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
14645 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
14646 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
14647 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
14648 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
14649 POS may be an integer or marker.
14650 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14651 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14652 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14653 means display it in the right marginal area.
14655 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
14657 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
14658 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14659 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14660 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
14661 defaulted if you omit it.
14662 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14663 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14664 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14665 means display it in the right marginal area.
14666 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
14667 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
14668 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
14669 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
14670 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
14672 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
14674 (autoload (quote insert-sliced-image) "image" "\
14675 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14676 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14677 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
14678 defaulted if you omit it.
14679 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14680 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14681 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14682 means display it in the right marginal area.
14683 The image is automatically split into ROW x COLS slices.
14685 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
14687 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
14688 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
14689 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
14690 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
14692 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
14694 (autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\
14695 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
14697 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
14699 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14700 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14701 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14702 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14703 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14704 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
14705 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
14706 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
14709 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
14711 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14713 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
14715 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
14716 Define SYMBOL as an image.
14718 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
14719 documentation string.
14721 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14722 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14723 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14724 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14725 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14726 string containing the actual image data. The first image
14727 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
14732 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
14733 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
14735 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
14739 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
14740 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
14741 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (17279 27123))
14742 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
14744 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (quote ("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm")) "\
14745 *A list of image-file filename extensions.
14746 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
14747 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
14749 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
14750 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
14751 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
14752 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
14754 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-extensions) "image-file")
14756 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
14757 *List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
14758 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
14759 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
14761 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
14762 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
14763 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
14764 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
14766 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-regexps) "image-file")
14768 (autoload (quote image-file-name-regexp) "image-file" "\
14769 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
14773 (autoload (quote insert-image-file) "image-file" "\
14774 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
14775 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
14776 the command `insert-file-contents'.
14778 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
14780 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
14781 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
14782 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14783 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14784 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
14786 (custom-autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file")
14788 (put (quote auto-image-file-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
14790 (autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" "\
14791 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
14792 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
14793 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
14795 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
14796 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
14797 `image-file-name-regexps'.
14799 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14803 ;;;### (autoloads (image-mode-maybe image-minor-mode image-mode)
14804 ;;;;;; "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (17376 5576))
14805 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
14806 (push '("\\.jpe?g\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14807 (push '("\\.png\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14808 (push '("\\.gif\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14809 (push '("\\.tiff?\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14810 (push '("\\.p[bpgn]m\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14811 (push '("\\.x[bp]m\\'" . image-mode-maybe) auto-mode-alist)
14813 (autoload (quote image-mode) "image-mode" "\
14814 Major mode for image files.
14815 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
14816 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
14820 (autoload (quote image-minor-mode) "image-mode" "\
14821 Toggle Image minor mode.
14822 With arg, turn Image minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14823 See the command `image-mode' for more information on this mode.
14825 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14827 (autoload (quote image-mode-maybe) "image-mode" "\
14828 Set major or minor mode for image files.
14829 Set Image major mode only when there are no other major modes
14830 associated with a filename in `auto-mode-alist'. When an image
14831 filename matches another major mode in `auto-mode-alist' then
14832 set that major mode and Image minor mode.
14834 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more
14835 information on these modes.
14841 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
14842 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (17279 27123))
14843 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
14845 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
14846 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
14848 Affects only the mouse index menu.
14850 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
14851 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
14854 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
14856 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
14857 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
14858 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
14860 (custom-autoload (quote imenu-sort-function) "imenu")
14862 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
14863 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
14865 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
14866 create a buffer index. Look there for the documentation of this
14867 pattern's structure.
14869 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
14870 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
14871 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
14874 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
14876 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
14877 The function to use for creating a buffer index.
14879 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns an index
14880 of the current buffer as an alist.
14882 Simple elements in the alist look like (INDEX-NAME . INDEX-POSITION).
14883 Special elements look like (INDEX-NAME INDEX-POSITION FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...).
14884 A nested sub-alist element looks like (INDEX-NAME SUB-ALIST).
14885 The function `imenu--subalist-p' tests an element and returns t
14886 if it is a sub-alist.
14888 This function is called within a `save-excursion'.")
14890 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
14892 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
14893 Function for finding the next index position.
14895 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
14896 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
14897 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
14900 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
14901 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
14903 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
14905 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
14906 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
14908 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
14909 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
14910 It should return the name for that index item.")
14912 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
14914 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
14915 Function to compare string with index item.
14917 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
14918 non-nil if they match.
14920 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
14921 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
14922 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
14923 arguments match\".")
14925 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
14927 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
14928 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
14929 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
14931 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
14933 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-syntax-alist))
14935 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
14937 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
14938 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
14939 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
14940 See the command `imenu' for more information.
14944 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
14945 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
14947 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
14951 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
14952 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
14953 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
14954 for more information.
14956 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
14960 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-char-glyph indian-glyph-char in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
14961 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
14962 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (17342 36796))
14963 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
14965 (autoload (quote indian-compose-region) "ind-util" "\
14966 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
14968 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
14970 (autoload (quote indian-compose-string) "ind-util" "\
14973 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
14975 (autoload (quote in-is13194-post-read-conversion) "ind-util" "\
14978 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
14980 (autoload (quote in-is13194-pre-write-conversion) "ind-util" "\
14983 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
14985 (autoload (quote indian-glyph-char) "ind-util" "\
14986 Return character of charset `indian-glyph' made from glyph index INDEX.
14987 The variable `indian-default-script' specifies the script of the glyph.
14988 Optional argument SCRIPT, if non-nil, overrides `indian-default-script'.
14989 See also the function `indian-char-glyph'.
14991 \(fn INDEX &optional SCRIPT)" nil nil)
14993 (autoload (quote indian-char-glyph) "ind-util" "\
14994 Return information about the glyph code for CHAR of `indian-glyph' charset.
14995 The value is (INDEX . SCRIPT), where INDEX is the glyph index
14996 in the font that Indian script name SCRIPT specifies.
14997 See also the function `indian-glyph-char'.
14999 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
15003 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp inferior-lisp-prompt inferior-lisp-load-command
15004 ;;;;;; inferior-lisp-program inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp"
15005 ;;;;;; "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (17279 27123))
15006 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15008 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
15009 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
15010 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
15011 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
15012 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
15014 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp")
15016 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
15017 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp in Inferior Lisp mode.")
15019 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-program) "inf-lisp")
15021 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
15022 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
15023 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
15024 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
15025 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
15026 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
15027 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
15028 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
15030 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-load-command) "inf-lisp")
15032 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
15033 Regexp to recognize prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
15034 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
15035 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
15036 Inferior Lisp buffer.
15038 This variable is only used if the variable
15039 `comint-use-prompt-regexp' is non-nil.
15041 More precise choices:
15042 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
15043 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
15046 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file or through Custom.")
15048 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-prompt) "inf-lisp")
15050 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
15051 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
15053 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
15054 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15055 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15057 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15058 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15059 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15060 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15063 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
15065 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
15069 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
15070 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-mode info-apropos Info-index
15071 ;;;;;; Info-directory Info-on-current-buffer info-standalone info-emacs-manual
15072 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (17383 37904))
15073 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15075 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
15076 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15078 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE)" t nil)
15079 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*info\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
15080 (put 'info 'info-file "emacs")
15082 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\
15083 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15084 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15085 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15086 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15087 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
15088 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15089 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15090 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15091 with the top-level Info directory.
15093 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15094 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15095 A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
15096 appended to the Info buffer name.
15098 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15099 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15100 in all the directories in that path.
15102 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15104 (autoload (quote info-emacs-manual) "info" "\
15105 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15109 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
15110 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15111 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15112 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15116 (autoload (quote Info-on-current-buffer) "info" "\
15117 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15118 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15119 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15121 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15123 (autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\
15124 Go to the Info directory node.
15128 (autoload (quote Info-index) "info" "\
15129 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15130 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15131 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15132 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15133 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15135 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15137 (autoload (quote info-apropos) "info" "\
15138 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15139 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15141 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15143 (autoload (quote Info-mode) "info" "\
15144 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15145 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15146 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15147 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15149 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15150 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15152 Selecting other nodes:
15153 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15154 Follow a node reference you click on.
15155 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15156 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15157 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15158 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15159 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15160 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15161 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15162 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15163 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15164 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15165 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15166 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15167 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15168 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15169 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15170 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15171 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15172 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15173 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15174 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15176 Moving within a node:
15177 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15178 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15179 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15180 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15181 move up to the parent node.
15182 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15183 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15185 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15188 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15189 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15190 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15191 \\[Info-search-next] Search for another occurrence of regexp
15192 from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-search] command.
15193 \\[Info-index] Look up a topic in this manual's Index and move to that index entry.
15194 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15195 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15196 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15197 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15198 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15199 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15200 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15201 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15202 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15203 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15206 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15208 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
15209 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15210 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15211 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15212 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15213 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15215 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15216 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15218 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
15219 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15221 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15222 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15223 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15224 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15228 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
15229 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15230 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15236 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
15237 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
15238 ;;;;;; (17279 27123))
15239 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15241 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
15242 Throw away all cached data.
15243 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15244 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15248 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15250 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
15251 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15252 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the minibuffer.
15253 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument value
15254 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15255 The default symbol is the one found at point.
15257 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15259 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15260 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15262 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
15263 Display the documentation of a file.
15264 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15265 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15266 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15267 The default file name is the one found at point.
15269 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
15271 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15273 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
15274 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15276 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15278 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
15279 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15281 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15285 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-check-all-custom info-xref-check-all
15286 ;;;;;; info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (17279 27123))
15287 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15289 (autoload (quote info-xref-check) "info-xref" "\
15290 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15292 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15294 (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all) "info-xref" "\
15295 Check external references in all info documents in the usual path.
15296 The usual path is `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list'.
15300 (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all-custom) "info-xref" "\
15301 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15302 `custom-manual' and `info-link' entries in the `custom-links' list are checked.
15304 `custom-load' autoloads for all symbols are loaded in order to get all the
15305 link information. This will be a lot of lisp packages loaded, and can take
15312 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
15313 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (17279 27123))
15314 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15316 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
15317 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15319 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15321 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
15322 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15323 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
15325 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15326 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15327 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15329 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15330 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15331 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15332 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15336 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
15337 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15338 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15342 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
15343 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15344 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15345 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15346 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15352 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
15353 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
15354 ;;;;;; (17279 27123))
15355 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15357 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
15358 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15362 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
15363 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15367 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" "\
15370 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
15374 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (17279
15376 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15378 (autoload (quote isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "\
15379 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15380 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15381 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15382 accessed via isearchb.
15388 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "obsolete/iso-acc.el"
15389 ;;;;;; (17279 27123))
15390 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/iso-acc.el
15392 (autoload (quote iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "\
15393 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
15394 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
15395 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
15396 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following
15397 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
15399 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
15400 with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
15402 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
15403 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
15404 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
15405 \"s gives German sharp s.
15406 /a gives a with ring.
15407 /e gives an a-e ligature.
15408 ~< and ~> give guillemots.
15409 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
15410 ~? gives an inverted question mark.
15412 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
15413 and a negative argument disables it.
15415 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15419 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
15420 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
15421 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
15422 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (17279 27079))
15423 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15425 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
15426 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15427 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15428 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15430 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15432 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
15433 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15434 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15435 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15437 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15439 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
15440 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15441 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15442 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15444 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15446 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
15447 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15448 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15449 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15451 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15453 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
15454 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15455 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15456 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15458 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15460 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
15461 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15462 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15463 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15465 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15467 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
15468 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15469 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15470 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15472 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15474 (autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\
15475 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
15476 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15477 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15479 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15481 (autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
15482 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15483 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15484 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15486 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15488 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
15489 Warn that format is read-only.
15493 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
15494 Warn that format is write-only.
15498 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
15499 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
15505 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
15506 ;;;;;; (17279 27115))
15507 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
15508 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
15509 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
15510 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
15514 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
15515 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
15516 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
15517 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-local-dictionary-alist
15518 ;;;;;; ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el"
15519 ;;;;;; (17374 21550))
15520 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
15522 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
15523 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
15524 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
15525 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
15527 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell")
15529 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
15530 *List of local or customized dictionary definitions.
15531 These can override the values in `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
15533 To make permanent changes to your dictionary definitions, you
15534 will need to make your changes in this variable, save, and then
15537 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-local-dictionary-alist) "ispell")
15539 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil nil nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
15541 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
15543 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-1) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-'.@]" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\".@]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1))))
15545 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("german" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "german") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-.]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1))))
15547 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "." nil nil nil iso-8859-2) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
15549 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil nil nil koi8-r) ("russianw" "[\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "[^\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "" nil nil nil windows-1251) ("slovak" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("slovenian" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "slovenian") nil iso-8859-2) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1))))
15551 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
15552 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
15554 Each element of this list is also a list:
15556 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
15557 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
15559 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
15560 nil means the default dictionary.
15562 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a
15565 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
15567 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
15568 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
15569 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
15570 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
15571 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
15572 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
15573 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
15574 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
15575 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
15577 CASECHAS, NOT-CASECHARS, and OTHERCHARS must be a unibyte string
15578 containing bytes of CHARACTER-SET. In addition, if they contain
15579 a non-ASCII byte, the regular expression must be a single
15580 `character set' construct that doesn't specify a character range
15581 for non-ASCII bytes.
15583 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
15584 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
15587 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
15590 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
15591 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
15592 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
15593 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
15594 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
15595 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
15596 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
15597 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
15599 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
15601 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
15602 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
15603 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
15605 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
15606 Key map for ispell menu.")
15608 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
15609 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
15610 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
15611 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
15613 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) (quote reload)))
15615 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] (quote (menu-item "Customize..." (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group (quote ispell))) :help "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] (quote (menu-item "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)" flyspell-mode :help "Check spelling while you edit the text" :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode)))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
15617 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
15619 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
15621 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$" . "\nend\n") ("^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0" . "\n%%EOF\n") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(--+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
15622 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
15623 The alist key must be a regular expression.
15624 Valid forms include:
15625 (KEY) - just skip the key.
15626 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
15627 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
15628 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
15630 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
15631 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
15632 First list is used raw.
15633 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
15635 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
15636 for skipping in latex mode.")
15638 (defvar ispell-html-skip-alists (quote (("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]"))) "\
15639 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
15640 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'
15641 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
15642 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
15643 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
15645 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
15646 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
15647 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
15648 in a window allowing you to choose one.
15650 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
15651 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
15652 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
15653 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
15654 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
15656 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
15657 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
15659 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
15660 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
15662 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
15663 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
15666 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
15667 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
15668 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
15669 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
15670 quit spell session exited.
15672 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE)" t nil)
15674 (autoload (quote ispell-pdict-save) "ispell" "\
15675 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
15676 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
15678 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
15680 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
15681 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
15685 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
15686 SPC: Accept word this time.
15687 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
15688 `a': Accept word for this session.
15689 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
15690 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
15691 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
15692 `?': Show these commands.
15693 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
15694 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
15695 the aborted check to be completed later.
15696 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
15697 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
15698 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
15699 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
15700 `C-l': redraws screen
15701 `C-r': recursive edit
15702 `C-z': suspend emacs or iconify frame
15706 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
15707 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
15708 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
15710 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
15712 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
15713 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
15714 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
15715 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
15717 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
15719 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
15721 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
15722 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
15723 Return nil if spell session is quit,
15724 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
15726 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
15728 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
15729 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
15733 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
15734 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
15738 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
15739 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
15743 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
15744 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
15745 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
15746 sequence inside of a word.
15748 Standard ispell choices are then available.
15750 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
15752 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
15753 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
15757 (autoload (quote ispell) "ispell" "\
15758 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
15759 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
15760 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
15762 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
15763 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
15764 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
15765 available on the net.
15769 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
15770 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
15771 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
15773 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
15774 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
15776 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
15777 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC.
15779 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15781 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
15782 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
15783 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
15784 Don't check included messages.
15786 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
15787 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
15788 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
15790 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
15791 in your .emacs file:
15792 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
15793 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
15794 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
15795 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
15797 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
15798 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
15799 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
15805 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (17356
15807 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
15809 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
15810 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
15811 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
15812 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15813 use either \\[customize] or the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
15815 (custom-autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb")
15817 (put (quote iswitchb-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
15819 (autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "\
15820 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
15821 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
15822 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
15823 `iswitchb' for details.
15825 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15829 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
15830 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
15831 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
15832 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (17279 27080))
15833 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
15835 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" "\
15840 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
15841 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
15842 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15843 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15844 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
15845 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
15846 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
15847 necessary to represent OBJ.
15849 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
15851 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
15852 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
15853 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15854 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15856 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
15858 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
15859 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
15860 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15861 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15862 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
15864 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
15866 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
15867 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
15868 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15869 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15871 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
15873 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
15874 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
15875 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
15876 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
15878 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
15880 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
15881 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
15883 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15885 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
15886 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
15887 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
15888 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
15889 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
15891 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
15893 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
15894 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
15895 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
15896 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
15897 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
15899 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
15901 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
15902 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
15903 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
15905 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
15909 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
15910 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" (17279 27201))
15911 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
15913 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
15914 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
15915 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
15916 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
15918 (autoload (quote jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr" "\
15921 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
15923 (autoload (quote jka-compr-uninstall) "jka-compr" "\
15924 Uninstall jka-compr.
15925 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
15926 and `inhibit-first-line-modes-suffixes' that were added
15927 by `jka-compr-installed'.
15933 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
15934 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
15935 ;;;;;; (17279 27122))
15936 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
15938 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
15939 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
15940 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15941 decimal key must be specified.")
15943 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad")
15945 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
15946 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
15947 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15948 decimal key must be specified.")
15950 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-setup) "keypad")
15952 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
15953 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
15954 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15955 decimal key must be specified.")
15957 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-shifted-setup) "keypad")
15959 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
15960 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
15961 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15962 decimal key must be specified.")
15964 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-shifted-setup) "keypad")
15966 (autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad" "\
15967 Set keypad bindings in function-key-map according to SETUP.
15968 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
15969 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
15970 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
15974 -------------------------------------------------------------
15975 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
15976 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
15977 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
15978 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
15979 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
15980 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
15981 in the global and local keymaps.
15983 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
15984 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
15986 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
15990 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
15991 ;;;;;; (17307 17630))
15992 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
15994 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
15995 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
15996 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
15998 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
15999 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16000 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16001 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16004 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16005 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16006 the context of text formatting.
16008 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16012 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (17279
16014 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16016 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16017 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16018 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16019 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16020 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16021 positions that contains the current selection.")
16023 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
16024 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16025 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16026 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16027 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16028 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16029 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16031 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16035 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
16036 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
16037 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro"
16038 ;;;;;; "kmacro.el" (17279 27123))
16039 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16040 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16041 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16042 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16043 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16044 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16045 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16046 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16048 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro" "\
16049 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16050 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16051 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16052 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16054 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16056 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16057 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16058 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16060 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16061 defining the macro.
16063 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16064 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16065 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16067 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16068 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16072 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-macro) "kmacro" "\
16073 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16074 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16075 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16076 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16079 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16080 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16081 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16085 (autoload (quote kmacro-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16086 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16087 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16089 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16090 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16091 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16092 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16094 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16095 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16097 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
16099 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter) "kmacro" "\
16100 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16101 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16103 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16106 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16107 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16109 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16110 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16111 inserts previous kmacro-counter (but do not modify counter).
16113 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16114 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16118 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-or-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16119 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16120 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16121 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16123 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16125 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-and-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16126 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16127 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16128 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16130 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16131 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16133 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16135 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-call-mouse) "kmacro" "\
16136 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16137 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16139 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16143 ;;;### (autoloads (kannada-post-read-conversion kannada-compose-string
16144 ;;;;;; kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "language/knd-util.el"
16145 ;;;;;; (17279 27080))
16146 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/knd-util.el
16148 (defconst kannada-consonant "[\x51f75-\x51fb9]")
16150 (autoload (quote kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "\
16153 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16155 (autoload (quote kannada-compose-string) "knd-util" "\
16158 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
16160 (autoload (quote kannada-post-read-conversion) "knd-util" "\
16163 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
16167 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
16168 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (17279 27080))
16169 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16171 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
16172 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16173 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16175 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" "\
16182 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
16183 ;;;;;; (17279 27172))
16184 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16186 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
16188 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
16189 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16193 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
16195 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
16196 Start or resume an Lm game.
16197 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16198 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16200 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16201 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16202 none / 1 | yes | no
16207 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
16208 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16209 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16215 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-post-read-conversion
16216 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao
16217 ;;;;;; lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (17279
16219 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16221 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "\
16224 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16226 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\
16227 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16228 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16229 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16230 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16231 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16233 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16234 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16236 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16238 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\
16239 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16241 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16243 (autoload (quote lao-post-read-conversion) "lao-util" "\
16246 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
16248 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\
16249 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO.
16250 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
16251 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
16254 The return value is number of composed characters.
16256 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
16258 (autoload (quote lao-compose-region) "lao-util" "\
16261 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16265 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
16266 ;;;;;; latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
16267 ;;;;;; "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (17374 21550))
16268 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16270 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (quote (("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16271 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16272 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16273 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16275 (custom-autoload (quote latex-inputenc-coding-alist) "latexenc")
16277 (autoload (quote latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system) "latexenc" "\
16278 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16279 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16281 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16283 (autoload (quote latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc) "latexenc" "\
16284 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16285 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16289 (autoload (quote latexenc-find-file-coding-system) "latexenc" "\
16290 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16291 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16292 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16294 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16298 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
16299 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (17279 27079))
16300 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16302 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16303 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16304 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16305 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16306 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16307 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16308 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16309 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16311 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16312 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16314 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16315 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16317 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp")
16319 (autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "\
16320 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16321 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16322 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16323 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16324 `latin1-display-setup'. As well as iso-8859 characters, this treats
16325 some characters in the `mule-unicode-...' charsets if you don't have
16326 a Unicode font with which to display them.
16328 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16330 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16331 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16332 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16333 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16335 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16336 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16338 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx) "latin1-disp")
16342 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock"
16343 ;;;;;; "obsolete/lazy-lock.el" (17279 27123))
16344 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/lazy-lock.el
16346 (autoload (quote lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "\
16347 Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
16348 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it
16349 automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
16351 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
16353 For a newer font-lock support mode with similar functionality, see
16354 `jit-lock-mode'. Eventually, Lazy Lock mode will be deprecated in
16357 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways:
16359 - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil.
16360 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than
16361 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs
16362 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise
16363 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow
16366 - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil.
16367 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll.
16368 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds
16369 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if
16370 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling.
16372 - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil.
16373 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead,
16374 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs
16375 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too
16376 slow to keep up with your typing.
16378 - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil.
16379 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic
16380 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs
16381 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and
16382 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic
16383 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines.
16385 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
16386 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
16387 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
16388 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
16390 Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behavior fontifies modified
16391 lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode
16392 on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any
16393 event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
16395 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
16396 If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
16397 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
16398 the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and
16399 verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'.
16401 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16403 (autoload (quote turn-on-lazy-lock) "lazy-lock" "\
16404 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode.
16410 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
16411 ;;;;;; (17356 16192))
16412 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16414 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.ld[si]?\\>" . ld-script-mode)))
16416 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.x[bdsru]?[cn]?\\'" . ld-script-mode)))
16418 (autoload (quote ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "\
16419 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16425 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
16426 ;;;;;; (17279 27123))
16427 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
16429 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
16430 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
16432 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
16433 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
16435 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
16436 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
16438 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
16439 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
16440 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
16441 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
16442 for later transmission to Lisp job.
16443 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
16444 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
16445 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
16446 and transmit saved text.
16448 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
16449 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
16453 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" "\
16460 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (17279 27123))
16461 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16463 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\
16464 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16465 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16466 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16467 generations (this defaults to 1).
16469 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16473 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (17279
16475 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16477 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
16478 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
16479 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16480 is nil, raise an error.
16482 This function tries to undo modifications made by the package to
16483 hooks. Packages may define a hook FEATURE-unload-hook that is called
16484 instead of the normal heuristics for doing this. Such a hook should
16485 undo all the relevant global state changes that may have been made by
16486 loading the package or executing functions in it. It has access to
16487 the package's feature list (before anything is unbound) in the
16488 variable `unload-hook-features-list' and could remove features from it
16489 in the event that the package has done something normally-ill-advised,
16490 such as redefining an Emacs function.
16492 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16496 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
16497 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (17337 56254))
16498 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16500 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
16501 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16502 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16504 (custom-autoload (quote locate-ls-subdir-switches) "locate")
16506 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
16507 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16508 With prefix arg, prompt for the locate command to run.
16510 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER)" t nil)
16512 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
16513 Run the locate command with a filter.
16515 The filter is a regular expression. Only results matching the filter are
16516 shown; this is often useful to constrain a big search.
16518 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER)" t nil)
16522 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (17297 42808))
16523 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
16525 (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\
16526 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16527 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
16528 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
16529 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the
16530 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
16531 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
16532 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
16533 LISTFUN if non-nil is a function of no arguments returning the list of files
16534 that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names).
16535 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
16536 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
16537 uses the current buffer.
16539 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP LISTFUN BUFFER &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
16543 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (17374
16545 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
16547 (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\
16548 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
16554 ;;;### (autoloads (longlines-mode) "longlines" "longlines.el" (17327
16556 ;;; Generated autoloads from longlines.el
16558 (autoload (quote longlines-mode) "longlines" "\
16559 Toggle Long Lines mode.
16560 In Long Lines mode, long lines are wrapped if they extend beyond
16561 `fill-column'. The soft newlines used for line wrapping will not
16562 show up when the text is yanked or saved to disk.
16564 If the variable `longlines-auto-wrap' is non-nil, lines are automatically
16565 wrapped whenever the buffer is changed. You can always call
16566 `fill-paragraph' to fill individual paragraphs.
16568 If the variable `longlines-show-hard-newlines' is non-nil, hard newlines
16569 are indicated with a symbol.
16571 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16575 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
16576 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (17279
16578 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
16580 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type (quote (emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt))))
16582 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))))
16584 (defvar printer-name (and lpr-windows-system "PRN") "\
16585 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
16586 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
16588 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
16589 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
16591 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
16592 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
16593 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
16594 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
16595 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
16596 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
16597 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
16599 (custom-autoload (quote printer-name) "lpr")
16601 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
16602 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
16603 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
16604 switch on this list.
16605 See `lpr-command'.")
16607 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-switches) "lpr")
16609 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
16610 *Name of program for printing a file.
16612 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
16613 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
16614 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
16615 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
16616 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
16617 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
16620 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-command) "lpr")
16622 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
16623 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
16624 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16625 for customization of the printer command.
16629 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
16630 Paginate and print buffer contents.
16632 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16633 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16634 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16635 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16637 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16638 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16640 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16641 for further customization of the printer command.
16645 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
16646 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
16647 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16648 for customization of the printer command.
16650 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16652 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
16653 Paginate and print the region contents.
16655 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16656 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16657 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16658 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16660 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16661 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16663 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16664 for further customization of the printer command.
16666 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16670 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
16671 ;;;;;; (17297 42802))
16672 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
16674 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
16675 *Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
16676 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
16678 (custom-autoload (quote ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp")
16682 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (17308
16684 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
16686 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
16687 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
16688 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
16690 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
16692 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16696 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (17279
16698 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
16700 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
16701 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
16708 ;;;### (autoloads (macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
16709 ;;;;;; (17279 27122))
16710 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/macroexp.el
16712 (autoload (quote macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "\
16713 Return result of expanding macros at all levels in FORM.
16714 If no macros are expanded, FORM is returned unchanged.
16715 The second optional arg ENVIRONMENT specifies an environment of macro
16716 definitions to shadow the loaded ones for use in file byte-compilation.
16718 \(fn FORM &optional ENVIRONMENT)" nil nil)
16722 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
16723 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (17279 27123))
16724 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
16726 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
16727 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
16728 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
16729 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
16730 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
16732 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
16734 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
16735 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
16736 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
16737 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
16739 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
16740 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
16741 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
16742 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
16745 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
16746 use this command, and then save the file.
16748 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
16750 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
16751 Query user during kbd macro execution.
16752 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
16753 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
16754 each time the macro executes.
16755 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
16756 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
16757 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
16758 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
16759 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
16760 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
16761 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
16765 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
16766 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
16767 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
16768 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
16770 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
16771 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
16772 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
16775 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
16776 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
16778 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
16779 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
16780 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
16781 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
16782 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
16784 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
16787 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
16788 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
16789 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
16791 You could enter the names in this format:
16797 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
16800 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
16803 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
16804 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
16806 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
16807 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
16811 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
16812 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (17308 43144))
16813 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
16815 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
16816 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
16817 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
16818 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
16819 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
16820 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
16822 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
16823 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
16824 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
16825 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
16826 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
16828 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
16829 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
16830 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
16833 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
16835 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
16836 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
16838 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
16842 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
16843 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
16844 ;;;;;; (17279 27123))
16845 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
16847 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
16848 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
16852 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" "\
16857 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
16858 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
16860 (custom-autoload (quote mail-hist-keep-history) "mail-hist")
16862 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
16863 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
16864 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
16867 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
16873 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
16874 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
16875 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (17279
16877 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
16879 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
16880 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
16881 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
16882 often correct parser.")
16884 (custom-autoload (quote mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils")
16886 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" "\
16889 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
16891 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
16892 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
16893 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16894 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16896 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
16898 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
16899 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
16900 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16901 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16903 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
16905 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
16906 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
16907 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16908 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16909 If NOERROR is non-nil, return t if successful.
16910 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
16911 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
16914 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
16916 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
16917 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
16918 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
16919 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
16920 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
16921 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
16923 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
16927 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
16928 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (17279 27185))
16929 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
16931 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
16932 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
16936 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
16937 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
16938 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
16940 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
16942 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
16943 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
16944 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
16946 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
16950 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
16951 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (17279
16953 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
16955 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
16956 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
16957 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
16959 If `parens', they look like:
16960 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
16961 If `angles', they look like:
16962 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
16964 (custom-autoload (quote mail-complete-style) "mailalias")
16966 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
16967 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
16968 If interactive, expand in header fields.
16969 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
16970 their `Resent-' variants.
16972 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
16973 removed from alias expansions.
16975 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
16977 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
16978 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
16979 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
16981 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
16982 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
16983 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
16984 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
16986 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
16988 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
16989 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
16990 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
16991 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any.
16997 ;;;### (autoloads (mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el"
16998 ;;;;;; (17379 24714))
16999 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17001 (autoload (quote mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "\
17002 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17003 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17004 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17010 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-imake-mode makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode
17011 ;;;;;; makefile-gmake-mode makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode)
17012 ;;;;;; "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (17374 21244))
17013 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17015 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
17016 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17018 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17019 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17020 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17021 `makefile-imake-mode'All but the
17022 last should be correctly chosen based on the file name, except if
17023 it is *.mk. This function ends by invoking the function(s)
17024 `makefile-mode-hook'.
17026 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17027 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17028 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17029 dependency, despite the colon.
17031 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17033 In the browser, use the following keys:
17035 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17037 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17039 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17040 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17042 `makefile-target-colon':
17043 The string that gets appended to all target names
17044 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17045 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17047 `makefile-macro-assign':
17048 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17049 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17050 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17051 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17052 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17053 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17055 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17056 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17057 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17059 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17060 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17062 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17063 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17064 up or down in the browser.
17066 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17067 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17069 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17070 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17072 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17073 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17074 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17075 has been selected in the browser.
17077 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17078 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17079 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17080 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17081 filenames are omitted.
17083 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17084 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17085 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17086 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17087 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17088 the backslash itself intact.
17089 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17090 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17092 `makefile-browser-hook':
17093 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17094 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17096 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17097 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17098 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17099 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17103 (autoload (quote makefile-automake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17104 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17108 (autoload (quote makefile-gmake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17109 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17113 (autoload (quote makefile-makepp-mode) "make-mode" "\
17114 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17118 (autoload (quote makefile-bsdmake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17119 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17123 (autoload (quote makefile-imake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17124 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17130 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (17279
17132 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17134 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
17135 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17136 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17142 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (17357 6510))
17143 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17145 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
17147 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\
17148 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17149 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
17150 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
17151 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
17152 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
17153 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
17155 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
17156 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from
17157 all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the
17158 `Man-switches' variable, which see.
17160 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17162 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
17163 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17165 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17169 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (17279 27123))
17170 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17172 (autoload (quote master-mode) "master" "\
17173 Toggle Master mode.
17174 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
17175 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
17176 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
17178 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
17179 following commands:
17181 \\{master-mode-map}
17183 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17184 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17185 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17187 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17191 ;;;### (autoloads (menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "menu-bar.el" (17331
17193 ;;; Generated autoloads from menu-bar.el
17195 (put (quote menu-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
17197 (defvar menu-bar-mode nil "\
17198 Non-nil if Menu-Bar mode is enabled.
17199 See the command `menu-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17200 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17201 use either \\[customize] or the function `menu-bar-mode'.")
17203 (custom-autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar")
17205 (put (quote menu-bar-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
17207 (autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "\
17208 Toggle display of a menu bar on each frame.
17209 This command applies to all frames that exist and frames to be
17210 created in the future.
17211 With a numeric argument, if the argument is positive,
17212 turn on menu bars; otherwise, turn off menu bars.
17214 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17218 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
17219 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
17220 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
17221 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
17222 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
17223 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-insert-empty-line
17224 ;;;;;; message-signature-file message-signature message-indent-citation-function
17225 ;;;;;; message-cite-function message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function
17226 ;;;;;; message-send-mail-function message-user-organization-file
17227 ;;;;;; message-signature-separator message-from-style) "message"
17228 ;;;;;; "gnus/message.el" (17379 24711))
17229 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17231 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
17232 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
17234 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
17236 If `parens', they look like:
17237 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17238 If `angles', they look like:
17239 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
17241 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
17242 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
17244 (custom-autoload (quote message-from-style) "message")
17246 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
17247 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
17249 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-separator) "message")
17251 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
17252 *Local news organization file.")
17254 (custom-autoload (quote message-user-organization-file) "message")
17256 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
17257 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
17258 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
17259 variable `mail-header-separator'.
17261 Valid values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
17262 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail',
17263 `message-smtpmail-send-it', `smtpmail-send-it' and `feedmail-send-it'.
17265 See also `send-mail-function'.")
17267 (custom-autoload (quote message-send-mail-function) "message")
17269 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
17270 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.
17272 Note that Gnus provides a feature where the reader can click on
17273 `writes:' to hide the cited text. If you change this line too much,
17274 people who read your message will have to change their Gnus
17275 configuration. See the variable `gnus-cite-attribution-suffix'.")
17277 (custom-autoload (quote message-citation-line-function) "message")
17279 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
17280 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.
17281 Fix `message-cite-prefix-regexp' if it is set to an abnormal value.
17282 See also `message-yank-cited-prefix'.")
17284 (custom-autoload (quote message-yank-prefix) "message")
17286 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
17287 *Function for citing an original message.
17288 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
17289 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
17290 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
17292 (custom-autoload (quote message-cite-function) "message")
17294 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
17295 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
17296 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
17297 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
17298 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
17300 (custom-autoload (quote message-indent-citation-function) "message")
17302 (defvar message-signature t "\
17303 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
17304 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
17305 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
17306 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
17308 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature) "message")
17310 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
17311 *Name of file containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.
17312 Ignored if the named file doesn't exist.
17313 If nil, don't insert a signature.")
17315 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-file) "message")
17317 (defvar message-signature-insert-empty-line t "\
17318 *If non-nil, insert an empty line before the signature separator.")
17320 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-insert-empty-line) "message")
17322 (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
17324 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
17325 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17326 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17327 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17328 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17329 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17330 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17331 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17332 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17333 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17334 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17335 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17336 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17337 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17338 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17339 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17340 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17341 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17342 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17343 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17344 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17345 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17346 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17347 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17348 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17349 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17350 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17351 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17352 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17353 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17354 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17355 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17356 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17357 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17358 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17359 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17360 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17364 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
17365 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17366 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs.
17368 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
17370 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
17371 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17373 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17375 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
17376 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17378 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
17380 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
17381 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17383 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17385 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
17386 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17387 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17389 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17391 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
17392 Cancel an article you posted.
17393 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17395 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17397 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
17398 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17399 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17400 header line with the old Message-ID.
17404 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
17405 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17409 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
17410 Forward the current message via mail.
17411 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17412 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17414 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17416 (autoload (quote message-forward-make-body) "message" "\
17419 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17421 (autoload (quote message-forward-rmail-make-body) "message" "\
17424 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17426 (autoload (quote message-insinuate-rmail) "message" "\
17427 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17431 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
17432 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17434 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17436 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
17437 Re-mail the current message.
17438 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17439 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17444 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
17445 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17447 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17449 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
17450 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17452 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17454 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
17455 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17457 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17459 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
17460 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17462 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17464 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
17465 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17466 Works by overstriking characters.
17467 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17468 which specify the range to operate on.
17470 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17472 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
17473 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17474 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17475 which specify the range to operate on.
17477 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17481 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
17482 ;;;;;; (17279 27203))
17483 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17485 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
17486 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17490 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
17491 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
17495 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
17496 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17500 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
17501 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
17507 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
17508 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
17509 ;;;;;; (17279 27123))
17510 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17512 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
17513 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17514 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17518 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
17519 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17520 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17521 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17522 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17523 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17524 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17526 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17528 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
17529 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17530 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17531 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17532 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17534 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17535 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17537 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17539 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
17540 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17541 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17542 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17543 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17545 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17546 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17548 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17552 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-fully-kill-draft mh-send-letter mh-user-agent-compose
17553 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail-other-window mh-smail) "mh-comp"
17554 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (17379 24713))
17555 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17557 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
17558 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17559 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17563 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
17564 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
17565 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17569 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
17570 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17572 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
17573 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
17574 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
17576 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
17577 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
17579 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
17580 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
17582 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17584 (define-mail-user-agent (quote mh-e-user-agent) (quote mh-user-agent-compose) (quote mh-send-letter) (quote mh-fully-kill-draft) (quote mh-before-send-letter-hook))
17586 (autoload (quote mh-user-agent-compose) "mh-comp" "\
17587 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
17588 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
17589 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
17590 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
17593 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
17594 initial Subject field, respectively.
17596 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
17597 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
17600 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION and SEND-ACTIONS are
17603 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" nil nil)
17605 (autoload (quote mh-send-letter) "mh-comp" "\
17606 Save draft and send message.
17608 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
17609 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
17610 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
17613 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
17614 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
17615 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
17617 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
17618 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
17620 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17622 (autoload (quote mh-fully-kill-draft) "mh-comp" "\
17623 Quit editing and delete draft message.
17625 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
17626 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
17627 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
17628 delete the draft message.
17634 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (17383 37960))
17635 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
17637 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
17639 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
17641 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
17643 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
17644 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
17650 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-folder"
17651 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (17379 24713))
17652 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
17654 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-folder" "\
17655 Incorporate new mail with MH.
17656 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17658 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17659 the MH mail system.
17661 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17663 (autoload (quote mh-nmail) "mh-folder" "\
17664 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
17665 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17667 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17668 the MH mail system.
17670 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17672 (autoload (quote mh-folder-mode) "mh-folder" "\
17673 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
17675 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
17676 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
17677 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
17680 Options that control this mode can be changed with
17681 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
17682 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
17685 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
17689 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
17690 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
17691 can be used in several ways.
17693 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
17694 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
17695 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
17696 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
17700 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
17701 The range must be nonempty.
17706 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
17707 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
17714 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
17717 All of the messages.
17719 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
17720 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
17722 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
17723 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
17724 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
17726 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
17732 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
17733 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (17279 27123))
17734 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
17736 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
17737 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
17738 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
17739 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
17740 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
17741 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
17742 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
17743 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
17744 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
17745 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
17746 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
17750 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
17751 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
17752 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
17753 to its second argument TM.
17755 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
17759 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
17760 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (17279 27123))
17761 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
17763 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
17764 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
17765 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17766 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17767 use either \\[customize] or the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
17769 (custom-autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef")
17771 (put (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
17773 (autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" "\
17774 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
17775 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
17776 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
17777 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
17778 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
17779 default indication.
17781 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
17782 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
17784 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17788 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
17789 ;;;;;; (17279 27183))
17790 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
17792 (autoload (quote mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "\
17793 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
17798 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.mixal\\'" . mixal-mode)))
17802 ;;;### (autoloads (malayalam-composition-function malayalam-post-read-conversion
17803 ;;;;;; malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "language/mlm-util.el"
17804 ;;;;;; (17342 36796))
17805 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/mlm-util.el
17807 (autoload (quote malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "\
17810 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
17812 (autoload (quote malayalam-post-read-conversion) "mlm-util" "\
17815 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
17817 (autoload (quote malayalam-composition-function) "mlm-util" "\
17818 Compose Malayalam characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
17819 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
17822 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
17826 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body) "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el"
17827 ;;;;;; (17279 27122))
17828 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
17830 (autoload (quote mm-inline-external-body) "mm-extern" "\
17831 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
17832 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
17833 the entire message.
17834 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
17836 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
17840 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
17841 ;;;;;; (17279 27122))
17842 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
17844 (autoload (quote mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "\
17845 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
17846 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
17847 the entire message.
17848 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
17850 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
17854 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
17855 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (17319 1473))
17856 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
17858 (autoload (quote mm-url-insert-file-contents) "mm-url" "\
17859 Insert file contents of URL.
17860 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
17862 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
17864 (autoload (quote mm-url-insert-file-contents-external) "mm-url" "\
17865 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
17867 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
17871 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect-text-parts mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu"
17872 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-uu.el" (17379 24711))
17873 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
17875 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "\
17876 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
17877 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
17878 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
17879 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
17881 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
17883 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect-text-parts) "mm-uu" "\
17884 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
17885 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
17887 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
17891 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
17892 ;;;;;; (17279 27122))
17893 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
17895 (autoload (quote mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "\
17898 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
17900 (autoload (quote mml1991-sign) "mml1991" "\
17903 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
17907 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
17908 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
17909 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (17279 27122))
17910 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
17912 (autoload (quote mml2015-decrypt) "mml2015" "\
17915 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17917 (autoload (quote mml2015-decrypt-test) "mml2015" "\
17920 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17922 (autoload (quote mml2015-verify) "mml2015" "\
17925 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17927 (autoload (quote mml2015-verify-test) "mml2015" "\
17930 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17932 (autoload (quote mml2015-encrypt) "mml2015" "\
17935 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
17937 (autoload (quote mml2015-sign) "mml2015" "\
17940 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
17942 (autoload (quote mml2015-self-encrypt) "mml2015" "\
17949 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
17950 ;;;;;; (17322 60488))
17951 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
17953 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
17954 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
17955 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
17956 followed by the first character of the construct.
17958 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
17959 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
17960 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
17961 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
17962 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
17963 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
17964 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
17965 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
17966 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
17967 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
17968 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
17969 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
17970 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
17973 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
17974 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
17975 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
17981 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
17982 ;;;;;; (17279 27123))
17983 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
17985 (autoload (quote morse-region) "morse" "\
17986 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
17988 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
17990 (autoload (quote unmorse-region) "morse" "\
17991 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
17993 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
17997 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (17279
17999 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
18001 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
18002 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
18003 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18004 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18005 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
18007 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel")
18009 (put (quote mouse-sel-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
18011 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
18012 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
18013 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
18014 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
18016 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
18018 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
18020 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
18022 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
18023 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
18024 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
18025 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
18026 Triple-clicking selects lines.
18027 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
18029 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
18030 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
18031 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
18032 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
18033 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
18035 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
18036 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
18038 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
18039 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
18041 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
18043 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
18044 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
18045 primary selection and region.
18047 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18051 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (17279 27172))
18052 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18054 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
18055 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18061 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (17279 27150))
18062 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18064 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18065 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18066 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18067 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18068 use either \\[customize] or the function `msb-mode'.")
18070 (custom-autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb")
18072 (put (quote msb-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
18074 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
18076 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
18077 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18078 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18080 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18084 ;;;### (autoloads (mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets describe-fontset
18085 ;;;;;; describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
18086 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
18087 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
18088 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
18089 ;;;;;; (17279 27171))
18090 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18092 (defvar non-iso-charset-alist (\` ((mac-roman (ascii latin-iso8859-1 mule-unicode-2500-33ff mule-unicode-0100-24ff mule-unicode-e000-ffff) mac-roman-decoder ((0 255))) (viscii (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-viscii-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (vietnamese-tcvn (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-tcvn-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (koi8-r (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-koi8-r-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (alternativnyj (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-alternativnyj-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (koi8-u (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5 mule-unicode-0100-24ff) cyrillic-koi8-u-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (big5 (ascii chinese-big5-1 chinese-big5-2) decode-big5-char ((32 127) ((161 254) 64 126 161 254))) (sjis (ascii katakana-jisx0201 japanese-jisx0208) decode-sjis-char ((32 127 161 223) ((129 159 224 239) 64 126 128 252))))) "\
18093 Alist of charset names vs the corresponding information.
18094 This is mis-named for historical reasons. The charsets are actually
18095 non-built-in ones. They correspond to Emacs coding systems, not Emacs
18096 charsets, i.e. what Emacs can read (or write) by mapping to (or
18097 from) Emacs internal charsets that typically correspond to a limited
18098 set of ISO charsets.
18100 Each element has the following format:
18101 (CHARSET CHARSET-LIST TRANSLATION-METHOD [ CODE-RANGE ])
18103 CHARSET is the name (symbol) of the charset.
18105 CHARSET-LIST is a list of Emacs charsets into which characters of
18106 CHARSET are mapped.
18108 TRANSLATION-METHOD is a translation table (symbol) to translate a
18109 character code of CHARSET to the corresponding Emacs character
18110 code. It can also be a function to call with one argument, a
18111 character code in CHARSET.
18113 CODE-RANGE specifies the valid code ranges of CHARSET.
18114 It is a list of RANGEs, where each RANGE is of the form:
18115 (FROM1 TO1 FROM2 TO2 ...)
18117 ((FROM1-1 TO1-1 FROM1-2 TO1-2 ...) . (FROM2-1 TO2-1 FROM2-2 TO2-2 ...))
18118 In the first form, valid codes are between FROM1 and TO1, or FROM2 and
18120 The second form is used for 2-byte codes. The car part is the ranges
18121 of the first byte, and the cdr part is the ranges of the second byte.")
18123 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
18124 Display a list of all character sets.
18126 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number for
18127 internal Emacs use.
18129 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains the format of the buffer and string
18130 multibyte sequence of characters in the charset using one to four
18131 hexadecimal digits.
18132 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127.
18133 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255.
18135 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18136 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18137 set. The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022 <final-char> to use
18138 for designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18140 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
18141 but still shows the full information.
18145 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\
18146 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18147 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'
18148 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable
18149 `non-iso-charset-alist'.
18151 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18152 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18153 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18154 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
18155 detailed meanings of these arguments.
18157 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18159 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\
18160 Display a list of characters in the specified character set.
18161 This can list both Emacs `official' (ISO standard) charsets and the
18162 characters encoded by various Emacs coding systems which correspond to
18163 PC `codepages' and other coded character sets. See `non-iso-charset-alist'.
18165 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18167 (autoload (quote describe-character-set) "mule-diag" "\
18168 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18170 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18172 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
18173 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18175 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18177 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
18178 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18180 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18181 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18183 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18184 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18185 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18186 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18187 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18188 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18189 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18190 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18191 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18192 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18193 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18194 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18195 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18196 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18197 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18198 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18202 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
18203 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18207 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
18208 Display a list of all coding systems.
18209 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18211 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
18212 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18214 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18216 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\
18217 Display a list of all coding categories.
18221 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
18222 Display information about fonts which partially match FONTNAME.
18224 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18226 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
18227 Display information about FONTSET.
18228 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18230 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18232 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
18233 Display a list of all fontsets.
18234 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18235 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18236 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18240 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
18241 Display information about all input methods.
18245 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
18246 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18248 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18249 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18250 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18251 system which uses fontsets).
18257 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
18258 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
18259 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
18260 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
18261 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
18262 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (17279 27079))
18263 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18265 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
18266 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
18267 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
18269 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
18271 (make-obsolete (quote string-to-sequence) "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "22.1")
18273 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18274 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18276 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18277 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18279 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
18280 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18282 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18284 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
18285 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18286 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18287 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18288 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18289 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18290 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18292 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18293 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18294 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18295 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18296 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18297 middle of a character in STR.
18299 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18300 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18302 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18303 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18304 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18305 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18306 defaults to \"...\".
18308 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18310 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18311 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18313 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18314 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18315 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18317 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18318 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18319 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18321 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
18322 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18323 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18325 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18326 longer than KEYSEQ.
18327 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18329 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18331 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
18332 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18333 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18334 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18335 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18336 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18337 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18338 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18339 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18340 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18341 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18343 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18345 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
18346 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18348 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18350 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
18351 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18353 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18355 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
18356 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-decode' property.
18358 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18360 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
18361 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-encode' property.
18363 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18365 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
18366 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18367 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18368 coding systems ordered by priority.
18370 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
18372 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
18373 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18374 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18375 language environment LANG-ENV.
18377 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18379 (autoload (quote char-displayable-p) "mule-util" "\
18380 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18381 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18382 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display CHAR's
18383 charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a per-character
18384 basis, this may not be accurate.
18386 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18390 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
18391 ;;;;;; (17279 27123))
18392 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
18394 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
18395 Non-nil if Mouse-Wheel mode is enabled.
18396 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18397 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18398 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
18400 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel")
18402 (put (quote mouse-wheel-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
18404 (autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "\
18405 Toggle mouse wheel support.
18406 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18407 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18409 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18411 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\
18412 Enable mouse wheel support.
18414 \(fn &optional UNINSTALL)" nil nil)
18418 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
18419 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
18420 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute)
18421 ;;;;;; "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (17279 27123))
18422 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18424 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
18425 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18427 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18429 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
18431 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18432 `ping-program-options'.
18436 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\
18437 Run ipconfig program.
18441 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig))
18443 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
18444 Run netstat program.
18448 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
18449 Run the arp program.
18453 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
18454 Run the route program.
18458 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
18459 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18463 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
18464 Run nslookup program.
18468 (autoload (quote dns-lookup-host) "net-utils" "\
18469 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18473 (autoload (quote run-dig) "net-utils" "\
18478 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
18483 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
18484 Finger USER on HOST.
18486 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18488 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
18489 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
18490 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
18491 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
18493 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
18495 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" "\
18500 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
18501 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
18503 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
18505 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
18506 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
18508 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
18512 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-auto-fill-only-comments
18513 ;;;;;; comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region comment-region uncomment-region
18514 ;;;;;; comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent comment-indent-default
18515 ;;;;;; comment-normalize-vars comment-multi-line comment-padding
18516 ;;;;;; comment-style comment-column) "newcomment" "newcomment.el"
18517 ;;;;;; (17383 37889))
18518 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
18520 (defalias (quote indent-for-comment) (quote comment-indent))
18522 (defalias (quote set-comment-column) (quote comment-set-column))
18524 (defalias (quote kill-comment) (quote comment-kill))
18526 (defalias (quote indent-new-comment-line) (quote comment-indent-new-line))
18528 (defvar comment-use-syntax (quote undecided) "\
18529 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
18530 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
18531 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
18532 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
18533 Major modes should set this variable.")
18535 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
18536 Column to indent right-margin comments to.
18537 Each mode establishes a different default value for this variable; you
18538 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
18539 Comments might be indented to a value smaller than this in order
18540 not to go beyond `comment-fill-column'.")
18542 (custom-autoload (quote comment-column) "newcomment")
18544 (defvar comment-start nil "\
18545 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
18547 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
18548 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
18549 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
18550 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
18552 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
18553 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
18555 (defvar comment-end "" "\
18556 *String to insert to end a new comment.
18557 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
18559 (defvar comment-indent-function (quote comment-indent-default) "\
18560 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
18561 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
18562 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
18563 column indentation or nil.
18564 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
18566 (defvar comment-insert-comment-function nil "\
18567 Function to insert a comment when a line doesn't contain one.
18568 The function has no args.
18570 Applicable at least in modes for languages like fixed-format Fortran where
18571 comments always start in column zero.")
18573 (defvar comment-style (quote plain) "\
18574 Style to be used for `comment-region'.
18575 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
18577 (custom-autoload (quote comment-style) "newcomment")
18579 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
18580 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
18581 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
18582 of the corresponding number of spaces.
18584 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
18585 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
18587 (custom-autoload (quote comment-padding) "newcomment")
18589 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
18590 Non-nil means `comment-indent-new-line' continues comments.
18591 That is, it inserts no new terminator or starter.
18592 This affects `auto-fill-mode', which is the main reason to
18593 customize this variable.
18595 It also affects \\[indent-new-comment-line]. However, if you want this
18596 behavior for explicit filling, you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
18598 (custom-autoload (quote comment-multi-line) "newcomment")
18600 (autoload (quote comment-normalize-vars) "newcomment" "\
18601 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
18602 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
18603 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
18604 the variables are properly set.
18606 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
18608 (autoload (quote comment-indent-default) "newcomment" "\
18609 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
18613 (autoload (quote comment-indent) "newcomment" "\
18614 Indent this line's comment to `comment-column', or insert an empty comment.
18615 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
18617 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
18619 (autoload (quote comment-set-column) "newcomment" "\
18620 Set the comment column based on point.
18621 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
18622 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
18623 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
18624 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
18628 (autoload (quote comment-kill) "newcomment" "\
18629 Kill the comment on this line, if any.
18630 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
18634 (autoload (quote uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
18635 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
18636 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
18639 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18641 (autoload (quote comment-region) "newcomment" "\
18642 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
18643 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
18644 Numeric prefix ARG means use ARG comment characters.
18645 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
18646 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
18647 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
18648 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
18650 The strings used as comment starts are built from
18651 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'.
18653 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18655 (autoload (quote comment-or-uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
18656 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
18657 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
18658 is passed on to the respective function.
18660 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18662 (autoload (quote comment-dwim) "newcomment" "\
18663 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
18664 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
18665 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
18666 case it calls `uncomment-region').
18667 Else, if the current line is empty, insert a comment and indent it.
18668 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
18669 Else, call `comment-indent'.
18670 You can configure `comment-style' to change the way regions are commented.
18674 (defvar comment-auto-fill-only-comments nil "\
18675 Non-nil means to only auto-fill inside comments.
18676 This has no effect in modes that do not define a comment syntax.")
18678 (custom-autoload (quote comment-auto-fill-only-comments) "newcomment")
18680 (autoload (quote comment-indent-new-line) "newcomment" "\
18681 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
18682 This indents the body of the continued comment
18683 under the previous comment line.
18685 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
18686 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
18687 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
18689 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
18690 or comment indentation.
18692 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
18693 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
18695 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
18699 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-show-news newsticker-start-ticker newsticker-start
18700 ;;;;;; newsticker-ticker-running-p newsticker-running-p) "newsticker"
18701 ;;;;;; "net/newsticker.el" (17379 30025))
18702 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newsticker.el
18704 (autoload (quote newsticker-running-p) "newsticker" "\
18705 Check whether newsticker is running.
18706 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
18707 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
18711 (autoload (quote newsticker-ticker-running-p) "newsticker" "\
18712 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
18713 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
18714 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
18719 (autoload (quote newsticker-start) "newsticker" "\
18720 Start the newsticker.
18721 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
18722 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
18723 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
18724 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
18726 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
18728 (autoload (quote newsticker-start-ticker) "newsticker" "\
18729 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
18730 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
18735 (autoload (quote newsticker-show-news) "newsticker" "\
18736 Switch to newsticker buffer. You may want to bind this to a key.
18742 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
18743 ;;;;;; (17279 27122))
18744 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
18746 (autoload (quote nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "\
18747 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
18749 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
18753 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (17279
18755 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
18757 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
18758 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
18759 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
18760 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
18761 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
18762 symbol in the alist.
18764 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
18768 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
18769 ;;;;;; (17279 27122))
18770 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
18772 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
18773 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
18774 This command does not work if you use short group names.
18780 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
18781 ;;;;;; (17279 27122))
18782 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
18784 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
18785 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
18786 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups.
18792 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
18793 ;;;;;; (17279 27122))
18794 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
18796 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
18797 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
18799 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
18803 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
18804 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (17279 27122))
18805 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
18807 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
18808 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies.
18812 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
18813 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail.
18817 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
18818 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods.
18824 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
18825 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (17279 27123))
18826 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
18828 (defvar disabled-command-function (quote disabled-command-function) "\
18829 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
18830 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
18832 (define-obsolete-variable-alias (quote disabled-command-hook) (quote disabled-command-function) "22.1")
18834 (autoload (quote disabled-command-function) "novice" "\
18837 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
18839 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
18840 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
18841 COMMAND must be a symbol.
18842 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
18843 to future sessions.
18845 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
18847 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
18848 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
18849 COMMAND must be a symbol.
18850 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
18851 to future sessions.
18853 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
18857 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
18858 ;;;;;; (17383 37890))
18859 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
18861 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
18862 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
18864 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
18865 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
18866 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
18872 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
18873 ;;;;;; (17279 27123))
18874 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
18876 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
18877 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
18878 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
18879 specified by `octave-help-files'.
18880 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion.
18886 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
18887 ;;;;;; (17297 42806))
18888 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
18890 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
18891 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
18892 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
18894 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
18896 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
18897 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
18899 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
18900 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
18901 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
18903 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18905 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
18909 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
18910 ;;;;;; (17308 43144))
18911 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
18913 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
18914 Major mode for editing Octave code.
18916 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
18917 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
18918 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
18919 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
18921 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
18922 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
18923 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
18924 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
18925 is why you need this mode!).
18927 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
18928 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
18929 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
18931 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
18936 \\{octave-mode-map}
18938 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
18939 ==============================================
18942 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
18945 octave-auto-newline
18946 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
18949 octave-blink-matching-block
18950 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
18951 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
18953 octave-block-offset
18954 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
18957 octave-continuation-offset
18958 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
18961 octave-continuation-string
18962 String used for Octave continuation lines.
18963 Default is a backslash.
18965 octave-mode-startup-message
18966 nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
18969 octave-send-echo-input
18970 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
18971 command to the inferior Octave process.
18973 octave-send-line-auto-forward
18974 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
18975 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
18977 octave-send-echo-input
18978 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
18980 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
18982 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
18983 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
18985 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t)
18986 (setq auto-mode-alist
18987 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist))
18989 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
18990 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
18992 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
18996 (if (eq window-system 'x)
18997 (font-lock-mode 1))))
18999 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
19000 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
19001 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
19002 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
19008 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "obsolete/options.el"
19009 ;;;;;; (17279 27123))
19010 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/options.el
19012 (autoload (quote list-options) "options" "\
19013 Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation.
19014 It is now better to use Customize instead.
19018 (autoload (quote edit-options) "options" "\
19019 Edit a list of Emacs user option values.
19020 Selects a buffer containing such a list,
19021 in which there are commands to set the option values.
19022 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands.
19024 The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete.
19030 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files
19031 ;;;;;; orgtbl-mode turn-on-orgtbl org-remember-handler org-remember-annotation
19032 ;;;;;; org-store-link org-tags-view org-diary org-todo-list org-agenda-list
19033 ;;;;;; org-agenda org-agenda-mode org-mode) "org" "textmodes/org.el"
19034 ;;;;;; (17374 21578))
19035 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/org.el
19037 (autoload (quote org-mode) "org" "\
19038 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19039 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19041 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19042 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19043 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19044 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19045 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19046 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19047 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19048 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19049 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19050 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19052 The following commands are available:
19058 (autoload (quote org-agenda-mode) "org" "\
19059 Mode for time-sorted view on action items in Org-mode files.
19061 The following commands are available:
19063 \\{org-agenda-mode-map}
19067 (autoload (quote org-agenda) "org" "\
19068 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19069 Prompts for a character to select a command. Any prefix arg will be passed
19070 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19072 a Call `org-agenda' to display the agenda for the current day or week.
19073 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19074 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19075 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19076 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19077 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19078 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19080 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19081 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19082 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19084 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19085 first press `1' to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily (until the
19086 next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19090 (autoload (quote org-agenda-list) "org" "\
19091 Produce a weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19092 The view will be for the current week, but from the overview buffer you
19093 will be able to go to other weeks.
19094 With one \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL, all unfinished TODO items will
19095 also be shown, under the current date.
19096 With two \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL, all TODO entries marked DONE
19097 on the days are also shown. See the variable `org-log-done' for how
19098 to turn on logging.
19099 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19100 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19101 NDAYS defaults to `org-agenda-ndays'.
19103 \(fn &optional INCLUDE-ALL START-DAY NDAYS KEEP-MODES)" t nil)
19105 (autoload (quote org-todo-list) "org" "\
19106 Show all TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19107 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19108 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19109 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19110 `org-todo-keywords'.
19112 \(fn ARG &optional KEEP-MODES)" t nil)
19114 (autoload (quote org-diary) "org" "\
19115 Return diary information from org-files.
19116 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19117 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19118 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19119 items should be listed. The following arguments are allowed:
19121 :timestamp List the headlines of items containing a date stamp or
19122 date range matching the selected date. Deadlines will
19123 also be listed, on the expiration day.
19125 :deadline List any deadlines past due, or due within
19126 `org-deadline-warning-days'. The listing occurs only
19127 in the diary for *today*, not at any other date. If
19128 an entry is marked DONE, it is no longer listed.
19130 :scheduled List all items which are scheduled for the given date.
19131 The diary for *today* also contains items which were
19132 scheduled earlier and are not yet marked DONE.
19134 :todo List all TODO items from the org-file. This may be a
19135 long list - so this is not turned on by default.
19136 Like deadlines, these entries only show up in the
19137 diary for *today*, not at any other date.
19139 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19141 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19143 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19144 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19148 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
19149 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp) are used. So the example above may
19152 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :scheduled)
19154 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19155 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19156 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19158 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19160 (autoload (quote org-tags-view) "org" "\
19161 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19162 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19164 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH KEEP-MODES)" t nil)
19166 (autoload (quote org-store-link) "org" "\
19167 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19168 This link can later be inserted into an org-buffer with
19169 \\[org-insert-link].
19170 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
19171 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-usenet-links-prefer-google'.
19172 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19176 (autoload (quote org-remember-annotation) "org" "\
19177 Return a link to the current location as an annotation for remember.el.
19178 If you are using Org-mode files as target for data storage with
19179 remember.el, then the annotations should include a link compatible with the
19180 conventions in Org-mode. This function returns such a link.
19184 (autoload (quote org-remember-handler) "org" "\
19185 Store stuff from remember.el into an org file.
19186 First prompts for an org file. If the user just presses return, the value
19187 of `org-default-notes-file' is used.
19188 Then the command offers the headings tree of the selected file in order to
19189 file the text at a specific location.
19190 You can either immediately press RET to get the note appended to the
19191 file, or you can use vertical cursor motion and visibility cycling (TAB) to
19192 find a better place. Then press RET or <left> or <right> in insert the note.
19194 Key Cursor position Note gets inserted
19195 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
19196 RET buffer-start as level 2 heading at end of file
19197 RET on headline as sublevel of the heading at cursor
19198 RET no heading at cursor position, level taken from context.
19199 Or use prefix arg to specify level manually.
19200 <left> on headline as same level, before current heading
19201 <right> on headline as same level, after current heading
19203 So the fastest way to store the note is to press RET RET to append it to
19204 the default file. This way your current train of thought is not
19205 interrupted, in accordance with the principles of remember.el. But with
19206 little extra effort, you can push it directly to the correct location.
19208 Before being stored away, the function ensures that the text has a
19209 headline, i.e. a first line that starts with a \"*\". If not, a headline
19210 is constructed from the current date and some additional data.
19212 If the variable `org-adapt-indentation' is non-nil, the entire text is
19213 also indented so that it starts in the same column as the headline
19214 \(i.e. after the stars).
19216 See also the variable `org-reverse-note-order'.
19220 (autoload (quote turn-on-orgtbl) "org" "\
19221 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19225 (autoload (quote orgtbl-mode) "org" "\
19226 The `org-mode' table editor as a minor mode for use in other modes.
19228 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19230 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files) "org" "\
19231 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to iCalendar .ics files.
19232 Each iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19233 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19237 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files) "org" "\
19238 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to a single combined iCalendar file.
19239 The file is stored under the name `org-combined-agenda-icalendar-file'.
19245 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
19246 ;;;;;; (17374 21284))
19247 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
19249 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
19250 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
19251 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
19252 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
19254 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
19255 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
19256 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
19257 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
19259 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
19260 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
19261 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
19262 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
19263 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
19264 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
19266 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
19267 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
19268 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
19270 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
19271 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
19272 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
19273 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
19274 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
19275 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
19276 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
19277 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
19278 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
19279 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
19280 The subheadings remain visible.
19281 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
19283 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
19284 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
19285 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
19287 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
19288 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
19292 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
19293 Toggle Outline minor mode.
19294 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
19295 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
19297 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19301 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (17337 56255))
19302 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
19304 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
19305 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
19306 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
19307 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19308 use either \\[customize] or the function `show-paren-mode'.")
19310 (custom-autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren")
19312 (put (quote show-paren-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
19314 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
19315 Toggle Show Paren mode.
19316 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
19317 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
19319 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
19320 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
19322 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19326 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
19327 ;;;;;; (17308 43144))
19328 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
19330 (autoload (quote parse-time-string) "parse-time" "\
19331 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
19332 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
19333 unknown are returned as nil.
19335 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
19339 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (17279
19341 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
19343 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
19344 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
19345 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
19347 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
19348 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
19350 Other useful functions are:
19352 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
19353 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
19354 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
19355 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
19356 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
19357 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
19358 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
19359 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
19360 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
19362 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
19364 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
19365 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
19366 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
19367 Indentation for case statements.
19368 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
19369 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
19371 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
19372 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
19373 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
19374 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
19375 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
19376 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
19377 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
19378 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
19379 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
19380 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
19382 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
19383 pascal-separator-keywords.
19385 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
19386 no args, if that value is non-nil.
19392 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
19393 ;;;;;; (17279 27122))
19394 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
19396 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
19397 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
19398 The keys affected are:
19399 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
19400 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
19401 M-Backspace does undo.
19402 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
19403 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
19404 C-Escape does list-buffers.
19410 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
19411 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (17279 27122))
19412 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
19414 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
19415 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
19416 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
19417 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19418 use either \\[customize] or the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
19420 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select")
19422 (put (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
19424 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
19425 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
19427 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
19429 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
19430 which modify the status of the mark.
19432 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
19433 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
19435 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
19436 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
19438 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
19439 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
19440 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
19441 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
19442 turning PC Selection mode on.
19444 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
19445 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
19447 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
19448 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
19449 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
19451 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
19452 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
19453 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
19455 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
19456 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
19458 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
19459 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
19460 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
19462 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
19463 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
19464 but before calling PC Selection mode):
19470 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
19471 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
19474 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19476 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
19477 Toggle PC Selection mode.
19478 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
19479 and cursor movement commands.
19480 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
19481 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19482 you must modify it using \\[customize] or \\[pc-selection-mode].")
19484 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select")
19488 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (17279
19490 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
19492 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "\
19493 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
19499 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
19500 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (17279 27123))
19501 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
19503 (autoload (quote pcomplete/gzip) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19504 Completion for `gzip'.
19508 (autoload (quote pcomplete/bzip2) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19509 Completion for `bzip2'.
19513 (autoload (quote pcomplete/make) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19514 Completion for GNU `make'.
19518 (autoload (quote pcomplete/tar) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19519 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
19523 (defalias (quote pcomplete/gdb) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
19527 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
19528 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (17279 27123))
19529 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
19531 (autoload (quote pcomplete/kill) "pcmpl-linux" "\
19532 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
19536 (autoload (quote pcomplete/umount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
19537 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
19541 (autoload (quote pcomplete/mount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
19542 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
19548 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (17279
19550 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
19552 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "\
19553 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
19554 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
19555 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
19556 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
19557 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so.
19563 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which
19564 ;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd)
19565 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (17279 27123))
19566 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
19568 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19569 Completion for `cd'.
19573 (defalias (quote pcomplete/pushd) (quote pcomplete/cd))
19575 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rmdir) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19576 Completion for `rmdir'.
19580 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rm) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19581 Completion for `rm'.
19585 (autoload (quote pcomplete/xargs) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19586 Completion for `xargs'.
19590 (defalias (quote pcomplete/time) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
19592 (autoload (quote pcomplete/which) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19593 Completion for `which'.
19597 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chown) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19598 Completion for the `chown' command.
19602 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chgrp) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19603 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
19609 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
19610 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
19611 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (17279
19613 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
19615 (autoload (quote pcomplete) "pcomplete" "\
19616 Support extensible programmable completion.
19617 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
19618 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
19620 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
19622 (autoload (quote pcomplete-reverse) "pcomplete" "\
19623 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
19627 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand-and-complete) "pcomplete" "\
19628 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
19629 This will modify the current buffer.
19633 (autoload (quote pcomplete-continue) "pcomplete" "\
19634 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
19638 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand) "pcomplete" "\
19639 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
19640 This will modify the current buffer.
19644 (autoload (quote pcomplete-help) "pcomplete" "\
19645 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
19649 (autoload (quote pcomplete-list) "pcomplete" "\
19650 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
19654 (autoload (quote pcomplete-comint-setup) "pcomplete" "\
19655 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
19656 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
19657 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
19658 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
19660 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
19662 (autoload (quote pcomplete-shell-setup) "pcomplete" "\
19663 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete.
19669 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
19670 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
19671 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (17308 43140))
19672 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
19674 (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\
19675 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
19676 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
19677 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
19679 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
19681 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
19683 (autoload (quote cvs-quickdir) "pcvs" "\
19684 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
19685 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
19686 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
19687 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
19688 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
19691 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
19693 (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\
19694 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
19695 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
19696 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
19697 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
19698 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
19699 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
19700 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
19702 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
19704 (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\
19705 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
19706 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
19707 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
19708 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
19709 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
19710 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
19713 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
19715 (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\
19716 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
19717 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
19718 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
19719 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
19720 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
19721 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
19723 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
19725 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/")
19727 (defvar cvs-dired-action (quote cvs-quickdir) "\
19728 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
19729 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
19731 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-action) "pcvs")
19733 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\
19734 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
19735 nil means never do it.
19736 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
19737 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
19738 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
19740 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-use-hook) "pcvs")
19742 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
19743 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
19744 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
19748 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (17279 27169))
19749 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
19751 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset (quote cvs-global-menu) m)))
19755 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
19756 ;;;;;; (17279 27203))
19757 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
19759 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
19760 Major mode for editing Perl code.
19761 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
19762 Tab indents for Perl code.
19763 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
19764 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
19765 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
19767 Variables controlling indentation style:
19768 `perl-tab-always-indent'
19769 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
19770 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
19771 `perl-tab-to-comment'
19772 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
19773 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
19774 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
19776 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
19777 `perl-indent-level'
19778 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
19779 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
19780 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
19781 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
19782 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
19783 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
19784 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
19785 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
19786 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
19787 `perl-brace-offset'
19788 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
19789 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
19790 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
19791 this far to the right of the start of its line.
19792 `perl-label-offset'
19793 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
19794 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
19795 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
19797 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
19798 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
19799 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
19800 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
19801 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
19802 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
19803 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
19805 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
19811 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-snarf-keys pgg-snarf-keys-region pgg-insert-key
19812 ;;;;;; pgg-verify pgg-verify-region pgg-sign pgg-sign-region pgg-decrypt
19813 ;;;;;; pgg-decrypt-region pgg-encrypt pgg-encrypt-symmetric pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region
19814 ;;;;;; pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "pgg.el" (17279 27198))
19815 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg.el
19817 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "\
19818 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RCPTS.
19820 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
19822 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
19823 passphrase cache or user.
19825 \(fn START END RCPTS &optional SIGN PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
19827 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region) "pgg" "\
19828 Encrypt the current region between START and END symmetric with passphrase.
19830 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
19833 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
19835 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-symmetric) "pgg" "\
19836 Encrypt the current buffer using a symmetric, rather than key-pair, cipher.
19838 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
19841 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
19842 passphrase cache or user.
19844 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
19846 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt) "pgg" "\
19847 Encrypt the current buffer for RCPTS.
19849 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
19851 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
19854 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
19855 passphrase cache or user.
19857 \(fn RCPTS &optional SIGN START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
19859 (autoload (quote pgg-decrypt-region) "pgg" "\
19860 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
19862 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
19863 passphrase cache or user.
19865 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
19867 (autoload (quote pgg-decrypt) "pgg" "\
19868 Decrypt the current buffer.
19870 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only decrypt within
19873 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
19874 passphrase cache or user.
19876 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
19878 (autoload (quote pgg-sign-region) "pgg" "\
19879 Make the signature from text between START and END.
19881 If the optional 3rd argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create
19882 a detached signature.
19884 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
19885 and the the output is displayed.
19887 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
19888 passphrase cache or user.
19890 \(fn START END &optional CLEARTEXT PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
19892 (autoload (quote pgg-sign) "pgg" "\
19893 Sign the current buffer.
19895 If the optional argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create a
19896 detached signature.
19898 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only sign data
19901 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
19902 and the the output is displayed.
19904 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
19905 passphrase cache or user.
19907 \(fn &optional CLEARTEXT START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
19909 (autoload (quote pgg-verify-region) "pgg" "\
19910 Verify the current region between START and END.
19911 If the optional 3rd argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
19912 the detached signature of the current region.
19914 If the optional 4th argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
19915 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
19917 \(fn START END &optional SIGNATURE FETCH)" t nil)
19919 (autoload (quote pgg-verify) "pgg" "\
19920 Verify the current buffer.
19921 If the optional argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
19922 the detached signature of the current region.
19923 If the optional argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
19924 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
19925 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only verify data
19928 \(fn &optional SIGNATURE FETCH START END)" t nil)
19930 (autoload (quote pgg-insert-key) "pgg" "\
19931 Insert the ASCII armored public key.
19935 (autoload (quote pgg-snarf-keys-region) "pgg" "\
19936 Import public keys in the current region between START and END.
19938 \(fn START END)" t nil)
19940 (autoload (quote pgg-snarf-keys) "pgg" "\
19941 Import public keys in the current buffer.
19947 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "pgg-gpg.el"
19948 ;;;;;; (17279 27198))
19949 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg-gpg.el
19951 (autoload (quote pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "\
19952 True if decoded armor MESSAGE-KEYS has symmetric encryption indicator.
19954 \(fn MESSAGE-KEYS)" nil nil)
19958 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
19959 ;;;;;; (17327 23539))
19960 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
19962 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
19963 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
19964 \\<picture-mode-map>
19965 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
19966 afterwards settable by these commands:
19968 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
19969 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
19970 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
19971 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
19973 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
19974 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
19975 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
19976 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
19978 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
19979 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
19980 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
19981 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
19983 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
19984 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
19985 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
19986 with these commands:
19988 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
19989 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
19990 Move to column following last
19991 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
19992 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
19993 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
19994 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
19995 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
19996 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
19998 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20000 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20001 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
20002 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
20003 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
20004 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20005 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
20007 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20008 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
20009 Delete char at point: \\[delete-char]
20010 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
20011 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
20012 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20013 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
20015 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20016 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
20017 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
20018 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
20019 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
20020 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
20021 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
20022 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[advertised-undo]
20024 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
20025 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
20026 by supplying an argument.
20028 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20030 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20031 they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
20035 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
20039 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
20040 ;;;;;; (17279 27123))
20041 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20043 (autoload (quote po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "\
20044 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
20045 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
20047 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
20051 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (17279 27123))
20052 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
20054 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\
20055 Play pong and waste time.
20056 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
20057 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
20059 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
20067 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer
20068 ;;;;;; pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (17279 27122))
20069 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
20071 (autoload (quote pp-to-string) "pp" "\
20072 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
20073 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
20074 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
20076 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
20078 (autoload (quote pp-buffer) "pp" "\
20079 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
20083 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
20084 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
20085 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
20086 can handle, whenever this is possible.
20087 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
20089 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
20091 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
20092 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print value into a new display buffer.
20093 If the pretty-printed value fits on one line, the message line is used
20094 instead. The value is also consed onto the front of the list
20095 in the variable `values'.
20097 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20099 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
20100 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
20101 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20102 Ignores leading comment characters.
20108 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
20109 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
20110 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
20111 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
20112 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
20113 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
20114 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
20115 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
20116 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
20117 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
20118 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
20119 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
20120 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
20121 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
20122 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
20123 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
20124 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
20125 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
20126 ;;;;;; (17279 27201))
20127 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
20129 (autoload (quote pr-interface) "printing" "\
20130 Activate the printing interface buffer.
20132 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
20134 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
20136 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20138 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-preview) "printing" "\
20139 Preview directory using ghostview.
20141 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20142 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20143 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20144 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20146 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20147 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20148 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20149 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20150 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20153 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20155 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20157 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20158 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
20160 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20161 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20162 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20163 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20165 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20166 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20167 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20168 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20169 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20172 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20174 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20176 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-print) "printing" "\
20177 Print directory using PostScript printer.
20179 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20180 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20181 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20182 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20184 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20185 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20186 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20187 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20188 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20191 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20193 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20195 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-ps-print) "printing" "\
20196 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20198 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20200 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20201 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20202 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20203 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20205 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20206 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20207 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20208 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20209 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20212 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20214 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20216 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-preview) "printing" "\
20217 Preview buffer using ghostview.
20219 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20220 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20221 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20223 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20224 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
20225 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
20226 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20228 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20230 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20231 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
20233 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20234 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20235 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20237 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20238 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20239 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20240 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20242 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20244 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-print) "printing" "\
20245 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
20247 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20248 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20249 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20251 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20252 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20253 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20254 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20256 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20258 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-ps-print) "printing" "\
20259 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20261 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20263 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20264 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20265 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20267 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20268 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20269 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20270 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20272 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20274 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-preview) "printing" "\
20275 Preview region using ghostview.
20277 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
20279 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20281 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20282 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
20284 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
20286 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20288 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-print) "printing" "\
20289 Print region using PostScript printer.
20291 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
20293 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20295 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-ps-print) "printing" "\
20296 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20298 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
20300 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20302 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-preview) "printing" "\
20303 Preview major mode using ghostview.
20305 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
20307 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20309 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20310 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
20312 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
20314 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20316 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-print) "printing" "\
20317 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
20319 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
20321 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20323 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-ps-print) "printing" "\
20324 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
20326 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
20328 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20330 (autoload (quote pr-printify-directory) "printing" "\
20331 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
20332 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20333 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20335 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
20338 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
20339 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
20341 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20343 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
20345 (autoload (quote pr-printify-buffer) "printing" "\
20346 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
20347 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20348 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20352 (autoload (quote pr-printify-region) "printing" "\
20353 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
20354 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20355 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20359 (autoload (quote pr-txt-directory) "printing" "\
20360 Print directory using text printer.
20362 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
20365 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
20366 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
20368 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20370 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
20372 (autoload (quote pr-txt-buffer) "printing" "\
20373 Print buffer using text printer.
20377 (autoload (quote pr-txt-region) "printing" "\
20378 Print region using text printer.
20382 (autoload (quote pr-txt-mode) "printing" "\
20383 Print major mode using text printer.
20387 (autoload (quote pr-despool-preview) "printing" "\
20388 Preview spooled PostScript.
20390 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20391 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20392 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20394 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20395 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20396 PostScript image in a file with that name.
20398 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20400 (autoload (quote pr-despool-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20401 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
20403 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20404 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20405 instead of sending it to the printer.
20407 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20408 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20409 image in a file with that name.
20411 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20413 (autoload (quote pr-despool-print) "printing" "\
20414 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
20416 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20417 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20418 instead of sending it to the printer.
20420 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20421 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20422 image in a file with that name.
20424 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20426 (autoload (quote pr-despool-ps-print) "printing" "\
20427 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
20429 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20430 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20431 instead of sending it to the printer.
20433 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20434 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20435 image in a file with that name.
20437 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20439 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-preview) "printing" "\
20440 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
20442 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20444 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-preview) "printing" "\
20445 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
20447 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
20449 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20450 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
20452 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20454 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-print) "printing" "\
20455 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
20457 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20459 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-ps-print) "printing" "\
20460 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
20462 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20464 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-ps-print) "printing" "\
20465 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
20467 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
20468 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20469 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
20470 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20472 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20473 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
20474 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
20475 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
20476 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
20477 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
20480 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
20482 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-duplex) "printing" "\
20483 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
20487 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-tumble) "printing" "\
20488 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
20490 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
20492 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
20497 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-landscape) "printing" "\
20498 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
20502 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20503 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
20507 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-faces) "printing" "\
20508 Toggle printing with faces.
20512 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-spool) "printing" "\
20517 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-duplex) "printing" "\
20522 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-tumble) "printing" "\
20525 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
20527 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
20532 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-landscape) "printing" "\
20537 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-upside-down) "printing" "\
20538 Toggle upside-down.
20542 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-line) "printing" "\
20543 Toggle line number.
20547 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-zebra) "printing" "\
20548 Toggle zebra stripes.
20552 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header) "printing" "\
20553 Toggle printing header.
20557 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header-frame) "printing" "\
20558 Toggle printing header frame.
20562 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-lock) "printing" "\
20567 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-region) "printing" "\
20568 Toggle auto region.
20572 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-mode) "printing" "\
20577 (autoload (quote pr-customize) "printing" "\
20578 Customization of the `printing' group.
20580 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20582 (autoload (quote lpr-customize) "printing" "\
20583 Customization of the `lpr' group.
20585 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20587 (autoload (quote pr-help) "printing" "\
20588 Help for the printing package.
20590 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20592 (autoload (quote pr-ps-name) "printing" "\
20593 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
20597 (autoload (quote pr-txt-name) "printing" "\
20598 Interactively select a text printer.
20602 (autoload (quote pr-ps-utility) "printing" "\
20603 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
20607 (autoload (quote pr-show-ps-setup) "printing" "\
20608 Show current ps-print settings.
20610 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20612 (autoload (quote pr-show-pr-setup) "printing" "\
20613 Show current printing settings.
20615 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20617 (autoload (quote pr-show-lpr-setup) "printing" "\
20618 Show current lpr settings.
20620 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20622 (autoload (quote pr-ps-fast-fire) "printing" "\
20623 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
20625 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
20626 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
20627 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
20628 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
20631 Interactively, you have the following situations:
20633 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
20634 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
20635 immediatelly be done using the current active printer.
20637 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
20638 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
20639 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
20640 PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new
20641 current active printer.
20643 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
20644 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
20645 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
20648 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
20649 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
20650 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
20651 printer to that choosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
20652 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20655 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
20656 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
20658 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
20660 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
20661 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly
20662 be done using the new current active printer.
20664 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
20665 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
20668 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
20669 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
20670 printer to that choosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
20671 instead of sending it to the printer.
20673 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
20674 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
20677 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
20680 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
20683 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
20685 (autoload (quote pr-txt-fast-fire) "printing" "\
20686 Fast fire function for text printing.
20688 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
20689 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
20690 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
20691 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
20693 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20694 user for a new active text printer.
20696 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
20698 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
20700 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
20701 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
20704 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
20706 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
20709 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
20713 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
20714 ;;;;;; (17279 27203))
20715 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
20717 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
20718 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
20719 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
20721 \\{prolog-mode-map}
20722 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
20723 if that value is non-nil.
20727 (autoload (quote run-prolog) "prolog" "\
20728 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
20734 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (17327 23539))
20735 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
20737 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
20738 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
20739 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
20743 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (17279
20745 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
20747 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "\
20748 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
20750 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
20752 The following variables hold user options, and can
20753 be set through the `customize' command:
20755 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
20757 `ps-mode-paper-size'
20758 `ps-mode-print-function'
20760 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
20764 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
20767 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
20773 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
20774 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
20775 The keymap for this second window is:
20777 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
20780 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
20781 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
20782 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
20783 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
20784 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
20790 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-encode-header-string
20791 ;;;;;; ps-mule-initialize ps-mule-plot-composition ps-mule-plot-string
20792 ;;;;;; ps-mule-set-ascii-font ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font ps-multibyte-buffer)
20793 ;;;;;; "ps-mule" "ps-mule.el" (17279 27172))
20794 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
20796 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\
20797 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling.
20801 nil This is the value to use the default settings which
20802 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII
20803 and Latin characters. The default setting can be
20804 changed by setting the variable
20805 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently.
20806 The initial value of this variable is
20807 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see
20810 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese
20811 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print
20812 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and
20813 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present,
20814 it was not tested the Korean characters printing.
20815 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please,
20818 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print
20819 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin
20820 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution
20821 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font
20822 source file. BDF fonts are included in
20823 `intlfonts-1.2' which is a collection of X11 fonts
20824 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to
20825 use this value, be sure to have installed
20826 `intlfonts-1.2' and set the variable
20827 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for
20828 documentation of this variable).
20830 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used
20831 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1
20832 characters. This is convenient when you want or
20833 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on
20834 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family',
20835 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'.
20837 Any other value is treated as nil.")
20839 (custom-autoload (quote ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule")
20841 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
20842 Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
20843 STRING should contain only ASCII characters.
20845 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20847 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
20852 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
20853 Generate PostScript code for plotting characters in the region FROM and TO.
20855 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
20857 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
20861 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
20863 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
20866 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
20868 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\
20869 Generate PostScript code for plotting composition in the region FROM and TO.
20871 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same
20874 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
20878 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
20880 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
20883 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
20885 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
20886 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters.
20890 (autoload (quote ps-mule-encode-header-string) "ps-mule" "\
20891 Generate PostScript code for ploting STRING by font FONTTAG.
20892 FONTTAG should be a string \"/h0\" or \"/h1\".
20894 \(fn STRING FONTTAG)" nil nil)
20896 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
20897 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
20898 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not.
20900 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
20902 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" "\
20909 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
20910 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
20911 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
20912 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
20913 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
20914 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (17279
20916 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
20918 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (list (list (quote a4) (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list (quote a3) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list (quote letter) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list (quote legal) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list (quote letter-small) (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list (quote tabloid) (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list (quote ledger) (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list (quote statement) (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list (quote executive) (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list (quote a4small) (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list (quote b4) (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list (quote b5) (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5")) "\
20919 *List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
20920 See `ps-paper-type'.")
20922 (custom-autoload (quote ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print")
20924 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
20925 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
20926 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
20927 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
20929 (custom-autoload (quote ps-paper-type) "ps-print")
20931 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp (quote x-color-values)) (fboundp (quote color-instance-rgb-components))) "\
20932 *Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
20936 nil Do not print colors.
20940 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
20941 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
20943 Any other value is treated as t.")
20945 (custom-autoload (quote ps-print-color-p) "ps-print")
20947 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\
20948 Customization of ps-print group.
20952 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
20953 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
20955 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
20956 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
20957 sending it to the printer.
20959 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20960 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20961 image in a file with that name.
20963 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20965 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
20966 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
20967 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
20968 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
20969 so it has a way to determine color values.
20971 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20973 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
20974 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
20975 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
20977 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20979 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
20980 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
20981 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
20982 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
20983 so it has a way to determine color values.
20985 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20987 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
20988 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
20989 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
20990 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
20992 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
20996 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
20997 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
20998 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
20999 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21000 so it has a way to determine color values.
21002 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21006 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
21007 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21008 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21010 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21012 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21014 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21015 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21016 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21017 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21018 so it has a way to determine color values.
21020 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21022 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21024 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
21025 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21027 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21028 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21029 instead of sending it to the printer.
21031 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21032 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21033 image in a file with that name.
21035 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21037 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
21038 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21039 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21040 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21041 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21045 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
21046 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21047 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21049 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21051 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
21052 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21053 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21055 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21057 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
21058 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21062 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
21063 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21065 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21066 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21068 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21069 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21071 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21073 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21075 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21077 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
21078 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21080 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21081 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21083 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21084 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21086 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21088 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21090 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21092 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21093 foreground and background colors respectively.
21095 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21096 bold - use bold font.
21097 italic - use italic font.
21098 underline - put a line under text.
21099 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21100 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21101 shadow - text will have a shadow.
21102 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
21103 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
21105 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21107 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21111 ;;;### (autoloads (jython-mode python-mode run-python) "python" "progmodes/python.el"
21112 ;;;;;; (17374 21423))
21113 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
21115 (add-to-list (quote interpreter-mode-alist) (quote ("jython" . jython-mode)))
21117 (add-to-list (quote interpreter-mode-alist) (quote ("python" . python-mode)))
21119 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.py\\'" . python-mode)))
21121 (autoload (quote run-python) "python" "\
21122 Run an inferior Python process, input and output via buffer *Python*.
21123 CMD is the Python command to run. NOSHOW non-nil means don't show the
21124 buffer automatically.
21125 If there is a process already running in `*Python*', switch to
21126 that buffer. Interactively, a prefix arg allows you to edit the initial
21127 command line (default is `python-command'); `-i' etc. args will be added
21128 to this as appropriate. Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook'
21129 \(after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
21130 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
21132 \(fn &optional CMD NOSHOW)" t nil)
21134 (autoload (quote python-mode) "python" "\
21135 Major mode for editing Python files.
21136 Turns on Font Lock mode unconditionally since it is required for correct
21137 parsing of the source.
21138 See also `jython-mode', which is actually invoked if the buffer appears to
21139 contain Jython code. See also `run-python' and associated Python mode
21140 commands for running Python under Emacs.
21142 The Emacs commands which work with `defun's, e.g. \\[beginning-of-defun], deal
21143 with nested `def' and `class' blocks. They take the innermost one as
21144 current without distinguishing method and class definitions. Used multiple
21145 times, they move over others at the same indentation level until they reach
21146 the end of definitions at that level, when they move up a level.
21147 \\<python-mode-map>
21148 Colon is electric: it outdents the line if appropriate, e.g. for
21149 an else statement. \\[python-backspace] at the beginning of an indented statement
21150 deletes a level of indentation to close the current block; otherwise it
21151 deletes a charcter backward. TAB indents the current line relative to
21152 the preceding code. Successive TABs, with no intervening command, cycle
21153 through the possibilities for indentation on the basis of enclosing blocks.
21155 \\[fill-paragraph] fills comments and multiline strings appropriately, but has no
21156 effect outside them.
21158 Supports Eldoc mode (only for functions, using a Python process),
21159 Info-Look and Imenu. In Outline minor mode, `class' and `def'
21160 lines count as headers.
21162 \\{python-mode-map}
21166 (autoload (quote jython-mode) "python" "\
21167 Major mode for editing Jython files.
21168 Like `python-mode', but sets up parameters for Jython subprocesses.
21169 Runs `jython-mode-hook' after `python-mode-hook'.
21175 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
21176 ;;;;;; (17279 27122))
21177 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
21179 (autoload (quote quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "\
21180 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
21181 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
21184 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
21185 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
21187 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
21188 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
21189 them into characters should be done separately.
21191 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
21195 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
21196 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
21197 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
21198 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
21199 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (17279 27196))
21200 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
21202 (autoload (quote quail-title) "quail" "\
21203 Return the title of the current Quail package.
21207 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
21208 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
21209 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package.
21211 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
21212 `quail-activate', which see.
21214 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
21216 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
21217 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
21218 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
21219 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
21220 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
21221 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
21222 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
21224 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
21225 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
21226 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
21227 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
21228 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
21230 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
21232 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
21233 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
21234 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
21235 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
21236 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
21237 list of candidates.
21239 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
21240 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
21241 command to be called.
21243 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
21244 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
21245 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
21246 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
21248 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
21249 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
21250 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
21251 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
21252 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
21255 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
21256 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
21257 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
21258 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
21260 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
21261 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
21262 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
21263 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
21265 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
21266 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
21267 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
21268 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
21269 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
21270 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
21272 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
21273 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
21274 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
21275 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
21276 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
21277 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
21279 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
21280 covers Quail translation region.
21282 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
21283 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
21284 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
21285 for it) is inserted.
21287 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
21288 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
21289 vs. corresponding command to be called.
21291 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
21292 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
21293 non-Quail commands.
21295 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
21297 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
21298 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
21300 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
21301 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
21302 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
21303 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
21304 you type is correctly handled.
21306 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
21308 (autoload (quote quail-show-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
21309 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
21311 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
21314 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
21316 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
21317 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
21318 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
21319 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
21320 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
21321 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
21322 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
21323 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
21324 for the translation.
21325 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
21327 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
21328 it is used to handle KEY.
21330 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
21331 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
21332 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
21333 the following annotation types are supported.
21335 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
21336 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
21338 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
21341 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
21342 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
21343 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
21346 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
21347 generated for the following translations.
21349 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
21351 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
21352 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
21354 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
21355 which to install MAP.
21357 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
21359 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
21361 (autoload (quote quail-install-decode-map) "quail" "\
21362 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
21364 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
21365 which to install MAP.
21367 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
21369 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
21371 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
21372 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
21373 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
21374 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
21375 a function, or a cons.
21376 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
21377 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
21378 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
21379 for the translation.
21380 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
21381 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
21382 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
21383 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
21384 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
21386 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
21387 it is used to handle KEY.
21389 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
21390 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
21391 current Quail package.
21393 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
21394 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
21396 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
21398 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
21399 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
21401 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
21402 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
21404 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
21406 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
21407 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
21409 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
21411 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
21412 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
21413 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
21414 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
21415 of the Emacs source tree.
21417 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
21418 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
21420 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
21421 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
21424 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
21428 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
21429 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
21430 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (17279
21432 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
21434 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
21435 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
21436 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
21437 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
21439 To make use of this do something like:
21441 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
21443 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
21445 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "\
21446 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
21448 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
21449 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
21450 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
21452 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
21454 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
21455 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
21457 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
21459 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
21460 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
21462 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
21465 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
21467 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "\
21468 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
21470 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
21471 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
21472 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
21474 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
21476 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
21477 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
21479 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
21481 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
21482 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
21486 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
21487 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
21489 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
21491 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
21495 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
21496 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
21502 ;;;### (autoloads (rcirc) "rcirc" "net/rcirc.el" (17379 30025))
21503 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
21505 (autoload (quote rcirc) "rcirc" "\
21508 If any of the the optional SERVER, PORT, NICK or CHANNELS are not
21509 supplied, they are taken from the variables `rcirc-server',
21510 `rcirc-port', `rcirc-nick', and `rcirc-startup-channels-alist',
21513 \(fn &optional SERVER PORT NICK CHANNELS)" t nil)
21515 (defalias (quote irc) (quote rcirc))
21519 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (17279
21521 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
21523 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
21524 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
21527 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
21531 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
21532 ;;;;;; (17279 27122))
21533 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
21535 (defalias (quote regexp-builder) (quote re-builder))
21537 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\
21538 Construct a regexp interactively.
21544 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (17319 2458))
21545 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
21547 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
21548 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
21549 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
21550 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21551 use either \\[customize] or the function `recentf-mode'.")
21553 (custom-autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf")
21555 (put (quote recentf-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
21557 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
21558 Toggle recentf mode.
21559 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
21560 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
21562 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files
21563 that were operated on recently.
21565 \\{recentf-mode-map}
21567 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21571 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
21572 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
21573 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
21574 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (17279
21576 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
21578 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
21579 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
21580 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
21581 the desired column only if the line is long enough.
21583 \(fn COLUMN &optional FLAG)" nil nil)
21585 (make-obsolete (quote move-to-column-force) (quote move-to-column) "21.2")
21587 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
21588 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
21589 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
21590 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
21593 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21594 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
21597 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
21599 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
21600 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
21601 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
21603 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21604 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
21607 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
21609 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
21610 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
21611 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
21613 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
21615 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
21616 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
21618 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21619 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
21621 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
21624 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
21626 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
21627 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
21631 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
21632 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
21633 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
21634 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
21635 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
21636 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
21637 and point is at the lower right corner.
21639 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
21641 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
21642 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
21644 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
21645 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
21647 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21648 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
21649 on the right side of the rectangle.
21651 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
21653 (defalias (quote close-rectangle) (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle))
21655 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
21656 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
21657 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
21658 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
21659 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
21661 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21662 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
21664 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
21666 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
21667 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
21668 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
21670 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
21672 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
21674 (defalias (quote replace-rectangle) (quote string-rectangle))
21676 (autoload (quote string-insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
21677 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
21679 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21680 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
21681 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
21683 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
21685 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
21686 Blank out the region-rectangle.
21687 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
21689 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21690 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
21691 rectangle which were empty.
21693 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
21697 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (17279
21699 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
21701 (autoload (quote refill-mode) "refill" "\
21702 Toggle Refill minor mode.
21703 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on iff arg is positive.
21705 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
21706 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
21707 refilling if they would cause auto-filling.
21709 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21713 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
21714 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (17279 27201))
21715 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
21717 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
21718 Turn on RefTeX mode.
21722 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
21723 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
21725 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
21726 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
21728 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
21729 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
21730 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
21733 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
21734 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
21735 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
21737 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
21738 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
21739 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
21741 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
21742 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
21744 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
21745 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
21747 \\{reftex-mode-map}
21748 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
21751 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
21753 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21755 (autoload (quote reftex-reset-scanning-information) "reftex" "\
21756 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
21757 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
21763 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
21764 ;;;;;; (17279 27172))
21765 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
21767 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
21768 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
21769 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
21770 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
21771 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
21772 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
21774 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
21776 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
21778 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
21779 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
21780 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
21781 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
21782 `reftex-cite-format'.
21784 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
21785 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
21786 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
21787 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
21789 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
21793 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
21794 ;;;;;; (17279 27172))
21795 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
21797 (autoload (quote reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "\
21798 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
21799 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
21800 the current TeX document.
21802 With no argument, this command toggles
21803 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
21804 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on iff ARG is positive.
21806 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21810 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
21811 ;;;;;; (17279 27172))
21812 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
21814 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\
21815 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
21816 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
21818 To insert new phrases, use
21819 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
21820 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
21822 To index phrases use one of:
21824 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
21825 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
21826 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
21827 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
21828 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
21830 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
21831 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
21833 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
21835 Here are all local bindings.
21837 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}
21843 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
21844 ;;;;;; (17279 27172))
21845 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
21847 (autoload (quote reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "\
21848 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
21849 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
21852 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
21856 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
21857 ;;;;;; (17279 27122))
21858 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
21860 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
21861 Return a regexp to match a string in STRINGS.
21862 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
21863 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
21864 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
21865 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
21867 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
21868 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
21870 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
21873 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
21875 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
21876 Return the depth of REGEXP.
21877 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
21878 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
21880 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
21884 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (17279 27123))
21885 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
21887 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
21888 Repeat most recently executed command.
21889 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use
21890 the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
21891 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
21893 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then
21894 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior
21895 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
21897 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
21901 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
21902 ;;;;;; (17279 27123))
21903 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
21905 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\
21906 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
21908 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
21909 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
21910 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
21911 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
21912 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
21913 and point is left after the salutation.
21915 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
21916 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
21917 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
21918 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
21919 left after that text.
21921 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
21924 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
21925 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
21926 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
21927 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
21929 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
21933 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
21934 ;;;;;; (17279 27123))
21935 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
21937 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
21938 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
21939 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
21940 visibility of comments that precede it.
21941 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
21942 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
21943 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
21944 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
21945 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
21946 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
21947 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
21948 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
21950 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
21951 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
21952 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
21953 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
21954 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
21956 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21957 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
21961 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (17279
21963 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
21965 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
21966 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes.
21972 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
21973 ;;;;;; (17356 16046))
21974 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
21976 (autoload (quote reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
21977 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
21978 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
21980 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
21981 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
21982 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
21984 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21986 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
21987 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
21988 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
21989 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21990 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
21992 (custom-autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal")
21994 (put (quote global-reveal-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
21996 (autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
21997 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
21998 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22000 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22001 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22002 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22004 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22008 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
22009 ;;;;;; (17279 27122))
22010 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22012 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
22013 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22017 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
22018 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22020 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22024 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (17279 27123))
22025 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22026 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
22028 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
22029 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22030 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22031 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22033 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22035 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22036 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22037 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22038 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22040 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22041 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22043 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22044 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
22046 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22047 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
22050 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
22051 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
22052 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
22053 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
22054 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
22056 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
22057 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
22058 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
22059 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
22061 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
22062 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
22065 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22069 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
22070 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
22071 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
22072 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
22073 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
22074 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names
22075 ;;;;;; rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (17374
22077 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
22079 (autoload (quote rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "\
22080 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
22081 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
22083 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
22085 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
22086 *A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
22087 A value of nil means exclude your own email address as an address
22088 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
22090 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-dont-reply-to-names) "rmail")
22092 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "\\`info-" "\
22093 A regular expression specifying part of the default value of the
22094 variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
22095 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
22096 value is the user's email address and name.)
22097 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
22099 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:") "\
22100 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
22101 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
22102 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
22103 which normally happens once for each message,
22104 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
22105 To make a change in this variable take effect
22106 for a message that you have already viewed,
22107 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
22109 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-ignored-headers) "rmail")
22111 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
22112 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
22113 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
22114 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
22116 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-displayed-headers) "rmail")
22118 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:" "\
22119 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
22121 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-retry-ignored-headers) "rmail")
22123 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
22124 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
22125 A value of nil means don't highlight.
22126 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
22128 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlighted-headers) "rmail")
22130 (defvar rmail-highlight-face nil "\
22131 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
22133 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlight-face) "rmail")
22135 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
22136 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
22138 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-delete-after-output) "rmail")
22140 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
22141 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
22142 nil means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
22143 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
22144 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
22146 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-primary-inbox-list) "rmail")
22148 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
22149 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.
22150 This is handy if you want to preserve the window configuration of
22151 the frame where you have the RMAIL buffer displayed.")
22153 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-mail-new-frame) "rmail")
22155 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
22156 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
22158 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-directory) "rmail")
22160 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
22161 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
22163 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-regexp) "rmail")
22165 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote y-or-n-p) "\
22166 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
22168 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-confirm-expunge) "rmail")
22170 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
22171 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
22173 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
22174 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
22176 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
22177 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
22179 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-show-message-hook) "rmail")
22181 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
22182 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
22184 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
22185 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
22186 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
22187 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
22189 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
22190 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
22192 This is set to nil by default.")
22194 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
22195 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
22196 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
22197 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
22198 until a user explicitly requires it.
22200 Even if the value is non-nil, you can't use MIME feature
22201 if the feature specified by `rmail-mime-feature' is not available
22204 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-enable-mime) "rmail")
22206 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
22207 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.
22208 This function is called when `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22209 It is called with no argument.")
22211 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
22212 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
22213 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
22214 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
22215 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22216 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
22217 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22219 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-resent-message-function nil "\
22220 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be resent.
22221 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22222 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22223 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
22224 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22226 (defvar rmail-search-mime-message-function nil "\
22227 Function to check if a regexp matches a MIME message.
22228 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22229 It is called with two arguments MSG and REGEXP, where
22230 MSG is the message number, REGEXP is the regular expression.")
22232 (defvar rmail-search-mime-header-function nil "\
22233 Function to check if a regexp matches a header of MIME message.
22234 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22235 It is called with three arguments MSG, REGEXP, and LIMIT, where
22236 MSG is the message number,
22237 REGEXP is the regular expression,
22238 LIMIT is the position specifying the end of header.")
22240 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
22241 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
22242 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
22243 this feature is required with `require'.
22245 The default value is `rmail-mime'. This feature is provided by
22246 the rmail-mime package available at <http://www.m17n.org/rmail-mime/>.")
22248 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
22249 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
22250 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
22251 the message is decoded as normal way.
22253 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
22254 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
22255 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
22257 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\";]+\\)\"?" "\
22258 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
22259 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
22261 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
22262 Read and edit incoming mail.
22263 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
22264 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
22265 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
22267 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
22268 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
22269 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
22270 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
22272 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
22274 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
22276 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
22277 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
22278 All normal editing commands are turned off.
22279 Instead, these commands are available:
22281 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
22282 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
22283 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
22284 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
22285 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
22286 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
22287 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
22288 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
22289 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
22290 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
22291 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
22292 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
22293 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
22294 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
22295 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
22296 till a deleted message is found.
22297 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
22298 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
22299 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
22300 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
22301 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
22302 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
22303 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
22304 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
22305 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
22306 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
22307 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
22308 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
22309 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
22310 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
22311 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
22312 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
22313 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
22314 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
22315 (label defaults to last one specified).
22316 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
22317 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
22318 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
22319 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
22320 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
22321 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
22322 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
22323 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
22324 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
22328 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
22329 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
22331 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22333 (autoload (quote rmail-set-remote-password) "rmail" "\
22334 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
22336 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
22340 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
22341 ;;;;;; (17279 27123))
22342 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
22344 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
22345 Edit the contents of this message.
22351 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
22352 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
22353 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (17279 27123))
22354 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
22356 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
22357 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
22358 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
22360 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
22362 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
22363 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
22364 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
22366 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
22368 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" "\
22371 \(fn PROMPT)" nil nil)
22373 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
22374 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
22375 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
22376 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
22377 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels.
22379 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
22381 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
22382 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
22383 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
22384 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
22385 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels.
22387 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
22391 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
22392 ;;;;;; (17279 27123))
22393 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
22395 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
22396 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
22397 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
22398 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list.
22400 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
22404 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
22405 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
22406 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (17374 21423))
22407 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
22409 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
22410 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
22411 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
22412 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
22413 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
22414 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
22415 a file name as a string.")
22417 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout")
22419 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
22420 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
22421 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
22422 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
22423 buffer visiting that file.
22424 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
22425 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
22427 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
22428 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
22430 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
22431 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
22433 If the optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
22434 message up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message.
22436 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT STAY)" t nil)
22438 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
22439 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
22441 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-fields-not-to-output) "rmailout")
22443 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
22444 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
22445 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
22446 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
22447 When called from lisp code, COUNT may be omitted and defaults to 1.
22449 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
22450 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
22451 will be appended with their original headers.
22453 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
22454 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
22456 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
22457 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
22459 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS.
22461 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE FROM-GNUS)" t nil)
22463 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
22464 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
22465 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message.
22467 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
22471 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-labels rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
22472 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
22473 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (17279
22475 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
22477 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
22478 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
22479 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22481 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22483 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
22484 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
22485 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22487 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22489 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
22490 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
22491 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22493 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22495 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
22496 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
22497 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22499 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22501 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
22502 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
22503 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22505 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22507 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
22508 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
22509 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22511 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22513 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-labels) "rmailsort" "\
22514 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
22515 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22516 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels.
22518 \(fn REVERSE LABELS)" t nil)
22522 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
22523 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
22524 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
22525 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
22526 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (17374 21544))
22527 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
22529 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
22530 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
22532 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages) "rmailsum")
22534 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
22535 *Non-nil means Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
22537 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-count-flag) "rmailsum")
22539 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
22540 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message.
22544 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
22545 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
22546 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas.
22548 \(fn LABELS)" t nil)
22550 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
22551 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
22552 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
22553 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
22554 only look in the To and From fields.
22555 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas.
22557 \(fn RECIPIENTS &optional PRIMARY-ONLY)" t nil)
22559 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
22560 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
22561 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
22562 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
22563 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary.
22565 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
22567 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
22568 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
22569 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
22570 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
22571 look in the whole message.
22572 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas.
22574 \(fn SUBJECT &optional WHOLE-MESSAGE)" t nil)
22576 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
22577 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
22578 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas.
22580 \(fn SENDERS)" t nil)
22582 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
22583 *Function to decode summary-line.
22585 By default, `identity' is set.")
22587 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-decoder) "rmailsum")
22589 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
22590 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
22591 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
22592 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
22593 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
22594 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
22595 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
22597 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
22598 sent by you under different user names.
22599 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
22601 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
22603 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-user-mail-address-regexp) "rmailsum")
22607 ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "obsolete/rnewspost.el"
22608 ;;;;;; (17279 27123))
22609 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rnewspost.el
22611 (autoload (quote news-post-news) "rnewspost" "\
22612 Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted.
22613 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands.
22614 If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work.
22616 \(fn &optional NOQUERY)" t nil)
22620 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
22621 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (17279 27123))
22622 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
22624 (autoload (quote rot13) "rot13" "\
22625 Return Rot13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
22627 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
22629 (autoload (quote rot13-string) "rot13" "\
22630 Return Rot13 encryption of STRING.
22632 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
22634 (autoload (quote rot13-region) "rot13" "\
22635 Rot13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
22637 \(fn START END)" t nil)
22639 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
22640 Display current buffer in rot 13 in another window.
22641 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
22643 To terminate the rot13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
22644 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
22647 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
22651 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
22652 Toggle the use of rot 13 encoding for the current window.
22658 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly
22659 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height resize-minibuffer-frame
22660 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-window-exactly resize-minibuffer-window-max-height
22661 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "obsolete/rsz-mini.el"
22662 ;;;;;; (17279 27123))
22663 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rsz-mini.el
22665 (defvar resize-minibuffer-mode nil "\
22666 *This variable is obsolete.")
22668 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini")
22670 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "\
22671 *This variable is obsolete.")
22673 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-window-max-height) "rsz-mini")
22675 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "\
22676 *This variable is obsolete.")
22678 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-window-exactly) "rsz-mini")
22680 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame nil "\
22681 *This variable is obsolete.")
22683 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame) "rsz-mini")
22685 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "\
22686 *This variable is obsolete.")
22688 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height) "rsz-mini")
22690 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly t "\
22691 *This variable is obsolete.")
22693 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly) "rsz-mini")
22695 (autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "\
22696 This function is obsolete.
22698 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
22702 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (17279
22704 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
22706 (autoload (quote ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "\
22707 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0.
22709 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22713 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (17279
22715 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
22717 (autoload (quote rx-to-string) "rx" "\
22718 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
22719 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
22720 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
22722 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
22724 (autoload (quote rx) "rx" "\
22725 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
22726 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
22727 See also `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
22729 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
22733 matches string STRING literally.
22736 matches character CHAR literally.
22738 `not-newline', `nonl'
22739 matches any character except a newline.
22742 matches any character
22747 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
22748 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
22749 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
22751 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
22752 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
22753 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
22754 `word', or one of their synonyms.
22756 `(not (any SET ...))'
22757 matches any character not in SET ...
22759 `line-start', `bol'
22760 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
22761 in the text being matched
22764 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
22766 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
22767 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
22768 string being matched against.
22770 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
22771 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
22772 string being matched against.
22775 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
22776 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
22779 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
22780 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
22783 matches the empty string, but only at point.
22785 `word-start', `bow'
22786 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
22790 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
22793 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
22796 `(not word-boundary)'
22797 `not-word-boundary'
22798 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
22801 `digit', `numeric', `num'
22802 matches 0 through 9.
22805 matches ASCII control characters.
22807 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
22808 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
22811 matches space and tab only.
22814 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
22817 `printing', `print'
22818 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
22821 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
22822 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
22823 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
22825 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
22826 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
22827 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
22830 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
22833 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
22835 `lower', `lower-case'
22836 matches anything lower-case.
22838 `upper', `upper-case'
22839 matches anything upper-case.
22841 `punctuation', `punct'
22842 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
22843 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
22845 `space', `whitespace', `white'
22846 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
22849 matches anything that has word syntax.
22852 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
22855 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
22856 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
22857 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
22859 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
22860 `punctuation' (\\s.)
22863 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
22864 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
22865 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
22866 `string-quote' (\\s\")
22867 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
22869 `character-quote' (\\s/)
22870 `comment-start' (\\s<)
22871 `comment-end' (\\s>)
22872 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
22873 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
22875 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
22876 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
22878 `(category CATEGORY)'
22879 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
22880 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
22882 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
22883 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
22884 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
22885 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
22889 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
22890 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
22891 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
22892 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
22893 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
22894 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
22895 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
22896 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
22897 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
22898 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
22899 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
22900 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
22901 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
22902 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
22911 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
22915 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
22917 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
22922 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
22923 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
22925 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
22926 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
22927 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
22928 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
22929 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
22931 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
22932 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
22933 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
22934 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
22936 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
22937 another name for `submatch'.
22939 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
22940 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
22941 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
22942 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
22943 regular expression.
22945 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
22946 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
22947 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
22948 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
22949 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
22951 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
22952 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
22954 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
22955 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
22957 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
22959 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
22962 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
22963 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
22966 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
22967 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
22969 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
22971 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
22974 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
22977 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
22979 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
22980 `(optional SEXP ...)'
22982 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
22985 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
22988 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
22992 matches N occurrences.
22995 matches N or more occurrences.
22997 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
22998 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
22999 matches N to M occurrences.
23002 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23005 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23008 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23011 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23015 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23017 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil (quote macro))
23021 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-mode savehist-mode) "savehist" "savehist.el"
23022 ;;;;;; (17379 24714))
23023 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23025 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23026 Mode for automatic saving of minibuffer history.
23027 Set this by calling the `savehist-mode' function or using the customize
23030 (custom-autoload (quote savehist-mode) "savehist")
23032 (autoload (quote savehist-mode) "savehist" "\
23033 Toggle savehist-mode.
23034 Positive ARG turns on `savehist-mode'. When on, savehist-mode causes
23035 minibuffer history to be saved periodically and when exiting Emacs.
23036 When turned on for the first time in an Emacs session, it causes the
23037 previous minibuffer history to be loaded from `savehist-file'.
23039 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23040 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer histories,
23041 which is probably undesirable.
23047 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
23048 ;;;;;; (17279 27203))
23049 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23051 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
23052 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23053 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23055 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23056 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23057 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23058 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23059 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23060 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23061 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
23062 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23065 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23066 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23067 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23068 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
23069 if that value is non-nil.
23073 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
23074 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23075 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23078 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23079 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23080 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23081 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23082 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23083 that variable's value is a string.
23089 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
23090 ;;;;;; (17279 27122))
23091 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23093 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
23094 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23095 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23097 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
23103 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "obsolete/scribe.el" (17279
23105 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/scribe.el
23107 (autoload (quote scribe-mode) "scribe" "\
23108 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
23109 Scribe-mode is similar to text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
23110 \\{scribe-mode-map}
23112 Interesting variables:
23114 `scribe-fancy-paragraphs'
23115 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
23117 `scribe-electric-quote'
23118 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
23120 `scribe-electric-parenthesis'
23121 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
23122 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form.
23128 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
23129 ;;;;;; (17279 27123))
23130 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23132 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23133 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23134 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
23135 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23136 use either \\[customize] or the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23138 (custom-autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all")
23140 (put (quote scroll-all-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
23142 (autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "\
23143 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
23144 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
23145 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
23146 apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23148 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23152 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
23153 ;;;;;; (17279 27122))
23154 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23156 (autoload (quote scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "\
23157 Minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23158 Keys which normally move point by line or paragraph will scroll
23159 the buffer by the respective amount of lines instead and point
23160 will be kept vertically fixed relative to window boundaries
23163 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23167 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
23168 ;;;;;; mail-mode mail-send-nonascii mail-bury-selects-summary mail-default-headers
23169 ;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature-file mail-signature
23170 ;;;;;; mail-citation-prefix-regexp mail-citation-hook mail-indentation-spaces
23171 ;;;;;; mail-yank-prefix mail-setup-hook mail-personal-alias-file
23172 ;;;;;; mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
23173 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-interactive
23174 ;;;;;; mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style)
23175 ;;;;;; "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (17331 26860))
23176 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
23178 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
23179 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
23181 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
23183 If `parens', they look like:
23184 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
23185 If `angles', they look like:
23186 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
23187 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
23188 derived from the envelope-from address.
23190 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
23191 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
23192 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
23193 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
23195 (custom-autoload (quote mail-from-style) "sendmail")
23197 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
23198 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
23199 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
23200 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
23202 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
23203 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
23204 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
23205 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
23207 (custom-autoload (quote mail-specify-envelope-from) "sendmail")
23209 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
23210 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
23211 This is done when the message is initialized,
23212 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
23214 (custom-autoload (quote mail-self-blind) "sendmail")
23216 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
23217 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
23218 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
23220 (custom-autoload (quote mail-interactive) "sendmail")
23222 (put (quote send-mail-function) (quote standard-value) (quote ((if (and window-system (memq system-type (quote (darwin windows-nt)))) (quote mailclient-send-it) (quote sendmail-send-it)))))
23224 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and window-system (memq system-type (quote (darwin windows-nt)))) (quote mailclient-send-it) (quote sendmail-send-it)) "\
23225 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
23226 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
23227 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
23228 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
23229 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
23230 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
23232 (custom-autoload (quote send-mail-function) "sendmail")
23234 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
23235 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
23237 (custom-autoload (quote mail-header-separator) "sendmail")
23239 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
23240 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
23241 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
23243 (custom-autoload (quote mail-archive-file-name) "sendmail")
23245 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
23246 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
23247 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
23248 when you first send mail.")
23250 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-reply-to) "sendmail")
23252 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
23253 If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
23254 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
23255 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
23256 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
23258 (custom-autoload (quote mail-alias-file) "sendmail")
23260 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
23261 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
23262 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
23263 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
23264 This file need not actually exist.")
23266 (custom-autoload (quote mail-personal-alias-file) "sendmail")
23268 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
23269 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing mail message is initialized.
23270 The function `mail-setup' runs this hook.")
23272 (custom-autoload (quote mail-setup-hook) "sendmail")
23274 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
23275 Alist of mail address aliases,
23276 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
23277 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
23278 can specify a different file name.)
23279 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
23280 alias ALIAS MEANING")
23282 (defvar mail-yank-prefix nil "\
23283 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
23284 nil means use indentation.")
23286 (custom-autoload (quote mail-yank-prefix) "sendmail")
23288 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
23289 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
23290 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
23292 (custom-autoload (quote mail-indentation-spaces) "sendmail")
23294 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
23295 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
23296 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
23297 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
23298 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
23299 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
23300 in the cited portion of the message.
23302 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
23303 instead of no action.")
23305 (custom-autoload (quote mail-citation-hook) "sendmail")
23307 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp "[ ]*[-a-z0-9A-Z]*>+[ ]*\\|[ ]*" "\
23308 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
23309 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
23310 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
23311 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
23313 (custom-autoload (quote mail-citation-prefix-regexp) "sendmail")
23315 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
23316 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
23317 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
23318 If a string, that string is inserted.
23319 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
23320 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
23321 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
23322 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
23324 (custom-autoload (quote mail-signature) "sendmail")
23326 (defvar mail-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
23327 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
23329 (custom-autoload (quote mail-signature-file) "sendmail")
23331 (defvar mail-default-directory "~/" "\
23332 Directory for mail buffers.
23333 Value of `default-directory' for mail buffers.
23334 This directory is used for auto-save files of mail buffers.")
23336 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-directory) "sendmail")
23338 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
23339 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
23340 It is inserted before you edit the message,
23341 so you can edit or delete these lines.")
23343 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-headers) "sendmail")
23345 (defvar mail-bury-selects-summary t "\
23346 If non-nil, try to show RMAIL summary buffer after returning from mail.
23347 The functions \\[mail-send-on-exit] or \\[mail-dont-send] select
23348 the RMAIL summary buffer before returning, if it exists and this variable
23351 (custom-autoload (quote mail-bury-selects-summary) "sendmail")
23353 (defvar mail-send-nonascii (quote mime) "\
23354 Specify whether to allow sending non-ASCII characters in mail.
23355 If t, that means do allow it. nil means don't allow it.
23356 `query' means ask the user each time.
23357 `mime' means add an appropriate MIME header if none already present.
23358 The default is `mime'.
23359 Including non-ASCII characters in a mail message can be problematical
23360 for the recipient, who may not know how to decode them properly.")
23362 (custom-autoload (quote mail-send-nonascii) "sendmail")
23364 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
23365 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
23366 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
23368 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
23369 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
23371 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
23372 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject:
23373 \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC:
23374 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
23375 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
23376 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
23377 \\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text).
23378 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
23379 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
23380 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
23381 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC).
23382 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
23383 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
23387 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
23388 *List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
23390 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
23391 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
23393 (custom-autoload (quote mail-mailing-lists) "sendmail")
23395 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
23396 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
23397 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
23398 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
23399 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
23400 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
23402 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
23403 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
23404 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
23406 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
23407 User should not set this variable manually,
23408 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
23409 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
23410 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
23411 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
23413 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
23414 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
23415 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
23416 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
23418 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
23419 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
23422 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
23424 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
23425 to move to message header fields:
23428 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
23429 when the message is initialized.
23431 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
23432 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
23434 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
23437 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
23438 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
23440 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
23441 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
23442 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
23443 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
23444 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
23445 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
23446 buffer without erasing the contents.
23448 The second through fifth arguments,
23449 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
23450 the initial contents of those header fields.
23451 These arguments should not have final newlines.
23452 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
23453 original message being replied to, or else an action
23454 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
23455 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
23456 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
23457 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
23458 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
23459 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
23461 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS)" t nil)
23463 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
23464 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
23466 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
23468 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
23469 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
23471 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
23475 ;;;### (autoloads (server-save-buffers-kill-terminal server-mode
23476 ;;;;;; server-start) "server" "server.el" (17337 53564))
23477 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
23479 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
23480 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
23481 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
23482 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs
23483 job. To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
23484 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
23486 Prefix arg LEAVE-DEAD means just kill any existing server
23487 communications subprocess.
23489 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD)" t nil)
23491 (defvar server-mode nil "\
23492 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
23493 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
23494 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23495 use either \\[customize] or the function `server-mode'.")
23497 (custom-autoload (quote server-mode) "server")
23499 (put (quote server-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
23501 (autoload (quote server-mode) "server" "\
23502 Toggle Server mode.
23503 With ARG, turn Server mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
23504 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
23505 `emacsclient' program. See `server-start' and Info node `Emacs server'.
23507 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23509 (autoload (quote server-save-buffers-kill-terminal) "server" "\
23510 Offer to save each buffer, then kill PROC.
23512 With prefix arg, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
23514 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
23515 only these files will be asked to be saved.
23517 \(fn PROC &optional ARG)" nil nil)
23521 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (17374 21531))
23522 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
23524 (autoload (quote ses-mode) "ses" "\
23525 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
23526 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in the etc data directory) for more info.
23530 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
23531 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
23532 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
23533 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
23539 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
23540 ;;;;;; (17357 6510))
23541 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
23543 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
23544 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
23546 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
23549 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
23550 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
23551 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
23553 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation 'upcase) in
23554 your `.emacs' file.
23556 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
23558 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
23559 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
23564 (defalias (quote xml-mode) (quote sgml-mode))
23566 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
23567 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
23568 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
23569 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
23570 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
23571 which this is based.
23573 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
23575 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
23576 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
23577 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
23578 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
23580 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
23581 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
23582 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
23584 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
23585 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
23586 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
23587 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
23589 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
23590 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
23591 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
23592 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
23594 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
23596 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
23597 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `''.
23598 To work around that, do:
23599 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
23607 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
23608 ;;;;;; (17327 23539))
23609 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
23611 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
23612 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
23613 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
23614 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
23615 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
23616 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
23618 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
23619 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
23620 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
23621 shell-specific features.
23623 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
23624 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
23625 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
23627 \\[sh-case] case statement
23628 \\[sh-for] for loop
23629 \\[sh-function] function definition
23630 \\[sh-if] if statement
23631 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
23632 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
23633 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
23634 \\[sh-select] select loop
23635 \\[sh-until] until loop
23636 \\[sh-while] while loop
23638 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
23639 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
23640 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
23641 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
23642 would indent to the way it currently is.
23643 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
23644 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
23647 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
23648 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
23649 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
23650 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
23651 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
23652 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
23654 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
23656 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
23658 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
23659 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
23660 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
23662 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
23663 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
23667 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
23671 ;;;### (autoloads (sha1) "sha1" "gnus/sha1.el" (17279 27122))
23672 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sha1.el
23674 (autoload (quote sha1) "sha1" "\
23675 Return the SHA1 (Secure Hash Algorithm) of an object.
23676 OBJECT is either a string or a buffer.
23677 Optional arguments BEG and END denote buffer positions for computing the
23678 hash of a portion of OBJECT.
23679 If BINARY is non-nil, return a string in binary form.
23681 \(fn OBJECT &optional BEG END BINARY)" nil nil)
23685 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
23686 ;;;;;; (17283 59910))
23687 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
23689 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
23690 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
23692 This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the
23693 `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
23694 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
23695 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
23698 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
23700 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
23702 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
23703 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
23704 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
23706 The first XXX.el file prevents emacs from seeing the second (unless
23707 the second is loaded explicitly via load-file).
23709 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
23710 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
23711 XXX package was not distributed with versions of emacs prior to
23712 19.30. An emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
23713 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the emacs distribution.
23714 Unless the emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
23715 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
23718 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
23719 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
23720 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
23721 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
23722 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
23724 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
23725 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
23726 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'.
23732 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
23733 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (17279
23735 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
23737 (autoload (quote shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "\
23738 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
23739 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
23740 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
23741 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
23742 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the sites
23747 (autoload (quote shadow-define-literal-group) "shadowfile" "\
23748 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
23749 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
23750 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
23751 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
23755 (autoload (quote shadow-define-regexp-group) "shadowfile" "\
23756 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
23757 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
23758 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
23759 hosts (if they aren't, use shadow-define-group instead of this function).
23760 Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
23761 `shadow-define-cluster').
23765 (autoload (quote shadow-initialize) "shadowfile" "\
23766 Set up file shadowing.
23772 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
23773 ;;;;;; (17279 27172))
23774 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
23776 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
23777 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
23778 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
23779 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
23780 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
23783 (custom-autoload (quote shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell")
23785 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
23786 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
23787 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
23788 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
23789 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
23790 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
23791 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
23792 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL.
23793 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input
23794 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell
23795 discards input when it starts up.)
23796 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
23797 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
23798 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
23800 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
23801 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
23802 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
23803 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
23804 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
23805 `default-process-coding-system'.
23807 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
23808 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
23809 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
23810 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
23812 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
23814 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
23815 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
23819 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload sieve-manage)
23820 ;;;;;; "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (17279 27171))
23821 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
23823 (autoload (quote sieve-manage) "sieve" "\
23826 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
23828 (autoload (quote sieve-upload) "sieve" "\
23831 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
23833 (autoload (quote sieve-upload-and-bury) "sieve" "\
23836 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
23840 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
23841 ;;;;;; (17279 27122))
23842 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
23844 (autoload (quote sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "\
23845 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
23846 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
23847 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
23848 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
23850 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
23856 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (17279
23858 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
23860 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
23861 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
23862 \\{simula-mode-map}
23863 Variables controlling indentation style:
23864 `simula-tab-always-indent'
23865 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
23866 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
23867 `simula-indent-level'
23868 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
23869 `simula-substatement-offset'
23870 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
23871 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
23872 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
23873 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
23874 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
23875 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
23876 `simula-label-offset' -4711
23877 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
23878 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
23879 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
23880 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
23881 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
23882 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
23883 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
23884 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
23885 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
23886 `simula-electric-indent' nil
23887 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
23888 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
23889 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
23890 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
23891 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
23892 or nil if they should not be changed.
23893 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
23894 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
23895 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
23896 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
23898 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
23899 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
23905 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
23906 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (17279 27123))
23907 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
23909 (defvar skeleton-filter (quote identity) "\
23910 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
23912 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
23913 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
23914 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
23915 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
23917 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
23919 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
23921 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
23922 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
23923 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
23924 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
23925 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
23927 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
23928 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
23930 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
23932 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
23933 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
23935 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
23936 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
23937 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
23938 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
23940 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
23941 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
23942 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
23943 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
23945 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
23946 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
23947 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
23949 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
23950 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
23952 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
23953 `skeleton-transformation'). Other possibilities are:
23955 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
23956 _ interesting point, interregion here
23957 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
23958 interesting point set by _
23959 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
23960 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
23961 & do next ELEMENT iff previous moved point
23962 | do next ELEMENT iff previous didn't move point
23963 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
23964 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
23967 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
23968 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
23970 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
23971 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
23972 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
23973 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
23974 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
23975 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
23976 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
23977 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
23979 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
23980 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
23981 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
23982 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
23983 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
23986 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
23987 then: insert previously read string once more
23988 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
23989 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
23990 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
23992 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
23993 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
23995 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
23997 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
23998 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24000 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
24001 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24002 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24003 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24004 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24007 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24008 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24009 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
24015 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el"
24016 ;;;;;; (17279 27196))
24017 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
24019 (autoload (quote smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "\
24020 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24021 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24024 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24026 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\
24027 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24028 \\{smerge-mode-map}
24030 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24034 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
24035 ;;;;;; (17279 27122))
24036 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24038 (autoload (quote smiley-region) "smiley" "\
24039 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24040 A list of images is returned.
24042 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24044 (autoload (quote smiley-buffer) "smiley" "\
24045 Run `smiley-region' at the buffer, specified in the argument or
24046 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer
24048 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24052 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
24053 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (17374 21266))
24054 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
24056 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "\
24061 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-queued-mail) "smtpmail" "\
24062 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
24068 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (17279 27123))
24069 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
24071 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
24072 Play the Snake game.
24073 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
24075 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
24077 Snake mode keybindings:
24079 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
24080 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
24081 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24082 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
24083 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
24084 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
24085 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
24091 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
24092 ;;;;;; (17279 27123))
24093 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
24095 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
24096 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
24097 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24098 Tab indents for C code.
24099 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24100 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24102 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
24107 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
24108 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
24109 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24110 Tab indents for C code.
24111 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24112 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24114 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
24115 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
24121 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
24122 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
24123 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (17308 43144))
24124 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
24126 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
24127 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
24129 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
24130 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
24131 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
24133 For example, the form
24135 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
24136 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
24138 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
24140 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-time-display-form) "solar")
24142 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
24143 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
24145 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
24146 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
24147 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
24150 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24152 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-latitude) "solar")
24154 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
24155 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
24157 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
24158 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
24159 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
24162 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24164 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-longitude) "solar")
24166 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
24167 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
24168 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
24171 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24173 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-location-name) "solar")
24175 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
24176 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
24177 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
24179 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
24180 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
24182 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
24184 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24186 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
24187 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
24188 Requires floating point.
24194 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (17279
24196 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
24198 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
24201 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
24202 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
24203 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
24204 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
24205 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
24206 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
24207 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
24208 check after each move or undo)
24212 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
24213 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
24214 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
24233 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
24234 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
24235 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
24236 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
24238 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
24239 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
24240 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
24243 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
24244 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
24246 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
24262 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
24264 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
24270 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
24271 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
24272 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (17279 27123))
24273 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
24275 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
24276 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
24278 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
24279 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
24280 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
24281 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
24284 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
24285 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
24286 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24289 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
24290 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
24292 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
24293 It moves point to the start of the next record.
24294 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
24295 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
24298 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
24299 It should move point to the end of the record.
24301 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
24302 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
24303 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
24304 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
24305 starts at the beginning of the record.
24307 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
24308 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
24311 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
24312 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
24314 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
24316 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
24317 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24318 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24319 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24320 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24323 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24325 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
24326 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24327 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24328 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24329 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24332 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24334 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
24335 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24336 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24337 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24338 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24341 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24343 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
24344 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
24345 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
24346 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
24347 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
24348 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
24349 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
24350 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24351 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
24353 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
24355 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
24356 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
24357 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
24358 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
24359 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24360 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
24361 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24364 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
24366 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
24367 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
24368 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
24369 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
24370 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
24371 is to be used for sorting.
24372 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
24373 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
24374 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
24375 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
24376 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
24378 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
24380 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24383 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
24384 starting with the letter \"f\",
24385 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
24387 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
24389 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
24390 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
24391 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
24392 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
24393 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
24394 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
24395 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24398 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
24399 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
24400 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
24401 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
24402 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
24404 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
24406 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
24407 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
24408 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
24410 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
24414 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (17374
24416 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
24418 (autoload (quote spam-initialize) "spam" "\
24419 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization
24425 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
24426 ;;;;;; spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
24427 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" (17279 27171))
24428 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
24430 (autoload (quote spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report" "\
24431 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
24433 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
24434 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
24435 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
24437 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
24439 (autoload (quote spam-report-url-ping-mm-url) "spam-report" "\
24440 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
24441 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
24444 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
24446 (autoload (quote spam-report-url-to-file) "spam-report" "\
24447 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
24448 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
24450 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
24452 (autoload (quote spam-report-agentize) "spam-report" "\
24453 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
24454 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
24455 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
24460 (autoload (quote spam-report-deagentize) "spam-report" "\
24461 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
24462 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
24463 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
24469 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
24470 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (17297 42917))
24471 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
24473 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
24475 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
24476 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
24477 nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
24478 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
24479 supported at a time.
24480 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
24481 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
24483 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24485 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
24486 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
24487 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
24488 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
24494 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
24495 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (17279 27123))
24496 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
24498 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
24500 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
24501 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
24502 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
24503 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
24504 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
24505 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped.
24509 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
24510 Check spelling of word at or before point.
24511 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
24512 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it.
24516 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
24517 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
24518 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
24519 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
24520 for example, \"word\".
24522 \(fn START END &optional DESCRIPTION)" t nil)
24524 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
24525 Check spelling of string supplied as argument.
24527 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
24531 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (17279
24533 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
24535 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
24536 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
24540 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
24541 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
24547 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
24548 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
24549 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-mode sql-help
24550 ;;;;;; sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (17279
24552 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
24554 (autoload (quote sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "\
24555 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
24557 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a sql product, such as
24558 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
24559 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
24560 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
24561 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
24562 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
24563 of the current highlighting list.
24567 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
24568 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
24570 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
24571 `_t' as data types.
24573 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
24575 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
24576 Show short help for the SQL modes.
24578 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
24579 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
24581 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
24583 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
24584 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
24585 SQLite: \\[sql-sqlite]
24587 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
24589 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
24590 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
24591 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
24592 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
24593 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
24594 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
24596 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
24597 Linter: \\[sql-linter]
24599 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
24601 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
24602 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
24603 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
24604 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
24606 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
24607 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
24608 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
24609 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
24611 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
24612 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
24613 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
24617 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
24618 Major mode to edit SQL.
24620 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
24621 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
24622 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
24625 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
24627 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
24628 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
24629 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
24630 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
24631 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
24632 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
24634 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
24635 `sql-interactive-mode'.
24637 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
24638 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
24639 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
24641 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
24643 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
24647 (autoload (quote sql-product-interactive) "sql" "\
24648 Run product interpreter as an inferior process.
24650 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24651 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24654 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24656 \(fn &optional PRODUCT)" t nil)
24658 (autoload (quote sql-oracle) "sql" "\
24659 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
24661 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24662 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24665 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
24666 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
24667 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
24668 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
24670 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24671 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24673 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24674 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24675 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24676 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24677 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24678 `default-process-coding-system'.
24680 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24684 (autoload (quote sql-sybase) "sql" "\
24685 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
24687 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24688 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24691 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
24692 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
24693 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
24694 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
24696 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24697 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24699 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24700 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24701 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24702 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24703 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24704 `default-process-coding-system'.
24706 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24710 (autoload (quote sql-informix) "sql" "\
24711 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
24713 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24714 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24717 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
24718 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
24720 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24721 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24723 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24724 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24725 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24726 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24727 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24728 `default-process-coding-system'.
24730 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24734 (autoload (quote sql-sqlite) "sql" "\
24735 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
24737 SQLite is free software.
24739 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24740 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24743 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
24744 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
24745 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
24746 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
24748 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24749 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24751 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24752 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24753 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24754 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24755 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24756 `default-process-coding-system'.
24758 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24762 (autoload (quote sql-mysql) "sql" "\
24763 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
24765 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
24767 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24768 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24771 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
24772 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
24773 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
24774 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
24776 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24777 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24779 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24780 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24781 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24782 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24783 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24784 `default-process-coding-system'.
24786 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24790 (autoload (quote sql-solid) "sql" "\
24791 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
24793 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24794 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24797 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
24798 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
24801 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24802 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24804 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24805 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24806 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24807 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24808 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24809 `default-process-coding-system'.
24811 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24815 (autoload (quote sql-ingres) "sql" "\
24816 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
24818 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24819 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24822 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
24823 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
24825 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24826 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24828 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24829 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24830 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24831 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24832 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24833 `default-process-coding-system'.
24835 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24839 (autoload (quote sql-ms) "sql" "\
24840 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
24842 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24843 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24846 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
24847 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
24848 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
24849 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
24851 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24852 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24854 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24855 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24856 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24857 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24858 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24859 `default-process-coding-system'.
24861 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24865 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
24866 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
24868 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24869 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24872 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
24873 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
24874 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
24875 `sql-postgres-options'.
24877 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24878 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24880 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24881 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24882 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24883 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24884 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24885 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
24886 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
24887 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
24889 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
24890 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
24892 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24896 (autoload (quote sql-interbase) "sql" "\
24897 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
24899 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24900 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24903 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
24904 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
24907 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24908 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24910 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24911 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24912 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24913 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24914 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24915 `default-process-coding-system'.
24917 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24921 (autoload (quote sql-db2) "sql" "\
24922 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
24924 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24925 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24928 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
24931 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24932 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24934 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
24935 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
24936 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
24937 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
24939 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24940 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24941 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24942 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24943 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24944 `default-process-coding-system'.
24946 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24950 (autoload (quote sql-linter) "sql" "\
24951 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
24953 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24954 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24957 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
24958 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
24959 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
24960 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
24963 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
24964 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
24965 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
24966 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
24969 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24970 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24972 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24978 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
24979 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
24980 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
24981 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
24982 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (17279
24984 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
24986 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
24987 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
24988 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
24989 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
24990 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
24991 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
24993 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
24995 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
24997 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
24998 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
24999 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25000 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25001 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25002 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25003 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25005 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25007 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25008 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25009 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25010 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
25011 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25012 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25013 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25015 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25017 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
25018 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25019 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25021 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25023 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25024 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25025 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25027 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25029 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
25030 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25032 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25034 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
25035 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
25039 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
25040 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
25044 (autoload (quote strokes-list-strokes) "strokes" "\
25045 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
25046 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
25047 chronologically by command name.
25048 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
25050 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
25052 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
25053 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
25054 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
25055 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25056 use either \\[customize] or the function `strokes-mode'.")
25058 (custom-autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes")
25060 (put (quote strokes-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
25062 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
25063 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
25064 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
25065 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
25066 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
25067 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
25068 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
25070 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
25071 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
25072 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
25073 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
25075 \\{strokes-mode-map}
25077 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25079 (autoload (quote strokes-decode-buffer) "strokes" "\
25080 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
25081 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
25082 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
25084 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
25086 (autoload (quote strokes-compose-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25087 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
25093 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
25094 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (17279 27079))
25095 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
25097 (autoload (quote studlify-region) "studly" "\
25098 Studlify-case the region.
25100 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
25102 (autoload (quote studlify-word) "studly" "\
25103 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
25105 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
25107 (autoload (quote studlify-buffer) "studly" "\
25108 Studlify-case the current buffer.
25114 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-library) "subr" "subr.el" (17376 5576))
25115 ;;; Generated autoloads from subr.el
25117 (autoload (quote locate-library) "subr" "\
25118 Show the precise file name of Emacs library LIBRARY.
25119 This command searches the directories in `load-path' like `\\[load-library]'
25120 to find the file that `\\[load-library] RET LIBRARY RET' would load.
25121 Optional second arg NOSUFFIX non-nil means don't add suffixes `load-suffixes'
25122 to the specified name LIBRARY.
25124 If the optional third arg PATH is specified, that list of directories
25125 is used instead of `load-path'.
25127 When called from a program, the file name is normaly returned as a
25128 string. When run interactively, the argument INTERACTIVE-CALL is t,
25129 and the file name is displayed in the echo area.
25131 \(fn LIBRARY &optional NOSUFFIX PATH INTERACTIVE-CALL)" t nil)
25135 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
25136 ;;;;;; (17279 27174))
25137 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
25139 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
25140 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
25141 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
25142 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
25143 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
25144 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
25145 original message but it does require a few things:
25147 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
25149 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
25152 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
25153 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
25156 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
25158 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
25160 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
25161 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
25162 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
25168 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (17279 27123))
25169 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
25171 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
25172 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
25173 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25174 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25175 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25177 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25179 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
25180 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
25181 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
25182 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
25183 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25184 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25185 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25187 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25191 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
25192 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
25193 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
25194 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
25195 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
25196 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
25197 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
25198 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
25199 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
25200 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
25201 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
25202 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
25203 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (17379 30025))
25204 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
25206 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
25207 *Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
25208 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
25210 (custom-autoload (quote table-cell-map-hook) "table")
25212 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
25213 *List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
25215 (custom-autoload (quote table-load-hook) "table")
25217 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
25218 *List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
25220 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-entered-cell-hook) "table")
25222 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
25223 *List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
25225 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-left-cell-hook) "table")
25227 (autoload (quote table-insert) "table" "\
25228 Insert an editable text table.
25229 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
25230 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
25231 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
25232 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
25233 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
25234 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
25239 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
25241 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
25246 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
25247 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
25248 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
25249 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
25252 +-----+-----+-----+
25254 +-----+-----+-----+
25256 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
25258 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
25259 width, which results as
25261 +--------------+-----+-----+
25263 +--------------+-----+-----+
25265 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
25266 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
25268 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25270 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25272 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
25273 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
25274 width information to `table-insert'.
25276 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
25282 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
25285 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
25286 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
25288 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25291 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25293 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
25295 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25298 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25301 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25303 Move the point under the table as shown below.
25305 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25308 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25311 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25314 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
25315 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
25316 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
25318 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25321 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25324 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25327 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25329 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
25332 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25335 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25336 | | |Text editing inside the table |
25337 | | |cell produces reasonably |
25338 | | |expected results.-!- |
25339 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25342 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25344 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
25348 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
25350 (autoload (quote table-insert-row) "table" "\
25351 Insert N table row(s).
25352 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
25353 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
25354 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
25355 are appended at the bottom of the table.
25359 (autoload (quote table-insert-column) "table" "\
25360 Insert N table column(s).
25361 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
25362 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
25363 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
25364 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
25368 (autoload (quote table-insert-row-column) "table" "\
25369 Insert row(s) or column(s).
25370 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
25372 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
25374 (autoload (quote table-recognize) "table" "\
25375 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
25376 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
25377 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
25378 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
25379 all the table specific features.
25381 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25383 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize) "table" "\
25388 (autoload (quote table-recognize-region) "table" "\
25389 Recognize all tables within region.
25390 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
25391 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
25392 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
25395 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
25397 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-region) "table" "\
25400 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25402 (autoload (quote table-recognize-table) "table" "\
25403 Recognize a table at point.
25404 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
25405 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
25406 the table specific features.
25408 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25410 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-table) "table" "\
25415 (autoload (quote table-recognize-cell) "table" "\
25416 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
25417 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
25418 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
25419 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
25420 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
25421 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
25423 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
25425 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-cell) "table" "\
25430 (autoload (quote table-heighten-cell) "table" "\
25431 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
25432 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
25433 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
25434 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
25435 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
25438 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
25440 (autoload (quote table-shorten-cell) "table" "\
25441 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
25442 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
25443 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
25444 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
25445 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
25446 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
25451 (autoload (quote table-widen-cell) "table" "\
25452 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
25453 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
25454 table's rectangle structure.
25456 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
25458 (autoload (quote table-narrow-cell) "table" "\
25459 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
25460 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
25461 table's rectangle structure.
25465 (autoload (quote table-forward-cell) "table" "\
25466 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
25467 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
25468 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
25469 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
25471 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
25473 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
25474 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
25475 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
25477 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
25478 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
25479 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
25480 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
25481 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
25482 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
25483 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
25485 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
25486 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
25487 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
25488 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
25489 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
25490 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
25491 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
25493 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
25494 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
25495 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
25496 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
25497 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
25498 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
25499 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
25500 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
25502 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
25504 (autoload (quote table-backward-cell) "table" "\
25505 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
25506 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
25507 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
25509 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25511 (autoload (quote table-span-cell) "table" "\
25512 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
25513 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
25515 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
25517 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-vertically) "table" "\
25518 Split current cell vertically.
25519 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
25523 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-horizontally) "table" "\
25524 Split current cell horizontally.
25525 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
25529 (autoload (quote table-split-cell) "table" "\
25530 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
25531 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
25533 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
25535 (autoload (quote table-justify) "table" "\
25536 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
25537 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
25538 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
25540 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
25542 (autoload (quote table-justify-cell) "table" "\
25543 Justify cell contents.
25544 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
25545 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
25546 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
25547 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
25549 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
25551 (autoload (quote table-justify-row) "table" "\
25552 Justify cells of a row.
25553 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
25554 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
25556 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
25558 (autoload (quote table-justify-column) "table" "\
25559 Justify cells of a column.
25560 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
25561 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
25563 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
25565 (autoload (quote table-fixed-width-mode) "table" "\
25566 Toggle fixing width mode.
25567 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
25568 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
25569 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
25571 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25573 (autoload (quote table-query-dimension) "table" "\
25574 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
25575 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
25576 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
25577 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
25578 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
25579 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
25580 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
25581 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
25582 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
25583 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
25585 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
25587 (autoload (quote table-generate-source) "table" "\
25588 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
25589 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
25590 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
25591 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
25592 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
25593 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
25594 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
25595 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
25596 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
25597 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
25598 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
25601 References used for this implementation:
25607 http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html
25609 CALS (DocBook DTD):
25610 http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm
25611 http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751
25613 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
25615 (autoload (quote table-insert-sequence) "table" "\
25616 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
25617 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
25618 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
25619 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
25620 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
25621 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
25622 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
25623 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
25624 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
25625 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
25626 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
25627 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
25628 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
25629 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
25630 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
25631 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
25636 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
25637 (table-forward-cell 15)
25638 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
25639 (table-forward-cell 16)
25640 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
25641 (table-forward-cell 1)
25642 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
25645 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
25646 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
25647 (table-forward-cell 1)
25648 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
25650 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
25652 (autoload (quote table-delete-row) "table" "\
25653 Delete N row(s) of cells.
25654 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
25655 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
25656 consists from cells of same height.
25660 (autoload (quote table-delete-column) "table" "\
25661 Delete N column(s) of cells.
25662 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
25663 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
25664 column must consists from cells of same width.
25668 (autoload (quote table-capture) "table" "\
25669 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
25670 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
25671 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
25672 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
25673 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
25674 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
25675 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
25676 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
25677 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
25678 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
25679 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
25680 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
25681 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
25682 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
25691 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
25692 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
25693 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
25696 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
25698 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
25700 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
25702 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
25706 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
25707 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
25708 of each row is optional.
25713 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
25714 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
25715 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
25716 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
25717 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
25719 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
25720 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
25722 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
25723 expression and raw delimiter regular
25724 expression, it parses the specified text
25725 area and extracts cell items from
25726 non-table text and then forms a table out
25729 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
25730 creates a single cell table. The text in
25731 the specified region is placed in that
25734 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
25737 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
25738 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
25739 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
25741 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
25742 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
25743 | expression, it parses the specified text |
25744 | area and extracts cell items from |
25745 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
25748 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
25749 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
25750 | the specified region is placed in that |
25752 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
25754 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
25755 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
25758 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
25759 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
25760 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
25761 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
25762 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
25763 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
25764 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
25765 | |area and extracts cell items from |
25766 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
25768 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
25769 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
25770 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
25771 | |the specified region is placed in that |
25773 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
25775 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
25776 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
25777 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
25779 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
25781 (autoload (quote table-release) "table" "\
25782 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
25783 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
25784 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
25785 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
25791 ;;;### (autoloads (talk talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (17332 7267))
25792 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
25794 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
25795 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
25797 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
25799 (autoload (quote talk) "talk" "\
25800 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
25806 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (17279 27201))
25807 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
25809 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
25810 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
25811 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
25812 Letters no longer insert themselves.
25813 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
25814 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
25815 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
25817 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
25818 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
25819 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
25820 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
25822 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
25829 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
25830 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (17350 14840))
25831 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
25833 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
25834 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
25835 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
25836 Tab indents for Tcl code.
25837 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
25838 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25840 Variables controlling indentation style:
25842 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
25843 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
25844 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
25846 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
25847 documentation for details):
25848 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
25849 Controls action of TAB key.
25851 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
25852 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
25853 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
25854 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
25855 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
25857 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
25858 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
25866 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
25867 Run inferior Tcl process.
25868 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
25869 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
25873 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
25874 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
25875 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
25877 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
25881 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (17279 27123))
25882 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
25883 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
25885 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
25886 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
25887 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
25888 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
25890 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
25891 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
25892 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
25893 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
25894 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
25896 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
25897 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
25899 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
25900 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
25901 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
25902 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
25908 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (17356
25910 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
25912 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
25913 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
25914 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
25915 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
25916 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
25917 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
25919 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
25921 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\
25922 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
25923 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
25924 commands to use in that buffer.
25926 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
25928 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
25930 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
25931 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
25933 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
25937 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (17279
25939 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
25941 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
25942 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
25943 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
25944 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
25945 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
25946 program as keyboard input.
25948 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
25949 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
25950 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
25951 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
25953 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
25954 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
25955 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
25956 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
25957 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
25959 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
25961 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behavior
25962 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
25963 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
25964 terminal-redisplay-interval.
25966 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
25967 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
25968 subprocess started.
25970 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
25974 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
25975 ;;;;;; (17279 27122))
25976 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
25978 (autoload (quote testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "\
25979 Start coverage on function under point.
25985 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (17279 27123))
25986 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
25988 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
25989 Play the Tetris game.
25990 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
25991 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
25992 as to form complete rows.
25994 tetris-mode keybindings:
25995 \\<tetris-mode-map>
25996 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
25997 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
25998 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
25999 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
26000 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
26001 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
26002 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
26003 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
26009 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
26010 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
26011 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26012 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
26013 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
26014 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
26015 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
26016 ;;;;;; (17279 27185))
26017 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
26019 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
26020 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
26022 (custom-autoload (quote tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode")
26024 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
26025 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
26026 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
26027 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
26028 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
26030 (custom-autoload (quote tex-directory) "tex-mode")
26032 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
26033 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
26034 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
26035 if it matches the first line of the file,
26036 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
26038 (custom-autoload (quote tex-first-line-header-regexp) "tex-mode")
26040 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
26041 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
26042 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
26043 if the variable is non-nil.")
26045 (custom-autoload (quote tex-main-file) "tex-mode")
26047 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
26048 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
26050 (custom-autoload (quote tex-offer-save) "tex-mode")
26052 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
26053 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
26054 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26055 See the documentation of that variable.")
26057 (custom-autoload (quote tex-run-command) "tex-mode")
26059 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
26060 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
26061 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26062 See the documentation of that variable.")
26064 (custom-autoload (quote latex-run-command) "tex-mode")
26066 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
26067 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
26068 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26069 See the documentation of that variable.")
26071 (custom-autoload (quote slitex-run-command) "tex-mode")
26073 (defvar tex-start-options "" "\
26074 *TeX options to use when starting TeX.
26075 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
26076 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
26077 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26079 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-options) "tex-mode")
26081 (defvar tex-start-commands "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
26082 *TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
26083 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
26084 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26086 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-commands) "tex-mode")
26088 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
26089 *User defined LaTeX block names.
26090 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
26092 (custom-autoload (quote latex-block-names) "tex-mode")
26094 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
26095 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
26096 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26097 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26099 (custom-autoload (quote tex-bibtex-command) "tex-mode")
26101 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
26102 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26103 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26104 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26106 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode")
26108 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
26109 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
26110 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26111 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
26113 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
26114 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
26117 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26118 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
26120 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
26123 (custom-autoload (quote tex-alt-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode")
26125 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command (quote (cond ((eq window-system (quote x)) "xdvi") ((eq window-system (quote w32)) "yap") (t "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
26126 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
26127 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
26128 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26129 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
26131 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
26133 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-view-command) "tex-mode")
26135 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
26136 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
26137 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
26139 (custom-autoload (quote tex-show-queue-command) "tex-mode")
26141 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\
26142 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
26143 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
26144 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
26145 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
26147 (custom-autoload (quote tex-default-mode) "tex-mode")
26149 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
26150 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
26152 (custom-autoload (quote tex-open-quote) "tex-mode")
26154 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
26155 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
26157 (custom-autoload (quote tex-close-quote) "tex-mode")
26159 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26160 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
26161 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
26162 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
26163 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
26164 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
26165 says which mode to use.
26169 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
26171 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
26173 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
26175 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26176 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
26177 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26178 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26179 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26181 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
26182 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
26183 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26184 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26185 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26186 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26187 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26189 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26190 mismatched $'s or braces.
26193 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
26197 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26199 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
26200 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26201 tex-dvi-print-command
26202 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26203 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26204 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26205 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26206 tex-dvi-view-command
26207 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26208 tex-show-queue-command
26209 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26210 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26212 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
26213 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
26214 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26218 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26219 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
26220 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26221 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26222 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26224 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
26225 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
26226 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26227 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26228 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26229 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26230 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26232 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26233 mismatched $'s or braces.
26240 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26242 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
26243 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26244 tex-dvi-print-command
26245 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26246 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26247 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26248 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26249 tex-dvi-view-command
26250 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26251 tex-show-queue-command
26252 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26253 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26255 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
26256 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
26257 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26261 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26262 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
26263 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26264 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26265 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26267 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
26268 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
26269 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26270 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26271 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26272 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26273 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26275 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26276 mismatched $'s or braces.
26279 \\{slitex-mode-map}
26283 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26285 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
26286 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26287 tex-dvi-print-command
26288 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26289 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26290 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26291 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26292 tex-dvi-view-command
26293 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26294 tex-show-queue-command
26295 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26296 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26298 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
26299 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
26300 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
26301 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26305 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" "\
26310 (autoload (quote doctex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26311 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
26317 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
26318 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (17319 2455))
26319 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
26321 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
26322 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
26323 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
26324 name specified in the @setfilename command.
26326 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
26327 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
26328 Info-split to do these manually.
26330 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
26332 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
26333 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
26334 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
26335 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
26336 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
26338 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
26340 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
26341 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
26342 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
26343 names specified in the @setfilename command.
26345 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
26346 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
26347 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
26348 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
26350 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
26351 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually.
26353 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
26357 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
26358 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (17279 27203))
26359 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
26361 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
26362 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
26364 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-open-quote) "texinfo")
26366 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
26367 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
26369 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-close-quote) "texinfo")
26371 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
26372 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
26374 It has these extra commands:
26375 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
26377 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
26378 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
26379 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
26380 modified version of TeX input format.
26382 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
26383 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
26384 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
26385 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
26387 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
26388 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
26389 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
26390 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
26391 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
26392 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
26393 in the Texinfo file.
26395 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
26396 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
26397 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
26398 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
26399 move forward past the closing brace.
26401 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
26402 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
26404 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
26405 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
26406 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
26408 Here are the functions:
26410 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
26411 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
26412 texinfo-sequential-node-update
26414 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
26415 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
26416 texinfo-master-menu
26418 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
26420 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
26421 which menu descriptions are indented.
26423 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
26424 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
26427 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
26428 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
26429 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
26430 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
26432 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
26433 be the first node in the file.
26435 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
26436 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
26442 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-auto-composition-mode thai-composition-function
26443 ;;;;;; thai-post-read-conversion thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string
26444 ;;;;;; thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
26445 ;;;;;; (17279 27123))
26446 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
26448 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
26449 Compose Thai characters in the region.
26450 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
26451 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
26453 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26455 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
26456 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
26458 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
26460 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
26461 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
26465 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" "\
26468 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
26470 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\
26471 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO.
26472 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
26473 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
26476 The return value is number of composed characters.
26478 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
26480 (autoload (quote thai-auto-composition-mode) "thai-util" "\
26481 Minor mode for automatically correct Thai character composition.
26483 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26487 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
26488 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
26489 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (17279 27123))
26490 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
26492 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
26493 Move forward to the end of the next THING.
26495 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
26497 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26498 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
26499 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
26500 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
26501 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
26503 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
26504 a symbol as a valid THING.
26506 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
26507 of the textual entity that was found.
26509 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
26511 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26512 Return the THING at point.
26513 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
26514 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
26515 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
26517 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
26518 a symbol as a valid THING.
26520 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
26522 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26527 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26532 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26537 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26544 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show thumbs-dired-show-marked
26545 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
26546 ;;;;;; (17376 5576))
26547 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
26549 (autoload (quote thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "\
26550 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
26554 (autoload (quote thumbs-show-from-dir) "thumbs" "\
26555 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
26556 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
26557 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
26559 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
26561 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-show-marked) "thumbs" "\
26562 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
26566 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-show) "thumbs" "\
26567 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
26571 (defalias (quote thumbs) (quote thumbs-show-from-dir))
26573 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-setroot) "thumbs" "\
26574 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
26580 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
26581 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
26582 ;;;;;; tibetan-composition-function tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region
26583 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-region tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan
26584 ;;;;;; tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util"
26585 ;;;;;; "language/tibet-util.el" (17279 27080))
26586 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
26588 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\
26589 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
26590 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
26594 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
26595 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
26597 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
26599 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
26600 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
26601 The returned string has no composition information.
26603 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
26605 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
26606 Compose Tibetan string STR.
26608 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
26610 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
26611 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
26613 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26615 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\
26616 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
26617 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
26618 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
26620 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
26622 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-string) "tibet-util" "\
26623 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
26624 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
26625 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
26627 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
26629 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" "\
26632 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
26634 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
26635 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
26636 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
26640 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
26641 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
26642 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
26646 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
26649 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
26651 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
26654 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
26656 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode) "tibet-util" "\
26659 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
26663 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
26664 ;;;;;; (17350 14833))
26665 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
26667 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\
26668 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
26669 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
26670 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
26672 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
26674 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26676 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\
26677 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
26678 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
26679 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
26681 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
26687 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
26688 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (17357 6510))
26689 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
26691 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
26692 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
26694 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-day-and-date) "time")
26696 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
26697 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
26698 This display updates automatically every minute.
26699 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
26700 are displayed as well.
26701 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
26705 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
26706 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
26707 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
26708 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26709 use either \\[customize] or the function `display-time-mode'.")
26711 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time")
26713 (put (quote display-time-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
26715 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
26716 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
26717 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
26719 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
26720 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
26721 are displayed as well.
26722 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
26724 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26728 ;;;### (autoloads (safe-date-to-time time-to-days time-to-day-in-year
26729 ;;;;;; date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day time-add time-subtract
26730 ;;;;;; time-since days-to-time time-less-p seconds-to-time time-to-seconds
26731 ;;;;;; date-to-time) "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (17308
26733 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
26735 (autoload (quote date-to-time) "time-date" "\
26736 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
26738 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
26740 (autoload (quote time-to-seconds) "time-date" "\
26741 Convert time value TIME to a floating point number.
26742 You can use `float-time' instead.
26744 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
26746 (autoload (quote seconds-to-time) "time-date" "\
26747 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
26749 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
26751 (autoload (quote time-less-p) "time-date" "\
26752 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2.
26754 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
26756 (autoload (quote days-to-time) "time-date" "\
26757 Convert DAYS into a time value.
26759 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
26761 (autoload (quote time-since) "time-date" "\
26762 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
26763 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
26765 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
26767 (defalias (quote subtract-time) (quote time-subtract))
26769 (autoload (quote time-subtract) "time-date" "\
26770 Subtract two time values.
26771 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
26773 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
26775 (autoload (quote time-add) "time-date" "\
26776 Add two time values. One should represent a time difference.
26778 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
26780 (autoload (quote date-to-day) "time-date" "\
26781 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
26782 DATE should be a date-time string.
26784 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
26786 (autoload (quote days-between) "time-date" "\
26787 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
26788 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
26790 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
26792 (autoload (quote date-leap-year-p) "time-date" "\
26793 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
26795 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
26797 (autoload (quote time-to-day-in-year) "time-date" "\
26798 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
26800 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
26802 (autoload (quote time-to-days) "time-date" "\
26803 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
26804 TIME should be a time value.
26805 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
26807 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
26809 (autoload (quote safe-date-to-time) "time-date" "\
26810 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
26811 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
26813 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
26817 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
26818 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (17279 27167))
26819 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
26821 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
26822 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
26823 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
26824 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
26825 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
26826 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
26827 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
26828 look like one of the following:
26831 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
26832 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
26833 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
26834 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
26835 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
26836 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
26837 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
26842 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
26843 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
26844 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
26846 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26850 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
26851 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
26852 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
26853 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
26854 ;;;;;; (17308 43144))
26855 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
26857 (autoload (quote timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "\
26858 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
26859 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
26860 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
26861 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
26862 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
26863 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
26864 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
26865 display (non-nil means on).
26867 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26869 (autoload (quote timeclock-in) "timeclock" "\
26870 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
26871 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
26872 many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg
26873 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
26874 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
26875 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
26876 this function is called within a day.
26878 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
26879 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
26880 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
26881 discover the name of the project.
26883 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
26885 (autoload (quote timeclock-out) "timeclock" "\
26886 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
26887 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
26888 begun during the last time segment.
26890 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
26891 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
26892 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
26893 discover the reason.
26895 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
26897 (autoload (quote timeclock-status-string) "timeclock" "\
26898 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
26899 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
26900 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
26901 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
26903 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
26905 (autoload (quote timeclock-change) "timeclock" "\
26906 Change to working on a different project.
26907 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
26908 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
26909 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
26912 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
26914 (autoload (quote timeclock-query-out) "timeclock" "\
26915 Ask the user whether to clock out.
26916 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
26920 (autoload (quote timeclock-reread-log) "timeclock" "\
26921 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
26922 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
26926 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-remaining-string) "timeclock" "\
26927 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
26928 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
26929 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
26930 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
26931 \"relative to today\".
26933 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
26935 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-elapsed-string) "timeclock" "\
26936 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
26937 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
26938 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
26940 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
26942 (autoload (quote timeclock-when-to-leave-string) "timeclock" "\
26943 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
26944 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
26945 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
26946 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
26947 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
26949 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
26953 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
26954 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
26955 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/timer.el" (17279 27198))
26956 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/timer.el
26958 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
26960 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
26961 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers.
26963 \(fn TIMER)" nil nil)
26965 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
26966 Cancel all timers scheduled by `run-at-time' which would run FUNCTION.
26968 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
26970 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
26971 Perform an action at time TIME.
26972 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
26973 TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds
26974 from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT)
26975 meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT.
26976 REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number.
26977 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
26979 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
26981 \(fn TIME REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
26983 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
26984 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
26985 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
26986 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
26987 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
26989 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
26991 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
26993 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
26994 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
26995 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
26996 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'.
26998 \(fn SECS FUNCTION OBJECT &optional REPEAT)" nil nil)
27000 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
27001 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
27002 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27003 SECS may be an integer or a floating point number.
27005 If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for
27006 exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle).
27008 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27010 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27011 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
27013 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
27014 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
27015 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
27016 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
27017 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
27018 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
27021 \(fn (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY)" nil (quote macro))
27025 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
27026 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (17279 27079))
27027 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
27029 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
27030 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
27031 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
27032 the generated Quail package is saved.
27034 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
27036 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
27037 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
27038 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
27039 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
27040 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
27041 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
27042 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
27044 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
27048 ;;;### (autoloads (tamil-composition-function tamil-post-read-conversion
27049 ;;;;;; tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "language/tml-util.el" (17279
27051 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tml-util.el
27053 (autoload (quote tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "\
27056 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27058 (autoload (quote tamil-post-read-conversion) "tml-util" "\
27061 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27063 (autoload (quote tamil-composition-function) "tml-util" "\
27064 Compose Tamil characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
27065 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
27068 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
27072 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
27073 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (17279 27123))
27074 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
27075 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
27076 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar)
27077 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
27079 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
27080 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27081 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27082 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
27083 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
27085 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
27087 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
27088 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27089 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
27090 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
27091 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27093 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27095 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
27096 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
27097 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
27098 in the menu in two ways:
27099 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
27100 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
27101 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
27103 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
27104 keymap or an alist of alists.
27105 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
27106 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
27108 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
27112 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
27113 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
27114 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (17308 43144))
27115 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
27117 (autoload (quote todo-add-category) "todo-mode" "\
27118 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
27122 (autoload (quote todo-add-item-non-interactively) "todo-mode" "\
27123 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
27125 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
27127 (autoload (quote todo-insert-item) "todo-mode" "\
27128 Insert new TODO list entry.
27129 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
27134 (autoload (quote todo-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\
27135 List top priorities for each category.
27137 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
27138 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
27140 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
27141 between each category.
27143 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
27145 (autoload (quote todo-print) "todo-mode" "\
27146 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
27147 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
27148 between each category.
27150 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
27152 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
27154 (autoload (quote todo-mode) "todo-mode" "\
27155 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
27161 (autoload (quote todo-cp) "todo-mode" "\
27162 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
27166 (autoload (quote todo-show) "todo-mode" "\
27173 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
27174 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el"
27175 ;;;;;; (17331 26268))
27176 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
27178 (put (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
27180 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "\
27181 Add an item to the tool bar.
27182 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27183 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27184 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27185 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27187 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27188 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
27189 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27190 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27192 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27193 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
27195 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27197 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item) "tool-bar" "\
27198 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
27199 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27200 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27201 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27202 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27204 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27205 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
27206 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27207 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27209 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27211 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
27212 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
27213 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
27214 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27215 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
27216 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
27217 properties to add to the binding.
27219 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
27221 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27222 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
27224 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27226 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
27227 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
27228 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
27229 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27230 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
27231 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
27232 properties to add to the binding.
27234 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
27237 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27241 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
27242 ;;;;;; (17279 27122))
27243 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
27245 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
27246 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
27247 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
27248 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27249 use either \\[customize] or the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
27251 (custom-autoload (quote tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt")
27253 (put (quote tpu-edt-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
27255 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "\
27258 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27260 (defalias (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
27262 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
27263 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
27269 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
27270 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (17279 27122))
27271 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
27273 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
27274 Set scroll margins.
27276 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
27278 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
27279 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen.
27283 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
27284 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text.
27290 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (17279 27122))
27291 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
27293 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
27294 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
27295 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
27296 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
27297 to a tcp server on another machine.
27299 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
27303 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
27304 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (17279 27122))
27305 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
27307 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
27308 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
27310 (custom-autoload (quote trace-buffer) "trace")
27312 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
27313 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
27314 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
27315 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
27316 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
27317 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
27318 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
27319 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
27321 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27323 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
27324 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
27325 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
27326 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
27327 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
27328 there might be!! Trace output will quietly go to BUFFER without changing
27329 the window or buffer configuration at all.
27331 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27335 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-unload-tramp tramp-unload-file-name-handler-alist
27336 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-file-name-handler tramp-file-name-handler
27337 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-file-name-regexp tramp-file-name-regexp)
27338 ;;;;;; "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (17379 24712))
27339 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
27341 (defvar tramp-unified-filenames (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) "\
27342 Non-nil means to use unified Ange-FTP/Tramp filename syntax.
27343 Nil means to use a separate filename syntax for Tramp.")
27345 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified "\\`/[^/:]+:" "\
27346 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
27347 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
27348 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
27350 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
27351 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
27352 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
27353 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
27355 (defvar tramp-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
27356 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp.
27357 This regexp should match tramp file names but no other file names.
27358 \(When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
27359 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
27360 if the tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
27361 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered tramp
27362 files which are not really tramp files.
27364 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
27365 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
27366 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
27367 updated after changing this variable.
27369 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
27371 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-file-name-regexp) "tramp")
27373 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified "^/$\\|^/[^/:][^/]*$" "\
27374 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
27375 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
27376 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
27378 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "^/\\([[][^]]*\\)?$" "\
27379 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
27380 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
27381 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
27383 (defvar tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
27384 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp completion.
27385 This regexp should match partial tramp file names only.
27387 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
27388 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
27389 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
27390 updated after changing this variable.
27392 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
27394 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-completion-file-name-regexp) "tramp")
27396 (autoload (quote tramp-file-name-handler) "tramp" "\
27397 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
27398 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists.
27400 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
27402 (autoload (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) "tramp" "\
27403 Invoke tramp file name completion handler.
27404 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists.
27406 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
27408 (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t)
27410 (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler)))
27412 (autoload (quote tramp-unload-file-name-handler-alist) "tramp" "\
27417 (autoload (quote tramp-unload-tramp) "tramp" "\
27424 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
27425 ;;;;;; (17374 21429))
27426 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
27428 (autoload (quote tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "\
27435 ;;;### (autoloads (tumme-setup-dired-keybindings tumme-dired) "tumme"
27436 ;;;;;; "tumme.el" (17374 21544))
27437 ;;; Generated autoloads from tumme.el
27439 (autoload (quote tumme-dired) "tumme" "\
27440 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
27442 Convenience command that:
27444 - Opens dired in folder DIR
27445 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
27446 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
27448 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
27450 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
27452 (autoload (quote tumme-setup-dired-keybindings) "tumme" "\
27453 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
27454 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
27455 `tumme-dired-x-line'.
27461 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
27462 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (17279 27123))
27463 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
27464 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
27465 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
27466 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
27468 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
27469 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
27470 When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
27471 buffer in two-column minor mode (see \\[describe-mode] ).
27472 Runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
27473 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
27474 first and the associated buffer to its right.
27476 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27478 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
27479 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
27480 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
27481 accepting the proposed default buffer.
27483 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
27487 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
27488 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
27489 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
27490 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
27491 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
27492 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
27493 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
27495 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
27496 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
27498 First column's text sSs Second column's text
27501 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
27503 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
27509 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
27510 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
27511 ;;;;;; type-break-good-break-interval type-break-good-rest-interval
27512 ;;;;;; type-break-interval type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
27513 ;;;;;; (17279 27123))
27514 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
27516 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
27517 Toggle typing break mode.
27518 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
27519 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27520 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
27522 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break")
27524 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
27525 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
27527 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-interval) "type-break")
27529 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
27530 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
27532 When this variable is non-nil, Emacs checks the idle time between
27533 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
27534 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
27536 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
27537 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
27539 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-rest-interval) "type-break")
27541 (defvar type-break-good-break-interval nil "\
27542 *Number of seconds considered to be an adequate explicit typing rest.
27544 When this variable is non-nil, its value is considered to be a \"good\"
27545 length (in seconds) for a break initiated by the command `type-break',
27546 overriding `type-break-good-rest-interval'. This provides querying of
27547 break interruptions when `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil.")
27549 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-break-interval) "type-break")
27551 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
27552 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
27553 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
27555 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
27556 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
27557 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
27558 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
27559 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
27560 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
27562 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
27563 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
27564 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
27565 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
27567 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
27568 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
27570 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
27571 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
27573 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-keystroke-threshold) "type-break")
27575 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
27576 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
27577 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
27579 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
27580 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
27581 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
27582 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
27583 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
27584 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
27585 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
27587 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
27588 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
27590 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
27591 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
27592 reset the keystroke counter.
27594 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
27595 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
27596 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
27597 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
27599 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
27600 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
27601 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
27602 `type-break-schedule' command.
27604 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
27605 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
27606 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
27607 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
27608 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
27609 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
27610 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
27611 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
27612 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
27614 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
27615 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
27616 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
27617 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
27618 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
27620 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
27621 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
27622 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
27623 approximate good values for this.
27625 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
27626 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
27628 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
27629 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
27630 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
27631 `type-break-warning-repeat'
27632 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
27633 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
27635 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
27636 a typing break occur. They include:
27638 `type-break-query-mode'
27639 `type-break-query-function'
27640 `type-break-query-interval'
27642 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
27644 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
27645 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
27646 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
27649 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
27651 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
27652 Take a typing break.
27654 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
27655 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
27657 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
27658 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
27662 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
27663 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
27664 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
27665 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
27669 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
27670 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
27672 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
27673 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
27674 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
27675 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
27676 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
27677 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
27678 average typing speed.)
27680 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
27681 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
27682 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
27683 the computed maximum threshold.
27685 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
27686 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
27687 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
27688 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
27689 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
27691 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
27695 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
27696 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (17279 27123))
27697 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
27699 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
27700 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
27701 Works by overstriking underscores.
27702 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
27703 which specify the range to operate on.
27705 \(fn START END)" t nil)
27707 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
27708 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
27709 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
27710 which specify the range to operate on.
27712 \(fn START END)" t nil)
27716 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
27717 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (17279 27123))
27718 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
27720 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
27721 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
27722 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages.
27726 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
27727 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
27728 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
27729 following the containing message.
27735 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
27736 ;;;;;; (17279 27123))
27737 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
27739 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
27740 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
27741 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
27742 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
27743 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
27744 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
27748 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
27749 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
27751 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
27755 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (17379
27757 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
27759 (autoload (quote unsafep) "unsafep" "\
27760 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm;
27761 otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe. UNSAFEP-VARS is a list
27762 of symbols with local bindings.
27764 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
27768 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve-synchronously url-retrieve) "url"
27769 ;;;;;; "url/url.el" (17350 14840))
27770 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
27772 (autoload (quote url-retrieve) "url" "\
27773 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
27774 URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
27776 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
27777 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
27778 with it. Normally it gets the arguments in the list CBARGS.
27779 However, if what we find is a redirect, CALLBACK is given
27780 two additional args, `:redirect' and the redirected URL,
27781 followed by CBARGS.
27783 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
27786 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
27788 (autoload (quote url-retrieve-synchronously) "url" "\
27789 Retrieve URL synchronously.
27790 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
27791 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
27792 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
27794 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27798 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
27799 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (17279 27123))
27800 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
27802 (autoload (quote url-get-authentication) "url-auth" "\
27803 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
27804 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
27806 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
27807 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
27808 `url-generic-parse-url'
27809 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
27810 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
27811 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
27813 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
27814 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
27815 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
27816 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
27817 wrong, its no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
27818 what type of auth to use
27819 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
27820 if one cannot be found in the cache
27822 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
27824 (autoload (quote url-register-auth-scheme) "url-auth" "\
27825 Register an HTTP authentication method.
27827 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method. This
27828 should be the same thing you expect to get returned in an Authenticate
27829 header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
27830 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information. This
27831 defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE
27832 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
27833 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
27834 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
27836 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
27840 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-expired url-cache-extract url-is-cached
27841 ;;;;;; url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (17337
27843 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
27845 (autoload (quote url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "\
27846 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
27848 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
27850 (autoload (quote url-is-cached) "url-cache" "\
27851 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
27853 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27855 (autoload (quote url-cache-extract) "url-cache" "\
27856 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache
27858 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
27860 (autoload (quote url-cache-expired) "url-cache" "\
27861 Return t iff a cached file has expired.
27863 \(fn URL MOD)" nil nil)
27867 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (17279 27123))
27868 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
27870 (autoload (quote url-cid) "url-cid" "\
27873 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27877 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav"
27878 ;;;;;; "url/url-dav.el" (17279 27123))
27879 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
27881 (autoload (quote url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav" "\
27884 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27886 (autoload (quote url-dav-vc-registered) "url-dav" "\
27889 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27893 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (17279
27895 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
27897 (autoload (quote url-file) "url-file" "\
27898 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
27900 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
27904 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
27905 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (17279 27123))
27906 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
27908 (autoload (quote url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw" "\
27909 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
27913 (autoload (quote url-open-stream) "url-gw" "\
27914 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
27915 Args per `open-network-stream'.
27916 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
27918 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
27922 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
27923 ;;;;;; url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (17337
27925 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
27927 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
27928 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
27929 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
27930 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27931 use either \\[customize] or the function `url-handler-mode'.")
27933 (custom-autoload (quote url-handler-mode) "url-handlers")
27935 (put (quote url-handler-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
27937 (autoload (quote url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "\
27938 Use URL to handle URL-like file names.
27940 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27942 (autoload (quote url-copy-file) "url-handlers" "\
27943 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
27944 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
27945 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
27946 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
27947 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
27948 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
27949 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
27950 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
27952 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME)" nil nil)
27954 (autoload (quote url-file-local-copy) "url-handlers" "\
27955 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
27956 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
27959 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
27961 (autoload (quote url-insert-file-contents) "url-handlers" "\
27964 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
27968 ;;;### (autoloads (url-http-options url-http-file-attributes url-http-file-exists-p
27969 ;;;;;; url-http) "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (17283 59911))
27970 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
27972 (autoload (quote url-http) "url-http" "\
27973 Retrieve URL via HTTP asynchronously.
27974 URL must be a parsed URL. See `url-generic-parse-url' for details.
27975 When retrieval is completed, the function CALLBACK is executed with
27976 CBARGS as the arguments.
27978 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
27980 (autoload (quote url-http-file-exists-p) "url-http" "\
27983 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27985 (defalias (quote url-http-file-readable-p) (quote url-http-file-exists-p))
27987 (autoload (quote url-http-file-attributes) "url-http" "\
27990 \(fn URL &optional ID-FORMAT)" nil nil)
27992 (autoload (quote url-http-options) "url-http" "\
27993 Returns a property list describing options available for URL.
27994 This list is retrieved using the `OPTIONS' HTTP method.
27996 Property list members:
27999 A list of symbols specifying what HTTP methods the resource
28003 A list of numbers specifying what DAV protocol/schema versions are
28007 A list of supported DASL search types supported (string form)
28010 A list of the units available for use in partial document fetches.
28013 The `Platform For Privacy Protection' description for the resource.
28014 Currently this is just the raw header contents. This is likely to
28015 change once P3P is formally supported by the URL package or
28018 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28022 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (17279 27123))
28023 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
28025 (autoload (quote url-irc) "url-irc" "\
28028 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28032 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (17279
28034 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
28036 (autoload (quote url-ldap) "url-ldap" "\
28037 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
28038 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
28039 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
28040 `url-generic-parse-url'.
28042 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28046 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
28047 ;;;;;; (17279 27172))
28048 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
28050 (autoload (quote url-mail) "url-mailto" "\
28053 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
28055 (autoload (quote url-mailto) "url-mailto" "\
28056 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
28058 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28062 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
28063 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (17279 27123))
28064 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
28066 (autoload (quote url-man) "url-misc" "\
28067 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
28069 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28071 (autoload (quote url-info) "url-misc" "\
28072 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
28074 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28076 (autoload (quote url-generic-emulator-loader) "url-misc" "\
28079 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28081 (defalias (quote url-rlogin) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28083 (defalias (quote url-telnet) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28085 (defalias (quote url-tn3270) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28087 (autoload (quote url-data) "url-misc" "\
28088 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
28090 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28094 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
28095 ;;;;;; (17374 21266))
28096 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
28098 (autoload (quote url-news) "url-news" "\
28101 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28103 (autoload (quote url-snews) "url-news" "\
28106 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28110 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
28111 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
28112 ;;;;;; (17279 27123))
28113 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
28115 (autoload (quote isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "\
28118 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28120 (autoload (quote dnsDomainIs) "url-ns" "\
28123 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
28125 (autoload (quote dnsResolve) "url-ns" "\
28128 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28130 (autoload (quote isResolvable) "url-ns" "\
28133 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28135 (autoload (quote isInNet) "url-ns" "\
28138 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
28140 (autoload (quote url-ns-prefs) "url-ns" "\
28143 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
28145 (autoload (quote url-ns-user-pref) "url-ns" "\
28148 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
28152 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
28153 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (17279 27123))
28154 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
28156 (autoload (quote url-recreate-url) "url-parse" "\
28157 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
28159 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
28161 (autoload (quote url-generic-parse-url) "url-parse" "\
28162 Return a vector of the parts of URL.
28164 \[TYPE USER PASSWORD HOST PORT FILE TARGET ATTRIBUTES FULL]
28166 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28170 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
28171 ;;;;;; (17350 14840))
28172 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
28174 (autoload (quote url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "\
28175 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
28181 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
28182 ;;;;;; url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-parse-query-string
28183 ;;;;;; url-basepath url-percentage url-display-percentage url-pretty-length
28184 ;;;;;; url-strip-leading-spaces url-eat-trailing-space url-get-normalized-date
28185 ;;;;;; url-lazy-message url-normalize-url url-insert-entities-in-string
28186 ;;;;;; url-parse-args url-debug url-debug) "url-util" "url/url-util.el"
28187 ;;;;;; (17279 27123))
28188 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
28190 (defvar url-debug nil "\
28191 *What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
28192 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
28194 If t, all messages will be logged.
28195 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
28196 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
28198 (custom-autoload (quote url-debug) "url-util")
28200 (autoload (quote url-debug) "url-util" "\
28203 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28205 (autoload (quote url-parse-args) "url-util" "\
28208 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
28210 (autoload (quote url-insert-entities-in-string) "url-util" "\
28211 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
28212 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
28213 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
28214 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
28220 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
28222 (autoload (quote url-normalize-url) "url-util" "\
28223 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
28224 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
28226 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28228 (autoload (quote url-lazy-message) "url-util" "\
28229 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
28230 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
28232 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28234 (autoload (quote url-get-normalized-date) "url-util" "\
28235 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
28237 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
28239 (autoload (quote url-eat-trailing-space) "url-util" "\
28240 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
28244 (autoload (quote url-strip-leading-spaces) "url-util" "\
28245 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
28249 (autoload (quote url-pretty-length) "url-util" "\
28254 (autoload (quote url-display-percentage) "url-util" "\
28257 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28259 (autoload (quote url-percentage) "url-util" "\
28262 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
28264 (autoload (quote url-basepath) "url-util" "\
28265 Return the base pathname of FILE, or the actual filename if X is true.
28267 \(fn FILE &optional X)" nil nil)
28269 (autoload (quote url-parse-query-string) "url-util" "\
28272 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
28274 (autoload (quote url-unhex-string) "url-util" "\
28275 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a url.
28276 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
28277 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
28278 forbidden in URL encoding.
28280 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
28282 (autoload (quote url-hexify-string) "url-util" "\
28283 Escape characters in a string.
28285 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28287 (autoload (quote url-file-extension) "url-util" "\
28288 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
28289 If optional variable X is t,
28290 then return the basename of the file with the extension stripped off.
28292 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
28294 (autoload (quote url-truncate-url-for-viewing) "url-util" "\
28295 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters or less wide.
28296 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
28298 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
28300 (autoload (quote url-view-url) "url-util" "\
28301 View the current document's URL.
28302 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
28305 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
28307 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
28311 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
28312 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (17279 27123))
28313 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
28315 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
28316 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
28317 This function has a choice of three things to do:
28318 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
28319 to refrain from editing the file
28320 return t (grab the lock on the file)
28321 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
28322 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
28323 in any way you like.
28325 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
28327 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
28328 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
28329 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
28330 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
28331 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
28333 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
28334 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
28340 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (17279 27196))
28341 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
28342 (autoload-coding-system 'utf-7 '(require 'utf-7))
28346 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
28347 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "gnus/uudecode.el"
28348 ;;;;;; (17279 27122))
28349 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/uudecode.el
28351 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "\
28352 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
28353 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
28354 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
28356 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
28358 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-internal) "uudecode" "\
28359 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
28360 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
28362 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
28364 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region) "uudecode" "\
28365 Uudecode region between START and END.
28366 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
28368 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
28372 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
28373 ;;;;;; vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-cancel-version vc-update
28374 ;;;;;; vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot vc-create-snapshot
28375 ;;;;;; vc-directory vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window
28376 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-do-command edit-vc-file
28377 ;;;;;; with-vc-file vc-branch-part vc-trunk-p vc-before-checkin-hook
28378 ;;;;;; vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (17374 21541))
28379 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
28381 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
28382 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
28385 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkout-hook) "vc")
28387 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
28388 Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
28389 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
28391 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkin-hook) "vc")
28393 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
28394 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file is checked in.
28397 (custom-autoload (quote vc-before-checkin-hook) "vc")
28399 (autoload (quote vc-trunk-p) "vc" "\
28400 Return t if REV is a revision on the trunk.
28402 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
28404 (autoload (quote vc-branch-part) "vc" "\
28405 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
28407 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
28409 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
28410 Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary, then execute BODY.
28411 Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed.
28412 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
28413 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
28414 somebody else, signal error.
28416 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
28418 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
28419 Edit FILE under version control, executing body.
28420 Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY.
28421 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
28422 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer.
28424 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
28426 (autoload (quote vc-do-command) "vc" "\
28427 Execute a VC command, notifying user and checking for errors.
28428 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or *vc* if BUFFER is nil or the
28429 current buffer if BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not
28430 already current, set it up properly and erase it. The command is
28431 considered successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
28432 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is `async', that
28433 means not to wait for termination of the subprocess; if it is t it means to
28434 ignore all execution errors). FILE is the
28435 name of the working file (may also be nil, to execute commands that
28436 don't expect a file name). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
28437 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
28439 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
28441 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
28442 Do the next logical version control operation on the current file.
28444 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
28445 it will operate on the file in the current line.
28447 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
28448 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
28449 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
28450 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
28451 lock steals will raise an error.
28453 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
28455 For RCS and SCCS files:
28456 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
28458 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
28459 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
28460 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
28461 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
28462 it performs a revert.
28463 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
28464 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
28465 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
28466 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
28467 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
28468 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
28469 the option to steal the lock.
28472 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
28473 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
28474 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
28475 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
28476 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
28477 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
28478 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
28479 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
28480 merge in the changes into your working copy.
28482 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
28484 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
28485 Register the current file into a version control system.
28486 With prefix argument SET-VERSION, allow user to specify initial version
28487 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
28489 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
28490 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
28491 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
28492 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
28493 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
28494 first backend that could register the file is used.
28496 \(fn &optional SET-VERSION COMMENT)" t nil)
28498 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
28499 Display diffs between file versions.
28500 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most
28501 recent checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments. With
28502 a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads the file name to use and two
28503 version designators specifying which versions to compare. The
28504 optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
28507 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
28509 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
28510 Visit version REV of the current file in another window.
28511 If the current file is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
28512 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
28516 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
28517 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
28518 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
28519 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
28523 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" "\
28524 Merge changes between two versions into the current buffer's file.
28525 This asks for two versions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
28526 first version is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
28527 branch. If the first version is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
28528 from the current branch.
28530 See Info node `Merging'.
28534 (defalias (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) (quote smerge-ediff))
28536 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" "\
28537 Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR.
28539 See Info node `VC Dired Mode'.
28541 With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override
28542 `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing.
28544 \(fn DIR READ-SWITCHES)" t nil)
28546 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
28547 Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME.
28548 For each registered file, the version level of its latest version
28549 becomes part of the named configuration. If the prefix argument
28550 BRANCHP is given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files
28551 are checked out in that new branch.
28553 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
28555 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
28556 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
28557 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest versions.
28558 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
28559 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
28560 allowed and simply skipped).
28562 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
28564 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
28565 List the change log of the current buffer in a window.
28566 If FOCUS-REV is non-nil, leave the point at that revision.
28568 \(fn &optional FOCUS-REV)" t nil)
28570 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
28571 Revert the current buffer's file to the version it was based on.
28572 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
28573 to that version. This function does not automatically pick up newer
28574 changes found in the master file; use \\[universal-argument] \\[vc-next-action] to do so.
28578 (autoload (quote vc-update) "vc" "\
28579 Update the current buffer's file to the latest version on its branch.
28580 If the file contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply replaces
28581 the working file with the latest version on its branch. If the file contains
28582 changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent changes from
28583 the current branch are merged into the working file.
28587 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
28588 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
28589 A prefix argument NOREVERT means do not revert the buffer afterwards.
28591 \(fn NOREVERT)" t nil)
28593 (autoload (quote vc-switch-backend) "vc" "\
28594 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
28595 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
28596 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
28597 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
28598 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
28599 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
28601 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
28603 (autoload (quote vc-transfer-file) "vc" "\
28604 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
28605 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
28606 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
28607 NEW-BACKEND, using the version number from the current backend as the
28608 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
28609 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
28610 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
28611 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
28613 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
28615 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
28616 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise.
28618 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
28620 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
28621 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
28622 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
28625 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
28627 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
28628 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
28629 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
28631 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
28632 log entries should be gathered.
28634 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
28636 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
28637 Display the edit history of the current file using colors.
28639 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
28640 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
28641 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
28642 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
28643 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
28644 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
28646 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
28647 minibuffer. First, you may enter a version number; then the buffer
28648 displays and annotates that version instead of the current version
28649 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
28650 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
28651 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
28652 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
28653 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
28655 Customization variables:
28657 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
28658 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
28659 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
28660 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
28662 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF)" t nil)
28666 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc-arch.el" (17279 27123))
28667 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-arch.el
28668 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
28669 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
28672 (vc-arch-registered file))))
28676 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (17279 27198))
28677 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
28678 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
28679 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
28680 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
28682 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
28686 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mcvs" "vc-mcvs.el" (17319 2456))
28687 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mcvs.el
28688 (defun vc-mcvs-registered (file)
28689 (if (vc-find-root file "MCVS/CVS")
28692 (vc-mcvs-registered file))))
28696 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
28697 ;;;;;; (17374 21550))
28698 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
28700 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (quote ("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
28701 *Where to look for RCS master files.
28702 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
28704 (custom-autoload (quote vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs")
28705 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
28709 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
28710 ;;;;;; (17374 21550))
28711 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
28713 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (quote ("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
28714 *Where to look for SCCS master files.
28715 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
28717 (custom-autoload (quote vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs")
28718 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
28720 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
28721 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
28722 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
28723 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
28727 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc-svn.el" (17319 1481))
28728 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-svn.el
28729 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
28730 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
28731 ".svn/entries" (file-name-directory f)))
28733 (vc-svn-registered f)))
28735 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) ".svn/")
28739 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
28740 ;;;;;; (17279 27174))
28741 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
28743 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
28744 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
28749 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
28750 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
28751 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
28752 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
28753 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
28754 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
28755 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
28756 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
28757 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
28759 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
28760 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
28761 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
28762 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
28764 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
28765 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
28766 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
28767 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
28768 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
28770 Template styles can be customized in customization group
28771 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
28775 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
28776 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
28777 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
28781 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
28782 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
28783 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
28784 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
28786 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
28787 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
28788 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
28789 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
28790 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
28794 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
28795 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
28796 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
28797 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
28799 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
28800 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
28801 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
28802 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
28803 beginning with \"std\").
28805 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
28806 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
28807 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
28812 `--' puts a single comment.
28813 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
28814 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
28815 with a comment in between.
28816 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
28817 out following lines.
28818 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
28819 uncomments a region if already commented out.
28821 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
28822 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
28823 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
28824 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
28825 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
28828 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
28829 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
28830 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
28831 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
28832 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
28833 multi-line comments.
28837 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
28838 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
28839 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
28840 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
28842 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
28843 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
28844 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
28845 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
28847 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
28848 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
28851 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
28852 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
28856 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
28857 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
28858 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
28859 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
28860 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
28861 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
28862 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
28863 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
28865 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
28866 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
28867 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
28868 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
28869 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
28872 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
28873 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
28874 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
28876 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
28877 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
28881 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
28882 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
28883 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
28884 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
28885 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
28886 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
28889 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
28890 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
28891 buffer respectively. This inludes indentation, alignment, and case
28892 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
28895 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
28899 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
28900 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
28901 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
28902 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
28903 internal signal initializations (menu).
28905 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
28906 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
28907 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
28909 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
28910 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
28911 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
28912 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
28913 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
28914 in subsequent paste operations.)
28916 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
28917 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
28918 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
28921 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
28922 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
28923 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
28924 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
28925 association list with formals).
28928 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
28929 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
28930 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
28931 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
28932 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
28933 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
28934 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
28935 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
28940 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
28944 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
28948 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
28949 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
28950 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
28952 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
28953 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
28956 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
28957 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
28958 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
28959 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
28961 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
28962 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
28963 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
28965 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
28966 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
28967 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
28968 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
28970 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
28971 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
28972 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
28973 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
28974 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
28976 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
28977 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
28978 required by secondary units.
28981 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
28982 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
28983 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
28984 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
28985 (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
28986 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
28987 and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
28988 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
28989 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
28990 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
28991 inputs to this component -> input port created
28992 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
28993 outputs from this component -> output port created
28994 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
28995 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
28997 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
28998 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
28999 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
29000 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
29001 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
29003 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
29004 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
29006 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
29007 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
29008 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
29009 component instantiation is also supported (option
29010 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
29012 | Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
29013 | the menu (`C-c C-c C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
29014 | the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
29015 | configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
29016 | component levels of a hierarchical design, option
29017 | `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
29018 | (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
29019 | subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
29020 | (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
29021 | can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
29022 | generating the configuration.
29024 | Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
29025 | declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
29026 | configurations in speedbar.
29028 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
29031 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
29032 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
29033 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
29034 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
29035 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
29036 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
29037 information. New compilers can be added.
29039 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
29040 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
29043 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
29044 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
29045 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
29046 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
29047 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
29049 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
29052 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
29053 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
29054 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
29056 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
29057 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
29058 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
29059 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
29060 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
29061 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
29062 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
29065 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
29066 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
29067 not (yet) supported.
29068 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
29069 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
29070 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
29074 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
29075 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
29076 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
29077 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
29078 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
29079 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
29080 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
29081 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
29083 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
29084 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
29085 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
29086 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
29087 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
29088 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
29089 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
29090 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
29091 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
29092 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
29093 `vhdl-project-alist'.
29097 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
29098 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
29099 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
29100 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
29101 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
29102 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
29103 current directory for VHDL source files.
29107 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
29108 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
29112 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
29113 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
29114 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
29115 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
29116 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
29117 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
29118 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
29119 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
29122 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
29123 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
29124 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
29125 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
29126 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
29127 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
29128 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
29130 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
29131 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
29132 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
29133 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
29134 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
29135 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
29137 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
29138 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
29139 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
29140 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
29141 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
29144 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
29145 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
29146 highlighted if written in lower case.
29148 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
29149 highlighted using a different background color if option
29150 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
29152 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
29153 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
29154 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
29155 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
29156 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
29160 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
29161 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
29162 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
29166 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
29167 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
29168 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
29169 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
29170 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
29174 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
29175 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
29177 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
29178 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
29179 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
29180 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
29181 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
29182 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
29183 (used to obtain the port names).
29187 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
29188 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
29192 Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
29193 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
29194 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
29195 postscript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
29196 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
29197 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
29198 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
29203 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
29204 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
29205 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
29206 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
29207 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
29209 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
29210 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
29211 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
29212 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
29213 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
29216 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
29217 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
29221 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
29222 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
29223 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
29225 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
29229 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
29230 a VHDL file first, use the command:
29232 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
29234 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
29236 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
29240 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
29246 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
29247 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
29249 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
29251 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
29252 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
29253 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
29254 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
29256 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
29257 http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
29258 where the latest version can be found.
29264 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
29265 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
29266 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
29269 The VHDL Mode Authors
29270 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
29281 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (17279 27079))
29282 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
29284 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
29285 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
29286 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
29287 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
29289 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
29290 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
29291 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
29292 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
29293 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
29295 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
29296 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
29298 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
29300 * Limitations and unsupported features
29301 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
29303 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
29304 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
29307 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
29308 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
29309 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
29310 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
29311 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
29312 for undoing a repeated change command.
29313 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
29314 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
29315 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
29318 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
29319 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
29320 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
29321 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
29322 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
29323 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
29324 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
29325 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
29327 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
29333 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
29334 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
29335 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
29336 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (17279 27080))
29337 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
29339 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
29340 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
29342 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
29344 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
29345 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
29346 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
29347 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
29349 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29351 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
29352 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
29356 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
29357 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
29358 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
29359 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
29361 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29363 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
29364 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
29368 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" "\
29371 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29373 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" "\
29376 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29380 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
29381 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
29382 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (17307
29384 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
29386 (defvar view-mode nil "\
29387 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
29388 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
29389 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
29391 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
29393 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
29394 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
29395 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29396 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29397 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29398 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29399 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29401 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29405 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
29406 View FILE in View mode in another window.
29407 Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
29408 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29409 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29410 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29411 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29412 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29414 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29418 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
29419 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
29420 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
29421 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29422 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29423 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29424 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29425 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29427 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29431 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
29432 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
29433 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29434 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29435 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29436 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29437 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29439 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29441 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
29442 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
29443 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
29445 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
29447 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
29448 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
29449 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
29450 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29451 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29452 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29453 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29454 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29456 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29458 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
29459 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
29460 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
29462 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
29464 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
29465 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
29466 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
29467 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29468 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29469 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29470 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29471 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29473 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29475 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
29476 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
29477 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
29479 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
29481 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
29482 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
29483 With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive.
29485 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
29486 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
29487 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
29490 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
29491 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
29492 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
29493 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
29494 commands default to a repeat count of one.
29496 H, h, ? This message.
29497 Digits provide prefix arguments.
29498 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
29499 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
29500 > move to the end of buffer.
29501 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
29502 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
29503 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
29504 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
29505 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
29506 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
29507 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
29508 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
29509 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
29510 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
29511 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
29512 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
29513 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
29514 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
29515 Use this to view a changing file.
29516 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
29517 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
29518 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
29520 x exchanges point and mark.
29521 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
29522 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
29523 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
29524 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
29525 ' go to position saved in character register.
29526 s do forward incremental search.
29527 r do reverse incremental search.
29528 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
29529 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
29530 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
29531 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
29532 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
29533 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
29534 p searches backward for last regular expression.
29535 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
29536 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
29537 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
29538 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
29539 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
29540 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
29541 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
29542 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
29543 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
29544 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
29546 The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
29547 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
29548 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
29549 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
29550 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
29551 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
29552 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
29553 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
29554 then \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
29556 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29558 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29560 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
29561 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
29562 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
29563 `view-return-to-alist'.
29564 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
29565 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
29566 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
29568 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
29569 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
29570 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
29571 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
29572 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
29574 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
29575 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
29576 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
29577 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
29579 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29581 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29583 \(fn &optional RETURN-TO EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
29585 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
29586 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
29592 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (17279
29594 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
29596 (autoload (quote vip-setup) "vip" "\
29597 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
29601 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
29602 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
29608 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
29609 ;;;;;; (17374 21575))
29610 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
29612 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
29613 Toggle Viper on/off.
29614 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
29618 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
29619 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Viper'.
29625 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
29626 ;;;;;; (17279 27122))
29627 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
29629 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
29630 Function to generate warning prefixes.
29631 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
29632 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
29633 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
29634 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
29635 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
29636 the beginning of the warning.")
29638 (defvar warning-series nil "\
29639 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
29640 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
29641 which is the start of the current series; it means that
29642 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
29643 t means the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
29644 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
29645 also call that function before the next warning.")
29647 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
29648 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
29650 (defvar warning-type-format " (%s)" "\
29651 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
29652 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
29653 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
29655 (autoload (quote display-warning) "warnings" "\
29656 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
29657 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
29658 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
29659 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
29660 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
29662 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
29663 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
29665 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
29666 if you do not attend to it promptly.
29667 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
29668 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
29669 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
29670 :debug -- info for debugging only.
29672 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging the
29673 warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'.
29675 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
29677 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
29678 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
29680 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
29682 (autoload (quote lwarn) "warnings" "\
29683 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
29684 Aside from generating the message with `format',
29685 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
29687 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol).
29688 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
29689 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
29690 can be whatever you like.)
29692 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
29693 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
29695 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
29696 if you do not attend to it promptly.
29697 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
29698 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
29699 :debug -- info for debugging only.
29701 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29703 (autoload (quote warn) "warnings" "\
29704 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
29705 Aside from generating the message with `format',
29706 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
29707 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
29709 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29713 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
29714 ;;;;;; (17356 16048))
29715 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
29717 (autoload (quote wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "\
29718 Put a dired buffer in a mode in which filenames are editable.
29719 \\<wdired-mode-map>
29720 This mode allows the user to change the names of the files, and after
29721 typing \\[wdired-finish-edit] Emacs renames the files and directories
29730 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (17337 56255))
29731 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
29733 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
29734 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
29736 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
29739 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
29746 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
29747 ;;;;;; (17279 27123))
29748 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
29749 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
29750 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
29752 (defalias (quote which-func-mode) (quote which-function-mode))
29754 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
29755 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
29756 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
29757 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29758 use either \\[customize] or the function `which-function-mode'.")
29760 (custom-autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func")
29762 (put (quote which-function-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
29764 (autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" "\
29765 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
29766 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
29767 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
29769 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive,
29772 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29776 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-write-file-hook whitespace-global-mode
29777 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup-region whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region
29778 ;;;;;; whitespace-buffer whitespace-toggle-ateol-check whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check
29779 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-indent-check whitespace-toggle-trailing-check
29780 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "whitespace.el"
29781 ;;;;;; (17279 27196))
29782 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
29784 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "\
29785 Toggle the check for leading space in the local buffer.
29789 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-trailing-check) "whitespace" "\
29790 Toggle the check for trailing space in the local buffer.
29794 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-indent-check) "whitespace" "\
29795 Toggle the check for indentation space in the local buffer.
29799 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check) "whitespace" "\
29800 Toggle the check for space-followed-by-TABs in the local buffer.
29804 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-ateol-check) "whitespace" "\
29805 Toggle the check for end-of-line space in the local buffer.
29809 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
29810 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer.
29812 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
29813 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
29814 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
29815 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
29816 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
29818 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
29820 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
29821 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument.
29823 \(fn &optional QUIET)" t nil)
29825 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
29826 Check the region for whitespace errors.
29830 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
29831 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
29832 See `whitespace-buffer' docstring for a summary of the problems.
29836 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
29837 Whitespace cleanup on the region.
29841 (defalias (quote global-whitespace-mode) (quote whitespace-global-mode))
29843 (defvar whitespace-global-mode nil "\
29844 Non-nil if Whitespace-Global mode is enabled.
29845 See the command `whitespace-global-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
29846 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29847 use either \\[customize] or the function `whitespace-global-mode'.")
29849 (custom-autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace")
29851 (put (quote whitespace-global-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
29853 (autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" "\
29854 Toggle using Whitespace mode in new buffers.
29855 With ARG, turn the mode on iff ARG is positive.
29857 When this mode is active, `whitespace-buffer' is added to
29858 `find-file-hook' and `kill-buffer-hook'.
29860 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29862 (autoload (quote whitespace-write-file-hook) "whitespace" "\
29863 Hook function to be called on the buffer when whitespace check is enabled.
29864 This is meant to be added buffer-locally to `write-file-functions'.
29870 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
29871 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (17279 27123))
29872 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
29874 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
29875 Browse the widget under point.
29879 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
29880 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
29882 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
29884 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
29885 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
29887 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
29889 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
29890 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
29891 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.
29893 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29897 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
29898 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (17374
29900 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
29902 (autoload (quote widgetp) "wid-edit" "\
29903 Return non-nil iff WIDGET is a widget.
29905 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
29907 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
29908 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
29909 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
29911 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
29913 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
29914 Create widget of TYPE.
29915 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
29917 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29919 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
29922 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
29924 (autoload (quote widget-insert) "wid-edit" "\
29925 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
29927 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29929 (defalias (quote advertised-widget-backward) (quote widget-backward))
29931 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote widget-forward)) (define-key map "
\e " (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [(shift tab)] (quote advertised-widget-backward)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map "
" (quote widget-button-press)) map) "\
29932 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
29933 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.")
29935 (autoload (quote widget-setup) "wid-edit" "\
29936 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
29942 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
29943 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (17279
29945 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
29947 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\
29948 Select the window to the left of the current one.
29949 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
29950 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
29951 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
29952 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
29953 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
29955 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29957 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\
29958 Select the window above the current one.
29959 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
29960 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
29961 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
29962 negative ARG) of the current window.
29963 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
29965 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29967 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\
29968 Select the window to the right of the current one.
29969 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
29970 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
29971 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
29972 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
29973 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
29975 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29977 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\
29978 Select the window below the current one.
29979 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
29980 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
29981 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
29982 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
29983 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
29985 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29987 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\
29988 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
29989 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
29990 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
29992 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
29996 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
29997 ;;;;;; (17279 27123))
29998 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
30000 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
30001 Toggle Winner mode.
30002 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30003 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
30005 (custom-autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner")
30007 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
30008 Toggle Winner mode.
30009 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
30011 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30015 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman"
30016 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (17279 27185))
30017 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
30019 (autoload (quote woman) "woman" "\
30020 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
30021 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
30022 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
30023 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
30024 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
30025 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
30026 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
30028 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
30029 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
30031 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
30033 (autoload (quote woman-dired-find-file) "woman" "\
30034 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
30038 (autoload (quote woman-find-file) "woman" "\
30039 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
30040 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
30041 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
30042 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
30043 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
30044 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
30045 `woman' command for further details.
30047 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
30051 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
30052 ;;;;;; (17279 27171))
30053 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
30055 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
30056 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
30059 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
30060 are not implemented
30061 - Options for search and replace
30062 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
30063 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
30065 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
30068 The key bindings are:
30078 C-i indent-for-tab-command
30080 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
30081 C-l ws-repeat-search
30084 C-r scroll-down-line
30091 C-y kill-complete-line
30094 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
30095 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
30096 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
30097 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
30098 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
30099 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
30100 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
30101 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
30102 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
30103 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
30104 C-k b ws-begin-block
30105 C-k c ws-copy-block
30106 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
30108 C-k h ws-show-markers
30109 C-k i ws-indent-block
30111 C-k p ws-print-block
30114 C-k s save-some-buffers
30116 C-k u ws-exdent-block
30117 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
30118 C-k v ws-move-block
30119 C-k w ws-write-block
30121 C-k y ws-delete-block
30123 C-o c wordstar-center-line
30124 C-o b switch-to-buffer
30125 C-o j justify-current-line
30128 C-o m auto-fill-mode
30129 C-o r set-fill-column
30130 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
30131 C-o wd delete-other-windows
30132 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
30133 C-o wo other-window
30134 C-o wv split-window-vertically
30136 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
30137 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
30138 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
30139 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
30140 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
30141 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
30142 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
30143 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
30144 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
30145 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
30146 C-q a ws-query-replace
30147 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
30148 C-q c end-of-buffer
30151 C-q k ws-to-block-end
30153 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
30154 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
30155 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
30156 C-q w ws-last-error
30158 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
30164 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
30165 ;;;;;; (17379 24713))
30166 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
30168 (autoload (quote xml-parse-file) "xml" "\
30169 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
30170 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
30171 Returns the top node with all its children.
30172 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
30173 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
30175 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
30177 (autoload (quote xml-parse-region) "xml" "\
30178 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
30179 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
30180 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
30181 is not well-formed XML.
30182 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
30183 and returned as the first element of the list.
30184 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
30186 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
30190 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (17337
30192 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
30194 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
30195 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
30196 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
30197 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30198 use either \\[customize] or the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
30200 (custom-autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse")
30202 (put (quote xterm-mouse-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
30204 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
30205 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
30206 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
30208 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
30209 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
30210 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
30211 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
30212 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
30213 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
30215 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30219 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
30220 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (17279 27122))
30221 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
30223 (autoload (quote yenc-decode-region) "yenc" "\
30224 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
30226 \(fn START END)" t nil)
30228 (autoload (quote yenc-extract-filename) "yenc" "\
30229 Extract file name from an yenc header.
30235 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
30236 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (17307 17624))
30237 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
30239 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
30240 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
30242 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
30244 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
30245 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
30247 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
30249 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
30250 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
30251 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
30253 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
30255 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
30256 Zippy goes to the analyst.
30262 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (17279 27174))
30263 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
30265 (autoload (quote zone) "zone" "\
30266 Zone out, completely.
30272 ;;;### (autoloads (zone-mode zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode"
30273 ;;;;;; "net/zone-mode.el" (17279 27123))
30274 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/zone-mode.el
30276 (autoload (quote zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode" "\
30277 Update the serial number in a zone if the file was modified.
30281 (autoload (quote zone-mode) "zone-mode" "\
30282 A mode for editing DNS zone files.
30284 Zone-mode does two things:
30286 - automatically update the serial number for a zone
30287 when saving the file
30295 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("abbrev.el" "abbrevlist.el" "bindings.el"
30296 ;;;;;; "buff-menu.el" "calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el" "calc/calc-arith.el"
30297 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el" "calc/calc-cplx.el"
30298 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el" "calc/calc-fin.el"
30299 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el" "calc/calc-funcs.el"
30300 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el" "calc/calc-incom.el"
30301 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el" "calc/calc-macs.el"
30302 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-map.el" "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-misc.el"
30303 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-poly.el"
30304 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el"
30305 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el"
30306 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-undo.el"
30307 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el"
30308 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el"
30309 ;;;;;; "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-china.el"
30310 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-coptic.el" "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
30311 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el"
30312 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el"
30313 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el" "case-table.el"
30314 ;;;;;; "cdl.el" "cus-dep.el" "cus-load.el" "cus-start.el" "custom.el"
30315 ;;;;;; "dframe.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "ediff-diff.el"
30316 ;;;;;; "ediff-init.el" "ediff-merg.el" "ediff-ptch.el" "ediff-vers.el"
30317 ;;;;;; "ediff-wind.el" "electric.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
30318 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-run.el"
30319 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
30320 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el" "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el"
30321 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/float-sup.el"
30322 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/gulp.el" "emacs-lisp/levents.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el"
30323 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp.el" "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el"
30324 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lselect.el" "emacs-lisp/lucid.el" "emacs-lisp/map-ynp.el"
30325 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/regi.el" "emacs-lisp/sregex.el" "emacs-lisp/syntax.el"
30326 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el"
30327 ;;;;;; "emacs-lock.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/cua-rect.el"
30328 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-pc.el"
30329 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el" "emulation/viper-cmd.el"
30330 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el" "emulation/viper-keym.el"
30331 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el" "emulation/viper-util.el"
30332 ;;;;;; "env.el" "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el" "erc/erc-ibuffer.el"
30333 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-identd.el" "erc/erc-lang.el" "erc/erc-menu.el" "erc/erc-nicklist.el"
30334 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el"
30335 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el"
30336 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el"
30337 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el"
30338 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-unix.el"
30339 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el"
30340 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el" "eshell/esh-io.el"
30341 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-maint.el" "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el"
30342 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el"
30343 ;;;;;; "ezimage.el" "faces.el" "files.el" "finder-inf.el" "foldout.el"
30344 ;;;;;; "font-core.el" "font-lock.el" "format.el" "forms-d2.el" "forms-pass.el"
30345 ;;;;;; "frame.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/dig.el"
30346 ;;;;;; "gnus/dns.el" "gnus/format-spec.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el"
30347 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el"
30348 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el"
30349 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-gl.el"
30350 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el"
30351 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el"
30352 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-sum.el"
30353 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el"
30354 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/hex-util.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
30355 ;;;;;; "gnus/imap.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el"
30356 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el"
30357 ;;;;;; "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
30358 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-encode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el"
30359 ;;;;;; "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/mml.el" "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el"
30360 ;;;;;; "gnus/nndb.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el"
30361 ;;;;;; "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el"
30362 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el"
30363 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnslashdot.el"
30364 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el"
30365 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnwarchive.el" "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/nnwfm.el" "gnus/pop3.el"
30366 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el"
30367 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el" "gnus/smime.el"
30368 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/starttls.el" "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/webmail.el"
30369 ;;;;;; "help.el" "indent.el" "international/characters.el" "international/fontset.el"
30370 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
30371 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/latin-1.el"
30372 ;;;;;; "international/latin-2.el" "international/latin-3.el" "international/latin-4.el"
30373 ;;;;;; "international/latin-5.el" "international/latin-8.el" "international/latin-9.el"
30374 ;;;;;; "international/mule-cmds.el" "international/mule-conf.el"
30375 ;;;;;; "international/mule.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/subst-big5.el"
30376 ;;;;;; "international/subst-gb2312.el" "international/subst-jis.el"
30377 ;;;;;; "international/subst-ksc.el" "international/ucs-tables.el"
30378 ;;;;;; "international/utf-16.el" "international/utf-8.el" "isearch.el"
30379 ;;;;;; "jit-lock.el" "jka-cmpr-hook.el" "kermit.el" "language/chinese.el"
30380 ;;;;;; "language/cyrillic.el" "language/czech.el" "language/devanagari.el"
30381 ;;;;;; "language/english.el" "language/ethiopic.el" "language/european.el"
30382 ;;;;;; "language/georgian.el" "language/greek.el" "language/hebrew.el"
30383 ;;;;;; "language/indian.el" "language/japanese.el" "language/kannada.el"
30384 ;;;;;; "language/korean.el" "language/lao.el" "language/malayalam.el"
30385 ;;;;;; "language/misc-lang.el" "language/romanian.el" "language/slovak.el"
30386 ;;;;;; "language/tamil.el" "language/thai-word.el" "language/thai.el"
30387 ;;;;;; "language/tibetan.el" "language/utf-8-lang.el" "language/vietnamese.el"
30388 ;;;;;; "ldefs-boot.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el"
30389 ;;;;;; "mail/mailpost.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el"
30390 ;;;;;; "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" "mail/uce.el" "mail/vms-pmail.el"
30391 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el"
30392 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el"
30393 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el"
30394 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el" "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el"
30395 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el" "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el"
30396 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el" "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el"
30397 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el" "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el"
30398 ;;;;;; "misc.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse-drag.el" "mouse.el" "net/eudc-vars.el"
30399 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el"
30400 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ph.el" "net/ldap.el" "net/netrc.el" "net/tls.el"
30401 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-util.el" "net/tramp-uu.el"
30402 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-vc.el" "net/trampver.el" "obsolete/awk-mode.el"
30403 ;;;;;; "obsolete/bg-mouse.el" "obsolete/float.el" "obsolete/hilit19.el"
30404 ;;;;;; "obsolete/iso-insert.el" "obsolete/iso-swed.el" "obsolete/keyswap.el"
30405 ;;;;;; "obsolete/mlsupport.el" "obsolete/ooutline.el" "obsolete/profile.el"
30406 ;;;;;; "obsolete/rnews.el" "obsolete/sc.el" "obsolete/sun-curs.el"
30407 ;;;;;; "obsolete/sun-fns.el" "obsolete/swedish.el" "obsolete/uncompress.el"
30408 ;;;;;; "obsolete/x-apollo.el" "obsolete/x-menu.el" "patcomp.el"
30409 ;;;;;; "paths.el" "pcvs-info.el" "pcvs-parse.el" "pcvs-util.el"
30410 ;;;;;; "pgg-def.el" "pgg-parse.el" "pgg-pgp.el" "pgg-pgp5.el" "play/gamegrid.el"
30411 ;;;;;; "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el"
30412 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el"
30413 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el"
30414 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el"
30415 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-vars.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el"
30416 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el"
30417 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
30418 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-rinfo.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el"
30419 ;;;;;; "progmodes/mantemp.el" "progmodes/xscheme.el" "register.el"
30420 ;;;;;; "replace.el" "rfn-eshadow.el" "s-region.el" "saveplace.el"
30421 ;;;;;; "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "select.el" "simple.el" "soundex.el"
30422 ;;;;;; "startup.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el" "term/AT386.el" "term/apollo.el"
30423 ;;;;;; "term/bobcat.el" "term/cygwin.el" "term/internal.el" "term/iris-ansi.el"
30424 ;;;;;; "term/linux.el" "term/lk201.el" "term/mac-win.el" "term/news.el"
30425 ;;;;;; "term/pc-win.el" "term/rxvt.el" "term/sun-mouse.el" "term/sun.el"
30426 ;;;;;; "term/sup-mouse.el" "term/tty-colors.el" "term/tvi970.el"
30427 ;;;;;; "term/vt100.el" "term/vt102.el" "term/vt125.el" "term/vt200.el"
30428 ;;;;;; "term/vt201.el" "term/vt220.el" "term/vt240.el" "term/vt300.el"
30429 ;;;;;; "term/vt320.el" "term/vt400.el" "term/vt420.el" "term/w32-win.el"
30430 ;;;;;; "term/wyse50.el" "term/x-win.el" "term/xterm.el" "termdev.el"
30431 ;;;;;; "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "textmodes/fill.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el"
30432 ;;;;;; "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/page.el" "textmodes/paragraphs.el"
30433 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el"
30434 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el"
30435 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el"
30436 ;;;;;; "textmodes/text-mode.el" "timezone.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el"
30437 ;;;;;; "uniquify.el" "url/url-about.el" "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el"
30438 ;;;;;; "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-history.el"
30439 ;;;;;; "url/url-https.el" "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el"
30440 ;;;;;; "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el" "url/url-vars.el" "url/vc-dav.el"
30441 ;;;;;; "vc-hooks.el" "vcursor.el" "version.el" "vms-patch.el" "vmsproc.el"
30442 ;;;;;; "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el"
30443 ;;;;;; "widget.el" "window.el" "x-dnd.el") (17383 38265 629878))
30447 ;;; Local Variables:
30448 ;;; version-control: never
30449 ;;; no-byte-compile: t
30450 ;;; no-update-autoloads: t
30452 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here